Sensor 08

www.ifm-electronic.
com
Fluid sensors and

diagnostic systems
Catalogue 2008 / 2009
fluid sensors
and diagnostic
systems
position
sensors
and object
recognition
bus,
identification
and control systems
The easy way to find what you are looking for

Header
Environment
Product group name
Heading repeated
Illustration
Flow sensors
and transmitters
Flow sensors
For industrial
applications
Flow sensors
and transmitters
SI5007: Flow monitoring and temperature monitoring

SI5004: Analogue output
Approvals: cULs
Increased repeatability across the

extendet measuring range.
Switching output for flow and
temperature.
Setting range
liquids / gases
[cm/s]
Output function NC/NO programmable

or analogue (4...20 mA).
LED bar graph for indication
of switch point and flow.
Greatest
sensitivity
[cm/s]
Mediumtemperature
[C]
M12 connector Output function 2 x

3...300 / 200...3000
3...100 / 200...800
Response
time
[s]
Ub
[V]
Current consumption
[mA]
Iload
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
2 x 250
SI5007
SI5004
Connector groups 7, 8, 10 Wiring diagram no. 6

-25...80
1...10
19...36 DC
< 60
M12 connector Output function 4...20 mA analogue Connector groups 7, 8, 10 Wiring diagram no. 8
3...100 / -
-25...80
1...10
19...36 DC
< 60
15
Flow sensors
3...300 / -
General
information
Heading
List of articles
Section
Level sensors
Pressure
sensors
11
Temperature
sensors
All SI5xxx versions in the same design.
13
Adapter, M18 x 1.5 - G 1/2
E40096
Welding adapter, M18 x 1.5 - 24 mm
Flow adapter (for low flow rates),

M12 x 1 - G 1/8
14
Type
E40124
E40129
Order
no.
EVC004
Socket, M12, Group 7

5 m black, PUR cable
EVC005

EVC001

EVC002
Socket, M12
E10909
Socket, M12
E10910
Common technical data
Socket, M12
E10915
Socket, M12
E10916
Further connectors and splitter boxes are available

starting on page 191
Further accessories are available starting on page 217
For industrial
applications
Description

SI
thermal
flow sensors /
transmitters
SL
thermal
airflow
sensors
SF / VS3000
thermal
flow sensors
52 - 57
58 - 59
60 - 65
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
SI
thermal
flow sensors /
transmitters
Diagnostic
systems
Order
no.
E40104
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Description
Adapter M18 x 1.5 - L18

for mounting in T-pieces
Connection
technology
Type
Accessories
12
For hazardous
areas
Pressure rating: 30 bar

Power-on delay time: 10 s
Short-circuit and overload protection
Housing material: stainless steel (304S15);
PC (Makrolon); PBT-GF 20; EPDM/X
(Santoprene)
Sensor material: stainless steel (316S12)
Operating temperature: -25...80 C
Temperature gradient 300 K / min. (SI5007)
Function display: 10 LEDs
You can find scale drawings from page 239
SF / VS2000 Ex
thermal
flow sensors
Flow
sensors
For industrial
applications
SD
compressed air /
consumed quantity
meter
SU
ultrasonic
flow rate
meters
72 - 75
76 - 77
Flow
meters
Page
66 - 67
68 - 71
56
57
16
Connectors and splitter boxes
Technical
information
and customer
service
Accessories
10
Navigation bar
Right
Current heading
15 Technical data
Current environment
16 Current section
Arrow = You are here
17 Common technical data
10 Other environments
Left
11 Special features of the units
12 Recommended accessories
13 Recommended connectors
14 Notes for further details
17
Notes and explanations
5-
List of articles
Order numbers
in alphanumeric order
9 - 15
Level sensors
Continuous and
point level measurement
17 - 35
Flow sensors
Flow sensors and transmitters,

flow meters
37 - 77
Pressure sensors
Pressure sensors
and transmitters
79 - 127
Temperature sensors
Temperature sensors
and transmitters
129 - 153
Diagnostic systems
Systems for vibration diagnosis
155 - 171
Evaluation systems,
power supplies
Amplifiers,
transformer and switched-mode
power supplies
173 - 189
Connection technology
Complete ifm product range
191 - 215
Accessories
Accessories fluid sensors

and diagnostic systems
217 - 228
Technical information
and customer service
Wiring diagrams
Scale drawings
Technical glossary
ifm information and ordering service
232 - 234
236 - 271
272 - 281
282 - 291
General
information
General information
Technical
information
and customer
service
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
Flow sensors
Level sensors
List of articles
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
6-
Accessories
Environmental conditions,
approvals and standards
Technical
information
and customer
service
7
Flow sensors

Level sensors
List of articles
General
information
General information
General information
Environmental conditions,
approvals and standards
For industrial
applications
Industrial applications require robust and uncomplicated electronic units but

with a high level of technology. ifm makes sensors and evaluation electronics
in accordance with quality standards which are far above average.
The production materials employed are subjected to demanding tests and
have been selected for a maximum long-term stability in universal applications. The result of this production philosophy is an optimum resistance and
reliability of all products used in industrial applications.
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
In all areas of process technology, especially in the food and pharmaceutical

industries a hygienic design of the components used is required. Important
features for sensors in contact with product are good cleanability and use of
high quality materials. ifm sensors meet these requirements, which is evidenced by conformity with the EHEDG guidelines and approval in accordance with the sanitary 3A standard.
Due to the high viscosity of viscous media the sensors must be insensitive to
product build-up and the affected measurement accuracy. For ifm sensors
this is implemented in various ways, e.g. by electronic compensation or a
sensor design specially adapted to the medium.
For hazardous
areas
Sensors and evaluation amplifiers to 94/9/EC (ATEX):

Fluid sensors are available for hazardous areas (ATEX). The requirements of
the applicable installation regulations must be strictly followed by the user.
Intrinsically safe sensors are only allowed to be operated with suitable amplifiers holding an EC type test certificate. There are also special requirements
for the sensor wiring which must also be strictly adhered to. This is the users
responsibility. Also note the EC type test certificate, operating instructions
and the technical data sheet.
For oils and

coolants
For fluid sensors ifm offers special cables and connectors for factory automation.
Halogen-free PUR cables with high resistance to alternate bending stress,
PUR housing materials, gold-plated contacts and protection rating IP 68 guarantee long life in an oily and greasy environment. The international UL and
CSA approval means these units are accepted anywhere in the world market.
For hygienic
and wet areas
ifm offers special cables and connectors designed for the food and hygienic
sector. High quality PVC cables and housing materials, coupling nuts of highgrade stainless steel (316S12) as well as gold-plated contacts are ideal for
use in wet areas. The high protection ratings IP 68 and IP 69 K withstand
high-pressure steam cleaning. The sensors are chemically resistant to most
common cleaning agents. The UL / CSA approval is a matter of course for
these units.
Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com
Food and Drug Administration. US-American supervisory authority for food

and drugs. This authority grants approvals for products and materials used in
the food and pharmaceutical industries.
German overspill
standard WHG
Units with this marking have been tested and approved by a notified body as
overspill protection for liquids that are harmful to ground water in accordance with the German overspill standard WHG.
UL / CSA or cULus / c RLus
Units with this marking meet the requirements of UL (Underwriters Laboratories Inc.) and CSA (Canadian Standards Association). In many cases this
approval is necessary to access the North American market. cULus is a combined approval and corresponds to the two individual approvals CSA and UL.
List of articles
FDA
Level sensors
The units of the categories 1 and 2 have been tested and approved by a notified European body (e.g. PTB, EXAM) for use in hazardous areas.
Flow sensors
Ex
Pressure
sensors
The EHEDG (European Hygienic Equipment Design Group) prepares guidelines for Europe concerning the requirements for measuring systems in
machines of the food and pharmaceutical industries. Units with the EHEDG
marking have been tested and approved for the food and pharmaceutical
industries in accordance with these guidelines.
Temperature
sensors
EHEDG
Diagnostic
systems
With the CE marking the manufacturer documents that the units sold by
him adhere to the European directives for specified electrical equipment.
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
CE
Connection
technology
CCC (China Compulsory Certification) is a compulsory Chinese certification

for certain products put on the market in China. Which products are concerned is specified in a catalogue created by the Chinese authorities. Among
others, proximity sensors with a voltage range of over 36 V fall under the duty
of certification.
Technical
information
and customer
service
Accessories
CCC
General
information
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
Fluid sensors and diagnostic systems
Technical
information
and customer
service
10 - 15
Flow sensors
Order numbers
Level sensors
List of articles
General
information
List of articles
Order numbers
List of articles
Order
no.
Approvals
Catalogue
page
Order
no.
DL2003
CUL
183
DN0001
CUL
Fluid sensors
Approvals
Catalogue
page
Order
no.
Approvals
Catalogue
page
E10445
209
E11215
208
187
E10446
209
E11216
208
DN0012
187
E10447
200
E11217
208
DN0200
187
E10448
200
E11218
208
DN1020
CUL
189
E10659
210
E11219
208
DN1021
CUL
189
E10736
228
E11220
212
DN1022
CUL
189
E10737
228
E11221
212
DN2011
CUL
189
E10821
215
E11222
212
DN2012
CUL
189
E10822
215
E11223
212
DN2013
CUL
189
E10823
215
E11224
212
DN2014
CUL
189
E10825
215
E11225
212
189
E10826
215
E11226
200
DN2032
DN2021
CUL
189
E10838
205
E11227
200
DN2033
CUL
189
E10846
215
E11231
200
DN2034
CUL
189
E10847
215
E11232
DN2035
CUL
189
E10853
215
E11248
CURUS
202
DN2036
CUL
189
E10865
198
E11249
CURUS
202
202
DN2112
200
189
E10866
198
E11250
CURUS
DN2114
CUL
189
E10867
198
E11251
CURUS
202
DN2134
CUL
189
E10868
198
E11267
CURUS
206
CURUS
DT0001
187
E10945
209
E11268
DX2011
185
E10946
210
E11273
202
206
DX2012
185
E10976
199
E11274
207
E10013
200
E10977
199
E11302
199
E10017
221, 224
E11017
209
E11311
200
E10058
202
E11018
209
E11416
207
E10076
228
E11019
209
E11417
207
E10077
228
E11020
209
E11421
207
E10136
199
E11021
209
E11422
207
E10137
200
E11022
209
E11426
207
E10188
198
E11043
202
E11427
207
E10189
201
E11196
198
E11431
207
E10190
201
E11197
198
E11432
207
E10191
201
E11198
198
E11486
CURUS
E10193
221, 224
E11199
198
E11487
CURUS
198
198
E10200
201
E11200
198
E11492
CURUS
198
E10214
198
E11201
198
E11493
CURUS
198
E10215
198
E11202
CURUS
206
E11504
CURUS
205
E10216
198
E11203
CURUS
206
E11505
CURUS
205
E10278
208
E11204
CURUS
206
E11506
CURUS
205
E10279
208
E11205
CURUS
206
E11507
CURUS
205
E10280
208
E11206
CURUS
206
E11508
CURUS
199
E10281
208
E11207
CURUS
206
E11509
CURUS
199
E10282
208
E11208
CURUS
206
E11510
199
E10283
208
E11209
CURUS
206
E11572
228
E10355
215
E11210
CURUS
206
E11641
213
E10356
215
E11211
CURUS
206
E11642
213
E10357
215
E11212
CURUS
206
E11643
213
E10358
215
E11213
CURUS
206
E11644
214
E10437
208
E11214
208
E11645
200
10
E11664
228
Approvals
Catalogue
page
Order
no.
E30004
221
E33015
Approvals
Catalogue
page
219, 221
E11693
215
E30006
221
E33021
EHEDG
219, 221
E11694
215
E30007
221
E33022
EHEDG
219, 221
E11697
200
E30009
221
E33025
219, 221
E11717
208
E30010
221
E33031
219, 221
E11718
208
E30013
221
E33032
219, 221
E11719
208
E30016
224
E33033
219, 221
E11720
208
E30017
224
E33042
219, 221
E11721
208
E30018
224
E33043
219, 221
E11722
208
E30024
224
E33051
219, 221
E11723
208
E30025
224
E33061
219, 221
208
E30046
224
E33071
219, 221
209
E30047
224
E33072
219, 224
E11726
209
E30049
224
E33082
219, 224
E11727
209
E30050
221
E33092
219, 224
E11728
209
E30051
221
E33100
219
E11729
209
E30052
219, 224
E33103
219, 224
E30055
224
E33401
EHEDG
209
E30056
224
E33402
EHEDG
224
E11732
209
E30058
221
E33430
EHEDG
224
E11733
209
E30059
221
E33601
221
E11734
210
E30061
224
E33612
221
208
E30064
221
E33622
221
E11736
CSA, UL
201
E30065
221
E33901
221
E11737
CSA, UL
201
E30070
221
E33902
221
E11738
CSA, UL
201
E30071
221
E33910
221
E11739
CSA, UL
201
E30072
221
E33912
221
201
E30073
224
E33922
201
E30078
221, 224
E34005
EHEDG
221
224
E11742
CSA, UL
201
E30079
221, 224
E34010
EHEDG
224
E11743
CSA, UL
201
E30080
228
E34110
224
E11744
CSA, UL
201
E30082
228
E34410
224
E11745
CSA, UL
201
E30089
224
E35010
224
E11746
CSA, UL
201
E30090
224
E35020
224
E11747
CSA, UL
201
E30091
224
E35030
224
E11775
214
E30098
228
E35050
224
E11857
213
E30101
221
E35110
224
E11858
213
E30104
221
E35120
224
E11859
213
E30107
224
E35220
224
E11860
213
E30108
224
E36010
224
E11861
212
E30109
224
E36020
224
E11862
212
E30110
111
E36030
224
E11863
212
E30115
228
E37010
224
E11864
213
E30393
224
E37020
224
E11865
213
E30397
EHEDG
224
E37030
224
E20428
202
E33001
219, 221
E40048
219
E20430
202
E33011
219, 224
E40057
219
E20738
199
E33012
219, 221
E40075
215
E30000
221
E33013
219, 221
E40076
215
E30003
221
E33014
219, 221
E40078
219
Connection
technology
CSA, UL
CSA, UL
Accessories
E11740
E11741
Technical
information
and customer
service
E11735
224
Diagnostic
systems
209
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
E11730
E11731
Temperature
sensors
E11724
E11725
List of articles
Order
no.
Level sensors
Catalogue
page
Flow sensors
Approvals
Pressure
sensors
Order
no.
General
information
Order numbers
11
Order numbers
List of articles
Order
no.
Approvals
Catalogue
page
Order
no.
E40079
219
Fluid sensors
Approvals
Catalogue
page
Order
no.
Approvals
Catalogue
page
E43202
218
EVC074
CURUS
199
CURUS
199
E40080
219
E43203
218
EVC075
E40081
219
E43204
218
EVT001
212
E40082
219
E43205
218
EVT002
212
E40083
219
E43206
218
EVT003
212
E40096
219, 224
E43910
218
EVT004
212
E40097
219, 224
E60122
200
EVT005
212
E40098
219, 224
E60123
205
EVT006
212
E40099
219, 224
E60124
200
EVT007
212
E40100
219, 224
E60128
205
EVT008
212
E40101
219, 224
E60136
200
EVT009
212
E40102
219
E60141
201
EVT010
213
E40104
219, 224
E60144
200
EVT011
213
E40107
224
E60146
201
EVT012
213
E40114
219, 224
E60147
200
EVT013
212
E40115
219
E60157
201
EVT014
213
E40124
219, 224
E60174
200
EVT015
213
E40128
219, 224
E60175
200
EVT042
213
E40129
219
E70142
202
EVT043
213
E40130
219
E70189
213
EVT044
213
E40138
219
E70203
207
EVT045
213
E40148
224
E70271
198
LI2041
35
E40151
219
E89010
228
LI2042
35
E40152
219
E89013
228
LI2043
35
E40153
219
E89150
185
LI5041
35
E40161
219
EVC001
CURUS
198, 211
LI5042
35
E40162
219
EVC002
CURUS
199, 211
LI5043
35
E40163
219
EVC003
CURUS
199, 211
LI5044
E40164
219
EVC004
CURUS
198, 211
LK1022
CUL
35
23
E43000
218
EVC005
CURUS
198, 211
LK1023
CUL
23
E43001
218
EVC006
CURUS
198, 211
LK1024
CUL
E43002
218
EVC007
CURUS
199, 211
LK1222
23
E43003
218
EVC008
CURUS
199, 211
LK1223
23
23
E43004
218
EVC009
CURUS
199, 211
LK1224
E43005
218
EVC011
CURUS
206
LK3122
CUL
23
23
E43006
218
EVC012
CURUS
206
LK3123
CUL
23
E43007
218
EVC013
CURUS
206
LK3124
CUL
23
E43008
218
EVC014
CURUS
206
LK8122
CUL
23
E43009
218
EVC031
CURUS
206
LK8123
CUL
23
E43012
218
EVC032
CURUS
206
LK8124
CUL
23
E43013
218
EVC033
CURUS
206
LL8022
CUL
29
E43014
218
EVC034
CURUS
206
LL8023
CUL
29
E43015
218
EVC051
CURUS
206
LL8024
CUL
29
E43016
218
EVC052
CURUS
206
LR7000
25
E43019
218
EVC053
CURUS
206
LR7300
25
E43100
218
EVC054
CURUS
206
LR8000
25
E43101
218
EVC070
CURUS
199
LR8300
E43102
218
EVC071
CURUS
199
LT8022
CUL
27
E43103
218
EVC072
CURUS
199
LT8023
CUL
27
E43201
218
EVC073
CURUS
199
LT8024
CUL
27
25
12
125
PK6731
99
103
PF2957
CUL, FDA
125
PK6732
CUL
PA3022
CUL
103
PI1093
EHEDG, FDA
117
PK6734
CUL
99
PA3023
CUL
103
PI1094
EHEDG, FDA
117
PK7520
CUL
99
PA3024
CUL
103
PI1095
EHEDG, FDA
117
PK7521
CUL
99
PA3026
CUL
103
PI1096
EHEDG, FDA
117
PK7522
CUL
99
PA3027
CUL
103
PI1097
EHEDG, FDA
117, 33
PK7524
CUL
99
PA3029
CUL
103
PI1098
EHEDG, FDA
117, 33
PK8730
CUL
99
PA3060
PA3228
CUL
PA3521
99
103
PI1099
EHEDG, FDA
117, 33
PK8731
103
PI1693
EHEDG, FDA
117
PK8732
CUL
99
103
PI1694
EHEDG, FDA
117
PK8734
CUL
99
99
PA3522
CUL
103
PI1695
EHEDG, FDA
117
PL2053
CUL, EHEDG, FDA
123
PA3523
CUL
103
PI1696
EHEDG, FDA
117
PL2054
CUL, EHEDG, FDA
123
PA3524
CUL
103
PI1697
EHEDG, FDA
117
PL2056
CUL, EHEDG, FDA
123
103
PI1698
EHEDG, FDA
117
PL2057
CUL, EHEDG, FDA
123
PA9020
PA9021
103
PI1699
EHEDG, FDA
117
PL2058
CUL, EHEDG, FDA
123
PA9022
CUL
103
PI2093
EHEDG, FDA
115
PL2652
CUL, EHEDG, FDA
123
PA9023
CUL
103
PI2094
EHEDG, FDA
115
PL2653
CUL, EHEDG, FDA
123
PA9024
CUL
103
PI2095
EHEDG, FDA
115
PL2654
CUL, EHEDG, FDA
123
PA9026
CUL
103
PI2096
EHEDG, FDA
115
PL2656
CUL, EHEDG, FDA
123
PA9027
CUL
103
PI2097
EHEDG, FDA
115, 33
PL2657
CUL, EHEDG, FDA
123
PE3000
CUL
93
PI2098
EHEDG, FDA
115, 33
PL2658
CUL, EHEDG, FDA
123
PE3001
CUL
93
PI2099
EHEDG, FDA
115, 33
PM2053
CUL, EHEDG, FDA
123
PE3002
CUL
93
PI2692
EHEDG, FDA
115
PM2054
CUL, EHEDG, FDA
123
PE3003
CUL
93
PI2693
EHEDG, FDA
115
PM2055
CUL, EHEDG, FDA
123
PE3004
CUL
93
PI2694
EHEDG, FDA
115
PM2056
CUL, EHEDG, FDA
123
PE3006
CUL
93
PI2695
EHEDG, FDA
115
PM2057
CUL, EHEDG, FDA
123
PE3009
CUL
93
PI2696
EHEDG, FDA
115
PM2058
CUL, EHEDG, FDA
123
PE3029
CUL
93
PI2697
EHEDG, FDA
115
PM2653
CUL, EHEDG, FDA
123
93
PI2698
EHEDG, FDA
115
PM2654
CUL, EHEDG, FDA
123
CUL
93
PI2699
EHEDG, FDA
115
PM2655
CUL, EHEDG, FDA
123
PE7002
PE7003
PE7004
CUL
93
PI2993
FDA
115
PM2656
CUL, EHEDG, FDA
123
PE7006
CUL
93
PI2994
FDA
115
PM2657
CUL, EHEDG, FDA
123
CUL, EHEDG, FDA
123
PE7009
CUL
93
PI2995
FDA
115
PM2658
PF003A
FDA
127
PI2996
FDA
115
PN004A
127
PF008A
FDA
127
PI2997
FDA
115
PN006A
127
PF2053
CUL, EHEDG, FDA
125
PI7093
EHEDG, FDA
119
PN007A
127
PF2054
CUL, EHEDG, FDA
125
PI7094
EHEDG, FDA
119
PN009A
127
PF2056
CUL, EHEDG, FDA
125
PI7096
EHEDG, FDA
119
PN014A
127
PF2057
CUL, EHEDG, FDA
125
PI7993
FDA
119
PN016A
PF2058
CUL, EHEDG, FDA
125
PIM093
CUL, EHEDG, FDA
121
PN2009
CUL
95
PF2609
CUL, FDA
125
PIM094
CUL, EHEDG, FDA
121
PN2020
CUL
95
PF2652
CUL, FDA
125
PIM693
CUL, EHEDG, FDA
121
PN2021
CUL
95
95
127
PF2653
CUL, FDA
125
PIM694
CUL, EHEDG, FDA
121
PN2022
CUL
PF2654
CUL, FDA
125
PK6520
CUL
99
PN2023
CUL
95
PF2656
CUL, FDA
125
PK6521
CUL
99
PN2024
CUL
95
CUL
PF2657
CUL, FDA
125
PK6522
PF2658
CUL, FDA
125
PK6523
List of articles
CUL, FDA
Level sensors
PF2956
Catalogue
page
Flow sensors
103
Approvals
Pressure
sensors
Order
no.
Temperature
sensors
Catalogue
page
Diagnostic
systems
Approvals
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
PA3021
Order
no.
Connection
technology
PA3020
Catalogue
page
Accessories
Approvals
Technical
information
and customer
service
Order
no.
99
PN2026
CUL
95
99
PN2027
CUL
95
General
information
Order numbers
PF2953
CUL, FDA
125
PK6524
CUL
99
PN2028
CUL
95
PF2954
CUL, FDA
125
PK6730
CUL
99
PN2069
CUL
31, 95
13
Order numbers
List of articles
Fluid sensors
Order
no.
Approvals
Catalogue
page
Order
no.
Approvals
Catalogue
page
Order
no.
Approvals
Catalogue
page
PN3000
CUL
97
SD8000
CUL
73
TAD161
CUL, EHEDG
153
CUL
PN3001
CUL
97
SD9000
73
TAD171
EHEDG
153
PN3002
CUL
97
SF111A
69
TAD961
CUL, EHEDG
153
PN3003
CUL
97
SF120A
69
TAD971
EHEDG
153
PN3004
CUL
97
SF121A
69
TM0061
CUL, EHEDG
147
PN3006
CUL
97
SF211A
69
TM1061
CUL, EHEDG
147
PN3007
CUL
97
SF220A
69
TM9061
CUL, EHEDG
147
PN3029
CUL
97
SF221A
69
TM9550
97
SF223A
69
TN2530
CUL
PN3060
141
137
PN5000
CUL
91
SF2405
63
TN7530
CUL
137
PN5001
CUL
91
SF2410
63
TR2432
CUL
139
PN5002
CUL
91
SF311A
69
TR7430
CUL
139
PN5003
CUL
91
SF320A
IEC
69
TR8430
CUL
139
IEC
CUL
143, 149
PN5004
CUL
91
SF321A
69
TS2051
PN5006
CUL
91
SF323A
69
TS2056
143, 149
PN5007
CUL
91
SF3405
63
TS2151
143
PN7000
CUL
91
SF3410
63
TS2229
143
PN7001
CUL
91
SF5200
61
TS2251
143
PN7002
CUL
91
SF5300
61
TS2256
143
PN7003
CUL
91
SF5350
61
TS2659
143
PN7004
CUL
91
SF5700
61
TS2759
143
PN7006
CUL
91
SF5800
61
TS335A
143
PN7007
CUL
91
SI5000
CUL
53
TS5051
PN7009
CUL
91
SI5002
CUL
53
TS5151
143
PN7060
91
SI5004
CUL
57
TT0061
147
PNI021
109
SI5006
CUL
53
TT1050
141
PNI022
109
SI5007
CUL
57
TT1061
147
PNI023
109
SI5010
55
TT1150
141
PNI024
109
SI6000
67
TT1250
141
CUL
143, 149
PP2000
CUL
113
SI6100
67
TT2050
141
PP7530
CUL, E1
101
SI6200
67
TT2150
141
PP7531
CUL, E1
101
SL0101
59
TT2250
141
PP7532
CUL, E1
101
SL0201
59
TT3050
141
PP7533
CUL, E1
101
SL5101
59
TT3150
141
PP7534
CUL, E1
101
SN0150
CUL
65
TT3250
141
103
SN2301
IEC
71
TT5050
103
SN2302
IEC
71
VB1001
CUL
163
103
SR0150
CUL
65
VE1001
CUL
163
163
PPA020
PPA024
CUL
PPA060
PS7570
141
105
SR2301
IEC
71
VE1002
CUL
31, 95
SU7000
CUL
77
VE1101
CUL
165
PY7000
107
SU7200
CUL
77
VE1102
CUL
165
PY7001
107
SU8000
CUL
77
VE1103
163
PY7002
107
SU8200
CUL
77
VE111A
171
PY2068
CUL
107
TA3130
CUL
145
VE112A
171
PY7032
PY7003
CUL
107
TA3231
CUL
145, 151
VES001
228
SD2000
CUL
73
TA3430
CUL, EHEDG
145, 151
VES003
228
SD5000
75
TA3431
CUL, EHEDG
145, 151
VSA001
169
SD5100
75
TA3437
EHEDG
145, 151
VSE001
167
145
ZZ0050
111
EHEDG
145, 151
SD6000
CUL
73
TAA131
SD6100
CUL
75
TAA431
14
Technical
information
and customer
service
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
Flow sensors
Level sensors
List of articles
General
information
Order numbers
15
General
information
Continuous and
18 - 19
20 - 21
32 - 33
Point level measurement

for industrial applications
Type LI
34 - 35
Temperature
sensors
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
23
25
27
29
31
Continuous measurement
for hygienic areas and viscous media
Type PI with display
Universal application
22 24 26 28 30 -
Accessories
Special application
Type LK with display

Type LR with display
Type LT with display
Type LL with display
Types PY / PN with display
Technical
information
and customer
service
Pressure
sensors
Continuous measurement
Connection
technology
System description
Selection chart
Flow sensors
Level sensors
List of articles
Level sensors
17
Level sensors
Continuous and
System description
Introduction
In industrial applications where industrial fluids or bulk material are used,
storage tanks or silos are used for processing or storing of media. Tanks are
filled and emptied almost automatically. Sensors are used to detect the level.
Even critical process states such as an empty hydraulic tank and the resulting
running dry of the pump or the unintentional overspill of a tank are permanently monitored by level sensors.
Measurement in
the medium:
The LK probe is
directly immersed
in the medium to
be monitored.
Advantages of electronic sensors

Level measurement distinguishes between direct measurement in the
medium and the indirect detection from the outside (for example through
the tank wall by means of capacitive sensors). Deposits and wear and tear
often lead to failures in particular if mechanical switches are in contact with
the medium. The electronic ifm sensors however can do without any mechanical component. This makes the sensors especially robust and reliable. Regular maintenance and cleaning are not necessary. Failures for example due to
overspill or downtime of plant sections are a matter of the past. The suitable
electronic sensors work without any problem even in aggressive media, such
as lubricants and coolants.
Another advantage of electronic sensors is the local indication of the level or
the easy setting of the switching threshold simply by pressing a button as
offered for some types.
Types of level detection and signal processing

There are two basic types of level detection in tanks: continuous measurement and the detection of defined limits.
Indirect detection
from the outside:
Capacitive level
sensors detect
the level through
the pipe wall.
Limit detection:
Two probes
for minimum /
maximum
monitoring.
Continuous level measurement

For continuous level measurement the level is detected continuously, converted into an electrical signal and indicated. Depending on the type the
units have freely programmable switching outputs or an analogue output
for further processing. The four freely programmable switching outputs enable easy setup for complete control without additional electronics. Example:
Two switch points monitor the minimum and maximum of the acceptable
range. The two remaining switch points signal overspill or unintentional
complete emptying of the tank.
Continuous level sensors from ifm electronic use three physical measuring
principles: capacitive, hydrostatic and guided wave radar.
For special
applications:
Capacitive probe
for monitoring
oils and coolants.
18
Continuous and
Flow sensors
Level sensors
List of articles
General
information
For the capacitive measurement the tank and the material form an electrical
capacitor. The capacity changes analogously to the level and is converted
into a measure for the level by means of a microprocessor. The patented sensor system allows an automatic adaptation of the sensor to the medium to
be measured. Storage costs are saved and maintenance is simplified.
Pressure
sensors
Temperature
sensors
For hydrostatic level measurement a ceramic measuring cell detects the

hydrostatic pressure of the material. Here the pressure change is a measure
for the level. Suitable process connections enable flush and thus sanitary
mounting of the pressure sensors into the tank to be measured. They are
thus perfectly suitable for the food industry.
Processing of the
measured value:
The level sensors
from ifm electronic feature
analogue output
or BCD coded
data output
in addition to
the display
indicating the
measured value.
Diagnostic
systems
Continuous
level sensors:
The sensors
adapt to the
medium
automatically.
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Innovative measuring principle guided wave radar

for level monitoring in compact tanks.
The efector gwr operates to the principle of guided wave radar and measures the level using electromagnetic pulses in the nanosecond range. The
pulses are transmitted by the sensor head and guided along the probe.
When the microwave pulse hits the medium to be detected it is reflected
and guided back to the sensor where it is evaluated.
The time between transmitting and receiving the pulse directly relates to the
travelled distance and the current level.
Technical
information
and customer
service
Accessories
Limit detection
For limit detection a defined level reached is detected and converted into an
electrical switching signal. Different capacitive sensors are for use in liquids
as well as in bulk material. The variety of types such as threaded, rectangular
or smooth sensors enable fast and economic adaptation of the sensors to
the shape of the respective tank. Suitable accessories enable simple installation.
Thanks to the microprocessor technology the user can adjust the sensors to
the medium by pressing buttons. The integrated electronics ensure an exact
repeatability of the set switch points. An electronic lock protects against
unauthorised manipulation of the sensors.
In industrial
part washer
applications the
efector gwr
reliably detects
the level of
aqueous cleaning
agents at medium
temperatures up
to 80 C.
19
Continuous and
Level sensors
Housing / Dimensions / Process connection
Selection chart
Measurement
Measuring
principle
Medium
Application
Page
Continuous
Point
level
Capacitive
Hydrostatic
gwr*
Liquid
Viscous
probe
22
G 3/4 male
3/4 NPT
24
probe
26
probe
28
G 1/4 female
30
ASEPTOFLEX
32
probe
34
[mm]
type LK
type LR
type LT
type LL
type PY / PN
type PI
type LI
*gwr = guided wave radar
For industrial
applications
20
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
Technical
information
and customer
service
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
Flow sensors
Level sensors
List of articles
General
information
Continuous and
21
Level sensors
For industrial
applications
Continuous
Preferably used for applications

in oils and coolants.
The integrated LED display provides
direct read-out of the current level.
Freely selectable switch points or
analogue signal output.
High reliability due to the elimination
of mechanical components.
Versions with approval to the German
overspill standard WHG section 19.
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
Mounting set 16 mm for capacitive

level sensors LK, LI, LT, LL
Welding adapter 50 D16 for capacitive

Type
E43016
E43002
Description
Order
no.

EVC004

EVC005

E11231

E11232
Mounting adapter G 3/4 D16 for

capacitive level sensors LK, LI, LT, LL
E43003

EVC001
Mounting adapter G 1 D16 for capacitive

E43004

EVC002
Flange plate 73-90 D16 for capacitive

E43001

For industrial
applications
LK
with display
LR
with display
LT
with display
LL
with display
PY / PN
with display
22 - 23
24 - 25
26 - 27
28 - 29
30 - 31
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
PI
with display
Level
sensors
Continuous
Page
22
32 - 33
Continuous
264
195
472
728
Iload
25C / 60C
[mA]
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
, 1 x overflow output Connector groups 7, 8, 9 Wiring diagram no. 1

53 / 15
12...30
0...65 * / 35 ***
200
LK1222
390
53 / 30
12...30
0...65 * / 35 ***
200
LK1223
585
102 / 40
12...30
0...65 * / 35 ***
200
LK1224
M12 connector Output 1 x analog 4...20 mA / 0...10 V, 1 x overflow output Connector groups 7, 8, 10 Wiring diagram no. 2
264
195
53 / 15
18...30
0...70 * / 90 ** / 65 ***
200
LK3122
472
728
390
53 / 30
18...30
0...70 * / 90 ** / 60 ***
200
LK3123
585
102 / 40
18...30
0...70 * / 90 ** / 55 ***
200
LK3124
List of articles
[V]
Current
consumption
[mA]
Level sensors
Ub
Flow sensors
Inactive
zone
[mm]
264
195
53 / 15
18...30
0...70 * / 90 ** / 65 ***
200
LK1022
472
390
53 / 30
18...30
0...70 * / 90 ** / 60 ***
200
LK1023
728
585
102 / 40
18...30
0...70 * / 90 ** / 55 ***
200
LK1024
, 1 x overflow output Connector group 15 Wiring diagram no. 26
195
53 / 15
18...30
0...70 * / 90 ** / 65 ***
200
LK8122
472
390
53 / 30
18...30
0...70 * / 90 ** / 60 ***
200
LK8123
728
585
102 / 40
18...30
0...70 * / 90 ** / 55 ***
200
LK8124
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
264
Pressure
sensors
[mm]
Active
zone
[mm]
Temperature
sensors
Rod length
General
information
Rod length 264, 472 and 728 mm

Electrical design: DC PNP
LK12xx: Approval to the German overspill standard WHG section 19
Accessories
Technical
information
and customer
service
Switch point accuracy: 5 %

Repeatability: 2 %
Dielectric constant medium: > 2
Protection: IP 67, III
Materials (wetted parts): PP
Housing materials: EPDM/X, FPM, stainless
steel, NBR, PA, PBT, PC; PP
* for oils (Continuous)
** for oils (Short time)
*** for hydrous coolants, water and media
similar to water
For water > 35 C use climatic tube!
(climatic tube s. page 218)
For industrial
applications
LI
Level
sensors
Point level
34 - 35
23
Level sensors
For industrial
applications
Continuous
2 or 4 progr. switching outputs with

hysteresis and window function.
Direct indication of the current level
by LED display.
Easy handling via the user menu.
The rod can be cut to length,
if needed.
Excellent price / performance ratio.
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
Type
Description
Order
no.
Probe for level sensors LR,

probe length 228 mm
E43203

EVC001

probe length 438 mm
E43204

EVC002

probe length 688 mm
E43205

2 m black, PUR cable, LED
EVC007

5 m black, PUR cable, LED
EVC008
Flange plate 73-90 / G3/4 for level

sensors LR
E43201

E11231
Flange plate 65-80 / G3/4 for level

sensors LR
E43202

E11232
Protective cover for LK / LL / LR / LT

sensors
E43910

E11311

For industrial
applications
LK
with display
LR
with display
LT
with display
LL
with display
PY / PN
with display
22 - 23
24 - 25
26 - 27
28 - 29
30 - 31
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
PI
with display
Level
sensors
Continuous
Page
24
32 - 33
Continuous
Reset point
[mm]
[mm]
In steps of Drawing
[mm]
no.
Order
no.
programmable Wiring diagram no. 3
190 / 400 / 650 *
40 / 10
15...200 / 15...410 / 15...660 *
10...195 / 10...405 / 10...655 *
LR7000
190 / 400 / 650 *
40 / 10
15...200 / 15...410 / 15...660 *
10...195 / 10...405 / 10...655 *
LR7300
M12 connector Output 4 x
programmable Wiring diagram no. 27
40 / 10
15...200 / 15...410 / 15...660 *
10...195 / 10...405 / 10...655 *
LR8000
190 / 400 / 650 *
40 / 10
15...200 / 15...410 / 15...660 *
10...195 / 10...405 / 10...655 *
LR8300
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
190 / 400 / 650 *
List of articles
Set point
Level sensors
Inactive
range
[mm]
Flow sensors
Active
range
[mm]
General
information
Selectable rod lengths: 240, 450 and

Electrical design: DC PNP, 4-wire or 8-wire
Process connection: LR7000, LR8000: G 3/4, LR7300, LR8300: 3/4 NPT
Technical
information
and customer
service
Switch point accuracy: +/- 1.5 cm

Repeatability: +/- 0.5 cm
Protection: IP 67 II
Materials (wetted parts): stainless steel
(303S22), PTFE, NBR
Housing materials: FKM, NBR, PBT, PC, PEI,
PTFE, TPE-V, stainless steel (304S15)
Medium temperature: 0...80 C
Maximum tank pressure: -1...4 bar
* For probe sonda E43203, E43204, E43205
For industrial
applications
LI
Level
sensors
Point level
34 - 35
25
Level sensors
For industrial
applications
Continuous
LED display for direct indication

of level and temperature.
Adjustable hysteresis and window
function of the switching outputs.
Reduced mounting complexity due to
two measuring systems in one unit.
No need for a second borehole
in the hydraulic system.
2 progr. switching outputs each for
level and oil temperature monitoring.
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.

Type
E43006

E43001
Flange plate 54-52X52 D16 for

E43007
Mounting adapter G1 D16 for capacitive

E43004
Mounting adapter G3/4 D16 for

E43003
Order
no.

E11231

E11232

For industrial
applications
Description
LK
with display
LR
with display
LT
with display
LL
with display
PY / PN
with display
22 - 23
24 - 25
26 - 27
28 - 29
30 - 31
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
PI
with display
Level
sensors
Continuous
Page
26
32 - 33
Continuous
Inactive
range
[mm]

195
472
728
[V]
prog. (level) 2 x
Medium
temperature
[C]
IB
[mA]
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
progr. (temp.) Connector gr. 15 Wiring diagr. no. 27
53 / 15
18...30
0...70 * / 0...90 **
200
LT8022
390
53 / 30
18...30
0...70 * / 0...90 **
200
LT8023
585
102 / 40
18...30
0...70 * / 0...90 **
200
LT8024
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
Flow sensors
264
Ub
List of articles
[mm]
Active
range
[mm]
Level sensors
Probe length
General
information
Probe lengths 264, 472 and 728 mm

Direct level and temperature display
Protection rating IP 67
Technical
information
and customer
service
Switch point accuracy: 5 %

Repeatability: 2 %
Housing materials: FKM, NBR, PBT, PC, PP,
TPE / V, stainless steel
* Continuous
** Short time
For industrial
applications
LI
Level
sensors
Point level
34 - 35
27
Level sensors
For industrial
applications
Continuous
Level and leakage monitoring in

power packs.
Direct indication of the current
level by LED display.
Reliable detection of sudden and
progressive leakage.
Freely programmable switching
outputs for level monitoring.
Easy operation and teach function
via the user menu.
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.

Type
E43016
Mounting adapter G3/4 D16 for

E43003
Mounting adapter G1 D16 for capacitive

E43004

E43001

E43006

E43007
Order
no.

E11231

E11232

E11311

For industrial
applications
Description
LK
with display
LR
with display
LT
with display
LL
with display
PY / PN
with display
22 - 23
24 - 25
26 - 27
28 - 29
30 - 31
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
PI
with display
Level
sensors
Continuous
Page
28
32 - 33
Continuous
Inactive
range
[mm]
Ub
[V]
M12 connector (according to EN 61076-2-101) Output function 4 x

195
472
728
IB
[mA]
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
Connector group 15 Wiring diagram no. 28
53 / 15
18...30
0...70 * / 0...65 **
200
LL8022
390
53 / 30
18...30
0...70 * / 0...60 **
200
LL8023
585
102 / 40
18...30
0...70 * / 0...55 **
200
LL8024
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
Flow sensors
264
Medium
temperature
[C]
List of articles
[mm]
Active
range
[mm]
Level sensors
Probe length
General
information
Probe lengths: 264, 472 and 728 mm

Electronic design: DC PNP, 8-wire
M12 connector
Technical
information
and customer
service
Switch point accuracy: +/- 5 %

Repeatability: +/- 2 %
Protection: IP 67 II
Housing materials: FKM, NBR, PBT, PC, PEI,
PP, TPE-V, stainless steel
* for oils
** for hydrous coolants, water and media
similar to water
For water > 35 C use climatic tube!
(climatic tube s. page 218)
For industrial
applications
LI
Level
sensors
Point level
34 - 35
29
Level sensors
For industrial
applications
Continuous
High-precision level measurement

with long-term stability in liquids.
Independent of the electrical
characteristics of the bulk material.
No interference in the case of
foaming or high temperatures.
Analogue transmission of the level in
combination with switching output.
Variable connection concept by
means of a variety of process fittings.
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
Adapter, G 1/4 - G 1/2
Type
E30000
E30007
Protective cover, sealable
Order
no.

5 m orange, PVC cable
EVT004

EVT005

EVC001

EVC002
E30006

For industrial
applications
Description
LK
with display
LR
with display
LT
with display
LL
with display
PY / PN
with display
22 - 23
24 - 25
26 - 27
28 - 29
30 - 31
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
PI
with display
Level
sensors
Continuous
Page
30
32 - 33
Continuous
Pbursting
min.
[bar]
Analog
lower end
[bar]
Analog
Switch-on point
upper end
SP1 / SP2
[bar]
[bar]
Switch-off point
rP1 / rP2
[bar]
In steps
of
[bar]
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
PY2068
PN2069
Process connection: G 1/4 I Medium temperature: -25...80 C Connector groups 7, 8, 10 Wiring diagram no. 29
-0.25...0.25
10
30
-0.25...0.125 -0.125...0.25
-0.248...0.25
-0.25...0.248
0.001
-0.5...0.5
10
30
-0.5...-0.1
-0.25...0.5
-0.496...0.5
-0.5...0.496
0.001
Flow sensors
Process connection: G 1/4 I Medium temperature: -25...80 C Connector groups 7, 8, 10 Wiring diagram no. 30
List of articles
Poverload
max.
[bar]
Level sensors
Measuring
range
[bar]
General
information
Output 1: switching output programmable

Output 2: switching output programmable or analog output 4...20 mA / 0...10 V
measuring accuracy : PY2068: 0.2 %, PN2069: 0.6 %
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
Note: For hydrostatic level measurement the abovementioned sensors are mounted in the bottom of the
tank.
Technical
information
and customer
service
Ub: 20...30 DC
Current rating: 1 x or 2 x 250 mA
Current consumption: < 60 mA
Materials (wetted parts): stainless steel,
ceramics
Shock resistance: 50 g (11 ms)
Vibration resistance: 20 g (10...2,000 Hz)
Protection: IP 67
For further data see
www.ifm-electronic.com
For industrial
applications
LI
Level
sensors
Point level
34 - 35
31
Level sensors
For hygienic areas

and viscous media
Continuous
Level measurement with long-term

stability in aseptic applications.
Independent of the electrical characteristics of the bulk material.
0.2 percent measuring accuracy and
temperature compensation.
Level indication in % referred to the
final value of the measuring range.
The right connection for each process,
e.g. SMS, Clamp, pipe fitting.
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
Welding adapter, 50 mm
Type
E30052
Description
Order
no.

EVT004

EVT005
Protective cover, stainless steel (320S31),

O-ring: Viton
E30101

EVC001

O-ring: EPDM
E30104

EVC002
Aseptoflex adapter, DIN11851 - 1.5" /

DN40
E33012
Aseptoflex adapter, Clamp 1.5"
E33001

For industrial
applications
LK
with display
LR
with display
LT
with display
LL
with display
PY / PN
with display
22 - 23
24 - 25
26 - 27
28 - 29
30 - 31
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
PI
with display
Level
sensors
Continuous
Page
32
32 - 33
Pbursting
min.
[bar]
Analog
lower end
[bar]
Analog
Switch-on
Switch-off point
upper end point SP1 / SP2
rP1 / rP2
[bar]
[bar]
[bar]
In steps
of
[bar]
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
Process connec.: Aseptoflex adapter Medium temp.: -25...125 C (145 C max. 1h) Connec. gr. 58, 59, 61, 64 Wiring diag. no. 29
-1...1
10
30
-0.0124...0.25
10
30
-0.05...1
10
30
-1...0.5
-0.5...1
-0.0124...0.1874 0.05...0.25
-0.05...0.75
0.2...1
-0.998...1
-1...0.998
0.001
10
PI2099
-0.012...0.25
-0.0124...0.2496
0.0002
10
PI2098
-0.048...1
-0.05...0.998
0.001
10
PI2097
Process connec.: Aseptoflex adapter Medium temp.: -25...125 C (145 C max. 1h) Connec. gr. 58, 59, 61, 64 Wiring diagr. no. 31
-1...1
10
30
-0.0124...0.25
10
30
-0.05...1
10
30
-1...0.5
-0.5...1
-0.0124...0.1874 0.05...0.25
-0.05...0.75
0.2...1
0.001
10
PI1099
0.00002
10
PI1098
0.001
10
PI1097
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
Note: For hydrostatic level measurement the abovementioned sensors are mounted in the bottom of the
tank.
List of articles
Poverload
max.
[bar]
Level sensors
Measuring
range
[bar]
Flow sensors
Output 1: switching output programmable; Output 2: switching output programmable or analog output
4...20 mA / 0...10 V, zero and span adjustable
PI10xx: Two-wire connection with 4..20 mA analogue output
General
information
Continuous
Technical
information
and customer
service
Ub: 20...30 DC
Current rating: 250 mA
Characteristics deviation: < 0.2 %
(316S12), ceramics, PTFE
Protection: IP 67 / IP 69K
For industrial
applications
LI
Level
sensors
Point level
34 - 35
33
Level sensors
For industrial
applications
Binary point level switch

for oils and coolants.
Safe medium detection even in the
case of soiling and foaming.
The modular installation concept
reduces the usual variety of types.
Easy setting of switch point
via push-buttons.
Approval for overspill protect. to the
German overspill std. WHG, sec. 19.
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.


Type
E43016
E43002
Description
Order
no.

EVC004

EVC005

EVT004

EVT005

E43005

EVC001

E43006

EVC002

capacitive level sensors LI
E43019

EVT001

EVT002

For industrial
applications
LK
with display
LR
with display
LT
with display
LL
with display
PY / PN
with display
22 - 23
24 - 25
26 - 27
28 - 29
30 - 31
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
PI
with display
Level
sensors
Continuous
Page
34
32 - 33
M12 connector Output function
Order
no.
Connector groups 7, 8, 9, 10 Wiring diagram no. 4
DC PNP
132
LI2041
DC PNP
273
LI2042
DC PNP
481
LI2043
Connector groups 7, 8, 9, 10 Wiring diagram no. 32
DC PNP
132
LI5041
273
LI5042
481
LI5043
DC PNP
737
LI5044
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
DC PNP
DC PNP
List of articles
[mm]
Drawing
no.
Level sensors
Rod length
Flow sensors
Electrical design
General
information
Rod lengths 132, 273, 481 and 737 mm

LED switching status indication, programming via pushbutton
Type LI2: Approval to the German overspill standard WHG, section 19
Technical
information
and customer
service
Ub: 10...36 DC
Dielectric constant medium: > 1.8
Voltage drop: < 2.5 V
Material: PP (Polypropylen)
Protection: IP 67, II
Medium temperature: oil: 0...65 C,
for hydrous coolants: 0...35 C
For industrial
applications
LI
Level
sensors
Point level
34 - 35
35
General
information

flow meters
38 - 45
46 - 51
Flow sensors
Type SI thermal flow sensors
66 - 67
Flow sensors
for hazardous areas
68 - 71
Accessories
Type SF / VS2000 thermal flow sensors
Flow meters
Type SD compressed air / consumed quantity meter
Type SU ultrasonic flow rate meters
Temperature
sensors
57
57
59
65
Diagnostic
systems
52 56 58 60 -
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Special application
Type SI thermal flow sensors

Type SI thermal flow transmitters
Type SL / airflow thermal sensors
Type SF / VS3000 thermal flow sensors
Connection
technology
Pressure
sensors
Flow sensors and transmitters

72 - 75
76 - 77
37
Technical
information
and customer
service
System description
Selection chart
Flow sensors
Level sensors
List of articles
Flow sensors

flow meters
Flow sensors
System description
Introduction
In almost all fields of process and plant engineering liquids or gases are used
for coolant and lubricant supply of machines and aggregates, ventilation of
installations and buildings and the processing of products. Even the product
itself may be the medium which is to be monitored permanently. In case of
no flow of these media considerable damage and downtime may result.
Thus it is very important to monitor that these media are at the right place at
the right time and in sufficient quantities. In modern installations electronic
flow monitors are used for this purpose. They work without wear and tear
and without mechanical components. This guarantees reliable monitoring
even in case of difficult media over a long period.
Electronic
sensor:
Wear-free
monitoring
of flow.
Use of flow
monitors for
monitoring seal
water on pumps.
M1
HZG
M2
Principle of the
transducer:
Two temperaturedependent measuring elements
(M1 / M2) and a
heat source
(HZG).
value in % of the measuring range limit value
Operating principle
Many applications require a simple binary flow monitoring. This means that
the states medium flowing and medium not flowing or value below or
above a defined threshold must be detected safely.
Electronic flow monitors operating on the basis of the calorimetric principle
are perfectly suited for this. They use the physical effect that a flowing
medium absorbs heat energy and conducts it away. The sensor tip contains
two temperature-dependent measuring elements as well as a heat source.
The heat source generates a local temperature rise in the medium which is
detected by one of the measuring elements. If the medium flows, energy is
conducted away from the heat source, i.e. it is cooled. The resulting temperature change is an indication of flow.
To avoid a falsification of the result of the measurement by a change in the
medium temperature, a second measuring element is used for temperature
compensation. The difference in the measured values of the measuring elements results in the signals medium flowing or medium not flowing
being provided by the control monitor after comparison with the set preset
and limit values.
Sudden high temperature changes of the medium can only be compensated
for within the data given in the data sheet. In order to avoid a temporarily
false output signal, these values should not be exceeded.
As these systems work without any mechanically moved parts the user can
mount them independent of mounting position and flow direction. For certain applications and environments preferred positions are recommended.
100
80
60
calorimetric
principle
40
20
20
40
60
80
flow velocity in % of the measuring
range limit value
100
Preferred
applications:
The system is
particularly
sensitive in the
area of low flow.
38
List of articles
1
H
a
umax
H
OG1
OG2
Pressure
sensors
UG1
UG2
Temperature
sensors
v
vmax
Diagnostic
systems
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Flow sensors
Level sensors
Accessories
Flow sensors for separate control monitor

ifm flow sensors type SF are intended for connection to a separate control
monitor type VS3000. Flow sensor and control monitor, together form the
flow monitor. This flow monitor can be used for monitoring liquids and
gases.
The units for separate control monitor are preferably used where environmental conditions and regulations do not permit local installation of the control monitor such as for high medium temperatures and operating temperatures or where space is at a premium.
The sensors consist of a one-piece stainless steel or titanium housing with
integrated PTCs and heat source. The sensors can be connected to different
process connections via adapters which are available as accessories. The sensors are connected to the control monitor via a fixed cable connection or
connector. The control monitor is available as a housing to be mounted on a
rail.
Apart from the power supply it contains the voltage regulator and evaluation of the sensing circuit, the output circuits, the adjustment potentiometer
for the switch point as well as an 11-digit coloured LED display for flow indication.
Using the control monitor it is also possible to monitor the medium temperature. With a potentiometer the user can set a temperature threshold value
with another output signal being given when the medium temperature is
exceeded. If the same flow sensor is connected to an extended control monitor, it is possible to monitor flow and temperature.
Stable
switch point:
Low switching
hysteresis at low
flow velocity.
Connection
technology
Due to the steep curve at low flow velocities the calorimetric system is especially suited for a precise and fast detection of flow and no flow in this
range. The temperature gradient and the heat conductivity of the medium
have less influence on the heat dissipation at the sensor tip and the switching characteristics of the sensor than in the area of the flat curve. This feature of the calorimetric flow monitor is of significance when selecting the
switch point or the threshold value: In order to obtain a stable switch point
and a low switching hysteresis with reference to the flow velocity, it is preferable to set a switch point at a slow flow velocity. In the technical data sheets
this area is stated as Greatest sensitivity setting.
General
information

flow meters
Technical
information
and customer
service
External VS3000
control monitor:
The sensor
becomes a
flow monitor.
39
Flow sensors

flow meters
System description
For safety applications wire break monitoring of the cable from the sensor to
the control monitor is included. In the case of a failure a separate output signal (normally closed circuit) is given. The output signals of the control monitors are passed on for further processing via floating relay contacts. Faults
are indicated by a red LED on the front face. All control monitors are available for various supply voltages.
Very small flow quantities in the ml range can also be monitored by using
flow adapters which are available as accessories.
To cover the large field of applications, sensors are available for high medium
temperatures, high pressures, aggressive media as well as for applications in
hazardous areas.
Compact
flow monitor:
Sensors of
type SI5000.
Flow monitoring in hazardous areas

The sensors and control monitors for flow monitoring in hazardous areas
meet the requirements of the directive 94/ 9/EC (ATEX) as well as the applicable standards and requirements of intrinsic safety i.
The flow sensors are rated for medium temperatures of -20C...60 C and a
pressure of 30 bar for sensors of the category 2 G and 300 bar for sensors of
the category 1/2 G. They are tested for installations with explosive gas / air or
vapour / air mixtures at pressures of 0.8 bar to 1.1 bar and for mixture temperatures of -20 C...60C.
At higher pressures the explosion limit of the medium shifts and must be
assessed and approved by the user.
The sensors can be mounted in pipes with higher pressure if the flammable
media do not form explosive mixtures at that pressure, as determined by the
user together with the respective authorities. The markings are indicated in
the data sheets and operating instructions.
Flow monitors with integrated control monitor
The compact SI flow monitor combines flow sensor and control monitor in
one unit. This offers a high degree of functionality, simple handling and flexible process connection options. This compact and space-saving version is
suitable for use in both liquid and gaseous media. The wetted parts of the
sensor are made of stainless steel (316S12) and can be rated for several pressure ranges.
Another version enables process connection by means of a special ifm thread
which can be screwed into the process connections which are common in
hygienic and sterile areas. This solution is tested and certified to EHEDG.
Flow sensors for

use in harzardous
areas.
Process
connection:
The adapter
enables easy
integration
of the flow
monitor in the
installation.
40

flow meters
List of articles
Level sensors
Flow sensors
Pressure
sensors
Temperature
sensors
Diagnostic
systems
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Connection
technology
Accessories
Measurement in
the air duct:
The airflow
monitor can be
used in horizontal
pipes as well as in
rising pipes. Only
the mounting
position must be
in accordance
with the arrow
on the cap.
Technical
information
and customer
service
Airflow monitoring
Designed for monitoring airflows in ventilation systems the ifm airflow monitor type SLG is a reliable and inexpensive alternative for mechanical flaps and
pressure cells.
Sensor, evaluation electronics, output relay, setting potentiometer, LEDs as
well as a timer that serves as a switch-on delay for the fan or ventilator are
incorporated in a smooth cylindrical plastic housing.
The switch-on delay is indicated by means of a simultaneous lighting of the
two LEDs. During this time the output relay is energised and the contact is
closed. The switch point can be set continuously with the potentiometer. A
red or green LED indicates flow below or above the nominal value.
In the case of no flow the red LED lights, the output relay is deenergised, the
relay contact is open. When the airflow monitor detects flow the green LED
lights and the relay contact is closed. The output signal is available as a voltfree NO contact.
The length of the airflow monitor allows a maximum immersion of 120 mm
into the air duct. It is installed in the air duct by means of the supplied mounting clamp which is secured to the duct via two self-tapping screws.
A mark on the airflow monitor housing ensures correct orientation to the airflow.
During the design of the sensor part special emphasis was put on the protection of the PTCs against mechanical destruction by solid particles in the
medium. The PTCs are included in the sensor head and are protected against
mechanical damage from outside by means of flush mounted metal plates.
The titanium-palladium plates also provide a good heat contact to the
medium. The airflow monitor can thus also be used in industrial applications
without any problem.
General
information
Programming and adjustment of the sensor are done via pushbuttons. The
10-digit LED bar display allows local indication of the flow range and the
programmed switch points. The sensor has a Learn button allowing simple and quick setup. By briefly pressing this button the sensor learns the
present flow conditions and stores them as the nominal flow. Zero flow (or a
non-zero, minimum flow) can also be stored in the same way.
The LED bar display indicates the selected monitoring range. The factory preset switch point can be changed within this selected range as desired.
When the flow is above or below the selected range, this is indicated by flashing of the right or left LED. Another setting option enables the monitoring of
excessive flow.
For applications where a fast flow change must be monitored another monitor version has an additional menu option for setting both the switch-on
and the switch-off points. Flow changes can then be confirmed after 1
second within the flow range. All settings performed can be protected via an
electronic lock. Versions with analogue output, AC supply and two switching outputs complete the range.
41

flow meters
Flow sensors
System description
Thermal compressed air meter

Much success has recently been achieved as regards saving of energy, production costs and processes. It has been possible to use electricity, water,
coolants and other process materials more efficiently and at reduced costs.
Against this background, industry has focused in the past few years on the
cost reduction as regards the use and consumption of compressed air. As it
is one of the most expensive media for transferring energy used in industry,
considerable cost savings and less strain on the environment are possible
when it is used efficiently.
In order to find points where savings can be made the user has to know
where too much energy is used and where expensively generated energy is
lost due to leakages. efector metris provides a low-cost solution for the
measurement of the compressed air used as well as the possibility of detecting
progressive leakages.
Annual energy costs caused by leakage:
Hole
[mm]
Air loss
at 6 bar
[I / s]
Air loss
at 12 bar
[I / s]
Energy loss
kWh
at 6 bar
Energy loss
kWh
at 12 bar
Costs
at 6 bar
[EUR]
Costs
at 12 bar
[EUR]
1.2
1.8
0.3
1.0
144
480
11.1
20.8
3.1
12.7
1,488
6,096
30.9
58.5
8.3
33.7
3,984
16,176
10
123.8
235.2
33.0
132.0
15,840
63,360
kWh x EUR 0.06 x 8,000 operating hours / year; source: www.druckluft-effizient.de
Operating principle
The compressed air meter efector metris works according to the calorimetric principle.
As a thermal measuring method it is especially suited for the measurement of
volumetric flow of gaseous media. An additional correction of the measured
data via pressure and temperature is not necessary in this case. The temperature of the medium is detected by means of two PT elements positioned
in the air flow one of which serves as reference. The other probe which is
heated additionally, is maintained at the same heat level depending on the
heat loss caused by the medium flowing past it. The electrical energy needed
to maintain the constant heat level is proportional to the volumetric flow of
the gaseous media. The mechanical design of the measuring elements in a
defined measuring pipe allows high measuring dynamics, fast response
times and high sensitivity. The measured data is processed by means of stateof-the-art microprocessor technology with a variety of possibilities for signal
processing. The measured data which is displayed and provided refers to
standard cubic metres to DIN / ISO 2533 (1013 hPa, 15 C, 0 % relative air
humidity).
The calorimetric
principle measures the standard volume flow
irrespective of
temperature and
pressure.
42

flow meters
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
Flow sensors
Level sensors
List of articles
General
information
Applications
Many sources including the campaign druckluft-effizient clearly indicate
the growing interest in the optimised use of compressed air as a medium for
transferring energy. There is a substantial saving potential for operating
costs. efector metris helps to explore this potential.
The installation of several measuring points in the compressed air system
clearly shows where and how much compressed air is consumed. The consumption can be allocated to production processes or products for optimising the cost structure.
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Set switch or
alarm levels can
be accessed and
programmed via
pushbutton. All
settings can be
protected using
the electronic
lock function.
Accessories
The integral 4digit LED display

plus the status
LEDs allow information to be
available at the
point of monitoring. Whether
peak consumption, present or
accumulated
consumption:
Diagnostic
systems
Leakage
monitoring.
Connection
technology
Optimised consumption of
compressed air.
Technical
information
and customer
service
Allocation
of consumed
quantities.
Consumed quantity meter for special gases

A special version of efector metris detects the flow of gases in closed pipe
systems. The unit can detect the volume flow of the gases argon (Ar), carbon
dioxide (CO2) or nitrogen (N2). The integrated totaliser function allows the
determination of the consumed quantities of the used gases and the retrieval of the total quantity over a certain period of time. There are other versions
for the smallest quantities, too.
43
Flow sensors

flow meters
System description
Ultrasonic flow rate meter

If binary monitoring of a flowing medium is sufficient and efficient for plant
safety, process control and safety in many applications it is also important to
know and monitor how much medium moves in what time from A to B. In
this case a quantified statement about the quantity used, the consumption
or the optimum quantity is required. Measurement of the flow rate on the
basis of ultrasonic technology has gained increasing acceptance in the market
and in applications during the past few years.
Due to its measuring characteristics this physical method is suited for the use
in the following areas:
Monitoring of
cooling water.
Optimisation of
cooling.
Monitoring
of leaks.
Exact determination of
water supply.
Operating principle
Sound is the propagation and perception of pressure waves. It is the same as
the perception of tones, e.g. music. In this case there is the sound emitter,
the loudspeaker, and the receiver.
The ultrasonic flow rate meter type SU functions according to the transit
time difference method. Two sound transducers are positioned at a defined
distance in a defined pipe length. These sound transducers alternately emit
sound pulses which are directed in the direction of the flow and against the
direction of the flow. The pulse trains emitted with the flow in the pipe
length are transported faster to the receiver by the flowing medium than the
signals emitted against the direction of the flow.
The resulting transit time difference of the sound pulses enables the determination of the flow velocity and flow rate on the basis of the defined conditions like distance of sound transducer and cross-section. State-of-the-art
microprocessor technologies process the measured data for display and signal processing.
Decentralised
flow rate
monitoring:
Also ideal in
widely branched
cooling systems,
e.g. welding lines.
The flow rate
meter SU detects
very small deviations (100 ml/min)
from the set flow

rate, for example
when leaks occur
and monitors at
the same time the
temperature of
the cooling water.
This guarantees
process safety and
quality.
44
using piezoceramic sound transducers. The flow

rate is exactly calculated from the
difference of the
transit time (in
the nanosecond
range from 0.5 to
500 ns). Reliably,
wear-and maintenance-free.
List of articles
Level sensors
Diagnostic
systems
1. Piezoceramic
sound transducer
2. Measuring
length
3. Piezoceramic
sound transducer
Differential transit time principle:
Sound pulses are
alternately emitted and detected
in and against the
direction of flow
Flow sensors
Pressure
sensors
Temperature
sensors
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
The flow rate meter type SU is an inline flow rate meter. The propagation
time of the sound depends to a large extent on the medium (gaseous,
liquid). Therefore information about the type of medium must be given to
the measuring system so that the respective correction factors can be included.
In addition to simple flow rate monitoring the SU also monitors the temperature of the medium. It is displayed on site and provided for signal processing. This makes the system particularly suitable for the monitoring of cooling circuits, because temperature and flow rate can be monitored at the
same time.
The processed information for integration into the process and further processing is of course important for the user. The SU provides a variety of possibilities for representing and processing the data.
In addition to the display of all settings and process data on site there are
also various possibilities of signal processing. If continuous documentation
of processes is required the measured values are available via analogue outputs (0...10 V / 4...20 mA).
Binary evaluation of measured values is part of the standard. Pulse outputs
for counting and totaliser functions are available internally as well as externally. There is also the possibility to allocate an output to the function of a
preset counter. In this case a switched signal is provided after a preset flow
rate. The operating principle is similar to that of an electronic water meter. A
compact design which is ready for connection and can be adapted to various
process connections enables the SU ultrasonic flow rate meter to be used in
a wide range of applications.
All functions described here can be set directly on site via alphanumeric
menu navigation, but they can also be set before installation.
General
information

flow meters
Technical
information
and customer
service
Accessories
Connection
technology
Four-digit alphanumeric display

for information
on site: Current
flow rate, accumulated total
quantity and
medium temperature. l / min or
m3/ h can be selected as the unit of
measurement.
Two LEDs indicate
the switch points.
45

flow meters
Flow sensors
Housing / Process connection
Application /
Medium
Flow range temperature
Selection chart
Supply
voltage
DC
[cm/s]
AC
[C]
Application
Sensor material
Stainless Titanium
steel
Page
Page
PTFE
Page
Thermal flow sensors and transmitters with integrated control monitor

type SI5...
sealing cone
fitting
adapter
liquids:
3...300
gases:
200...3000
-25...80
52 / 54
ifm
adapter
thread
liquids:
3...300
gases:
200...3000
-25...95
-25...120*
66
mounting
clamp
air:
100...1000
-10...50
58
56
type SI6...
type SLG
Thermal flow sensor with integrated control monitor for flow and temperature detection
type SI5...
sealing cone
fitting
adapter
* max. 1 hour at 60 C operating temperature
For industrial
applications
46
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
For hazardous
areas
liquids:
3...300
gases:
200...3000
-25...80

flow meters
Application /
Flow range
Medium temperature
[C]
-20...60 -20...80
0...120
Sensor material
Stainless Titanium Ceramic
steel
Page
Page
Page
List of articles
[cm/s]
Application
General
information
Thermal flow sensors with external control monitor

type SF Ex-i
liquids:
3...300
gases:
2...2000
68
G 1/4
liquids:
0...300
gases:
2...2000
68
G 1/2
liquids:
0...300
gases:
2...2000
68
sealing cone
fitting
adapter
liquids:
3...300
gases:
200...3000
61
61
sealing cone
fitting
adapter
liquids:
3...300
gases:
200...3000
61
61
M12 x 1
liquids:
3...300
gases:
200...3000
68
G 1/4
liquids:
3...300
gases:
200...3000
68
68
G 1/2
liquids:
3...300
gases:
200...3000
68
Level sensors
M12 x 1
Flow sensors
type SF Ex-i
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
type SF Ex-i
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
type SF
Connection
technology
type SF
Accessories
type SF Ex-i
type SF Ex-i
For industrial
applications
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
For hazardous
areas
47
Technical
information
and customer
service
type SF Ex-i

flow meters
Flow sensors
Application /
Flow range
Selection chart
Medium temperature
[C]
-20...60 -20...80
0...120
[cm/s]
Application
Sensor material
Stainless Titanium Ceramic
steel
Page
Page
Page
Thermal flow sensors with external control monitor

type SF (ceramic)
G 1/4
liquids:
0...60
63
G 1/2
liquids:
0...60
63
G 1/2
liquids:
0...60
63
G 1/4
liquids:
0...60
63
type SF (ceramic)
type SF (ceramic)
type SF (ceramic)
For industrial
applications
48
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
For hazardous
areas
Housing / Dimensions
Monitoring
Application
DC
AC
Flow
Flow /
Temperature
Flow /
Wire
Page
Page
25 x 103.5
x 100
64
64
55 x 75 x 110
70
70
[mm]
General
information

flow meters
List of articles
Control monitors
Level sensors
type VS3000
Technical
information
and customer
service
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
Flow sensors
type VS0200 Ex-i
For industrial
applications
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
For hazardous
areas
49

flow meters
Flow sensors
Measuring
principle
Measuring
range
Nm3 / h
Nl / min
[mm]
Selection chart
Supply
voltage
DC
Application
Mediumtemperature
Medium
Page
AC
[C]
Thermal compressed air meters

type SD60..
DN 15
thermal
0.25...75.0
4...1,250
0...60
compressed
air / gases
72
DN 25
thermal
0.75...225.0
12.5...3,750
0...60
compressed
air / gases
72
DN 40
thermal
1.8...410
30...6,830
0...60
compressed
air / gases
72
DN 50
thermal
2.3...700
390...11,670
0...60
compressed
air / gases
72
DN 8
thermal
0.06...15.00
0.88...250.0
0...60
compressed
air / gases
74
thermal
Ar: 0.35...
105 /
CO2: 0.22...
65 /
N2: 0.23...
67.5 /
0...60
Ar
CO2
N2
74
thermal
Ar: 0.08...
24.54 /
CO2: 0.047...
14.38 /
N2: 0.05...
14.94 /
0...60
Ar
CO2
N2
74
type SD80..
type SD90..
type SD20..
type SD50..
Consumed quantity meter for gases

type SD61..
DN 15
type SD51..
DN 8
For industrial
applications
50
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
For hazardous
areas

flow meters
Measuring
principle
Measuring
range
Supply
voltage
DC
Mediumtemperature
Medium
Page
AC
l / min
[C]
Ultrasonic flow rate meters

type SU7...
R 1/2
ultrasonic
0...50
0...80
water /
liquids
77
R 1/2
R 3/4
ultrasonic
0...100
0...80
water /
liquids
77
Level sensors
List of articles
[mm]
Application
General
information
Technical
information
and customer
service
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
Flow sensors
type SU8...
For industrial
applications
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
For hazardous
areas
51
Flow sensors
and transmitters
Flow sensors
For industrial
applications

extended measuring range.
Simplified setting mode for
quick set-up.
AC and DC version.
Reliable monitoring of gaseous
and liquid media.
Electronic locking of the setting values.
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.

Type
E40104
Adapter, M18 x 1.5 - G 1/2
E40096

M12 x 1 - G 1/8
E40124
E40129
Order
no.

EVC004

EVC005

EVC001

EVC002
Socket, M12
E10909
Socket, M12
E10910
Socket, M12
E10915
Socket, M12
E10916

For industrial
applications
Description
SI
thermal
flow sensors /
transmitters
SL
thermal
airflow
sensors
SF / VS3000
thermal
flow sensors
52 - 57
58 - 59
60 - 65
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
SI
thermal
flow sensors /
transmitters
For hazardous
areas
SF / VS2000 Ex
thermal
flow sensors
Flow
sensors
and
transmitters
Page
52
66 - 67
68 - 71
Flow sensors
and transmitters
Mediumtemperature
[C]

3...300 / 200...3000
3...100 / 200...800
3...100 / 200...800
-25...80
3...60 / 200...800
[V] / [%]
Current /
Power
consump.
Iload
Order
no.
[mA]
Drawing
no.
1...10
19...36 DC
< 60
SI5000
SI5002
< 3.5
SI1006 *

-25...80
1/2" UNF-Connector Output function

3...300 / 200...3000
Ub / tolerance

3...300 / 200...3000
Response
time
[s]
1...10
19...36 DC
< 60
Level sensors
Greatest
sensitivity
[cm/s]

-25...80
1...10
85...265 AC / -5 / +10
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
* Note for AC and AC/DC units

Miniature fuse to IEC60127-2 sheet 1, 5A (fast acting). Recommendation:
check the unit for reliable function after a short circuit.
Flow sensors
Setting range
liquids / gases
[cm/s]
List of articles
General
information
Approvals: cULus
Technical
information
and customer
service
Pressure rating: 30 bar (SI5006: 300 bar)

(Santoprene)
Switch point adjustment: automatically via
pushbutton or programming wire P
Max. temperature gradient 300 K / min.
For industrial
applications
SD
compressed air /
consumed quantity
meter
SU
ultrasonic
flow rate
meters
72 - 75
76 - 77
Flow
meters
53
Flow sensors
and transmitters
Flow sensors
For industrial
applications
300 bar pressure rating.

Fast response times.
Simplified setting mode for
quick set-up.
Reliable monitoring of gaseous
and liquid media.
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.

Type
E40104
Adapter, M18 x 1.5 - G 1/2
E40096

M12 x 1 - G 1/8
E40124
E40129
Order
no.

EVC004

EVC005

EVC001

EVC002
Socket, M12
E10909
Socket, M12
E10910
Socket, M12
E10915
Socket, M12
E10916

For industrial
applications
Description
SI
thermal
flow sensors /
transmitters
SL
thermal
airflow
sensors
SF / VS3000
thermal
flow sensors
52 - 57
58 - 59
60 - 65
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
SI
thermal
flow sensors /
transmitters
For hazardous
areas
SF / VS2000 Ex
thermal
flow sensors
Flow
sensors
and
transmitters
Page
54
66 - 67
68 - 71
Flow sensors
and transmitters
Greatest
sensitivity
[cm/s]
Mediumtemperature
[C]

3...100 / 200...800
Ub / tolerance
[V] / [%]
Current /
Power
consump.
Iload
Order
no.
[mA]
Drawing
no.
SI5010

-25...80 / -
1...2 *
19...36 DC
< 60
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
Flow sensors
Level sensors
3...300 / 200...3000
Response
time
[s]
List of articles
Setting range
liquids / gases
[cm/s]
General
information
Approvals: cULus
SI5010: particularly fast switching
Technical
information
and customer
service

(Santoprene)
Switch point adjustment via pushbutton
Function display LED 10
Max. temperature gradient: 300 K / min
* for liquids and temperature gradient
1 K/min. For gases: 1...10
For industrial
applications
SD
compressed air /
consumed quantity
meter
SU
ultrasonic
flow rate
meters
72 - 75
76 - 77
Flow
meters
55
Flow sensors
and transmitters
Flow sensors
For industrial
applications

Switching output for flow and
temperature.
Output function NC/NO programmable
or analogue (4...20 mA).
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.

Type
E40104
Adapter, M18 x 1.5 - G 1/2
E40096

M12 x 1 - G 1/8
E40124
E40129
Order
no.

EVC004

EVC005

EVC001

EVC002
Socket, M12
E10909
Socket, M12
E10910
Socket, M12
E10915
Socket, M12
E10916

For industrial
applications
Description
SI
thermal
flow sensors /
transmitters
SL
thermal
airflow
sensors
SF / VS3000
thermal
flow sensors
52 - 57
58 - 59
60 - 65
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
SI
thermal
flow sensors /
transmitters
For hazardous
areas
SF / VS2000 Ex
thermal
flow sensors
Flow
sensors
and
transmitters
Page
56
66 - 67
68 - 71
Flow sensors
and transmitters
Mediumtemperature
[C]

3...300 / 200...3000
3...100 / 200...800
Response
time
[s]
Ub
Current
consumption
Iload
Order
no.
[mA]
Drawing
no.
2 x 250
SI5007
SI5004
[V]

-25...80
1...10
19...36 DC
< 60
M12 connector Output function 4...20 mA analogue Connector groups 7, 8, 10 Wiring diagram no. 8
3...100 / -
-25...80
1...10
19...36 DC
< 60
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
Flow sensors
3...300 / -
List of articles
Greatest
sensitivity
[cm/s]
Level sensors
Setting range
liquids / gases
[cm/s]
General
information
SI5007: Flow monitoring and temperature monitoring

SI5004: Analogue output
Approvals: cULs
Technical
information
and customer
service

PC (Makrolon); PBT-GF 20; EPDM/X (Santoprene)
Temperature gradient 300 K / min. (SI5007)
For industrial
applications
SD
compressed air /
consumed quantity
meter
SU
ultrasonic
flow rate
meters
72 - 75
76 - 77
Flow
meters
57
Flow sensors
and transmitters
Flow sensors
For industrial
applications
Airflow monitoring up to 10 m/s.

LED indicating readiness
for operation and flow.
Signal output via relay.
AC and DC version.
Compact design, cylindrical.
Accessories
Description
Type
Description
Order
no.
Mounting clamp 23 mm for air flow

monitor SLG
E40048
Designed for monitoring air flows in ventilation systems

this airflow monitor type SLG based on the calorimetric
principle is an inexpensive alternative for mechanical
flaps and pressure cells. The smooth cylindrical plastic
housing incorporates sensor, control monitor, output
relay, LEDs, adjustment potentiometer as well as a timer.
This timer serves as a switch-on delay for the fan or ventilator. The different operating states are indicated by
the LEDs. The output signal is available as a floating NO
contact. The airflow monitor is installed by means of a
special mounting clamp. The length of the unit allows a
maximum immersion of 120 mm into the air duct.
For industrial
applications
SI
thermal
flow sensors /
transmitters
SL
thermal
airflow
sensors
SF / VS3000
thermal
flow sensors
52 - 57
58 - 59
60 - 65
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
SI
thermal
flow sensors /
transmitters
For hazardous
areas
SF / VS2000 Ex
thermal
flow sensors
Flow
sensors
and
transmitters
Page
58
66 - 67
68 - 71
Flow sensors
and transmitters
Medium
temperature
[C]
Ub / tolerance
[V] / [%]
Current
consumption
[mA]
Power
consumption
[VA]
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
SL0101 *
1.5
SL0201
SL5101
Cable 2 m Output function relay energised when flow is present Wiring diagram no. 9
100...1000
100...400
-10...50
80...250 AC/DC
100...1000
100...400
-10...50
24 AC
List of articles
[cm/s]
Greatest
sensitivity
[cm/s]
Level sensors
Setting range
General
information
AC/DC version
Set-up LED
PPU cable, 2 m
100...400
-10...50
24 DC 25 %
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
100...1000
Flow sensors
Accessories
Connection
technology

Technical
information
and customer
service

Material housing: pocan / titanium
Response time: 3...60 s
Operating temperature: -10..50 C
Switch point adjustment: via pot
Function display: 1 x red, 1 x green
Max. relative air humidity: 90 %
Switching power relays: 3 A / 250 V AC
For industrial
applications
SD
compressed air /
consumed quantity
meter
SU
ultrasonic
flow rate
meters
72 - 75
76 - 77
Flow
meters
59
Flow sensors
and transmitters
Flow sensors
For industrial
applications
Suitable for liquids and gases.

Optional fittings for flexible
process connection.
One-piece metal housing, resistant
to aggressive media.
Up to 120 C medium temperature
in liquids.
Connector and cable versions.
Connector and cable versions

for the connection to VS3000 control monitors.
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.

Type
E40104
Description
Order
no.
Socket, M12, 5-pole

EVC073
Socket, M12, 5-pole

EVC074
Adapter, M18 x 1.5 - G 1/2
E40096
Socket, M12, 5-pole

EVC075
E40124
Socket, M12
E10957
Socket, M12
E10958
Socket, M12
E10959

M12 x 1 - G 1/8
E40129

For industrial
applications
SI
thermal
flow sensors /
transmitters
SL
thermal
airflow
sensors
SF / VS3000
thermal
flow sensors
52 - 57
58 - 59
60 - 65
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
SI
thermal
flow sensors /
transmitters
For hazardous
areas
SF / VS2000 Ex
thermal
flow sensors
Flow
sensors
and
transmitters
Page
60
66 - 67
68 - 71
Flow sensors
and transmitters
Response
time
[s]
Max. T0
gradient
[K/min]
Pressure
rating
[bar]
Material
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
300
300
stainless steel
SF5200
M12 connector Connector groups 11, 12 Wiring diagram no. 12

3...300 / 200...3000
3...60 / 200...800
-25...80
1...10
Cable Wiring diagram no. 13

3...300 / 200...3000
3...60 / 200...800
-25...80
1...10
300
300
stainless steel
SF5350
3...300 / 200...3000
3...60 / 200...800
0...120 / 0...100
1...10
300
300
stainless steel
SF5300

3...300 / 200...3000
3...60 / 200...800
-25...80
1...10
300
300
titanium (3.7035)
SF5700
0...120 / 0...100
1...10
300
300
titanium (3.7035)
SF5800

3...60 / 200...800
Pressure
sensors
3...300 / 200...3000
List of articles
Medium
temperature
[C]
Level sensors
Greatest
sensitivity
[cm/s]
Flow sensors
Setting range
liquids / gases
[cm/s]
General
information
Connection to control monitor

Connector and cable version
High pressure and high temperature
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
For evaluation units please see page 64.
Technical
information
and customer
service
Cable: 6 m / 5 x 0.34 mm,

silicone-sheathed or PUR cable
Max. cable length: 100 m / 5 x 0.5 mm
Protection: IP 67
For industrial
applications
SD
compressed air /
consumed quantity
meter
SU
ultrasonic
flow rate
meters
72 - 75
76 - 77
Flow
meters
61
Flow sensors
and transmitters
Flow sensors
For industrial
applications
Full ceramic one-piece housing

(aluminium oxide, 99.9 %).
Sensors with process connection
via G 1/4 and G 1/2 male thread.
Cable and connector variants.
Evaluation and signalling
of flow and wire break.
Connector and cable versions

for the connection to VS3000 control monitors.

Type
Description
Order
no.
Socket, M12, 5-pole

EVC073
Socket, M12, 5-pole

EVC074
Socket, M12, 5-pole

EVC075
Socket, M12
E10957
Socket, M12
E10958
Socket, M12
E10959

For industrial
applications
SI
thermal
flow sensors /
transmitters
SL
thermal
airflow
sensors
SF / VS3000
thermal
flow sensors
52 - 57
58 - 59
60 - 65
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
SI
thermal
flow sensors /
transmitters
For hazardous
areas
SF / VS2000 Ex
thermal
flow sensors
Flow
sensors
and
transmitters
Page
62
66 - 67
68 - 71
Flow sensors
and transmitters
Response
time
[s]
Max. T0
gradient
[K/min]
Pressure
rating
[bar]
Material
Drawing
no.
Order
no.

3...60 / -
3...40 / -
5...70 / -
2...20
30
ceramics *
SF2405
3...60 / -
3...40 / -
5...70 / -
2...20
30
ceramics *
SF3405

3...60 / -
3...40 / -
5...70 / -
2...20
30
ceramics *
SF2410
3...60 / -
3...40 / -
5...70 / -
2...20
30
ceramics *
10
SF3410
* aluminium oxide, 99.9 %
Technical
information
and customer
service
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
List of articles
Medium
temp.
[C]
Level sensors
Greatest
sensitivity
[cm/s]
Flow sensors
Setting range
liquids / gases
[cm/s]
General
information
Sensors for connection to amplifier

For aggressive liquids
Types G 1/4 (SF24xx) and G 1/2 (SF34xx), protection rating IP 67
For industrial
applications
SD
compressed air /
consumed quantity
meter
SU
ultrasonic
flow rate
meters
72 - 75
76 - 77
Flow
meters
63
Flow sensors
and transmitters
Flow sensors
For industrial
applications
Integrated flow, temperature and

wire-break monitoring.
Adjustable switch points for
flow and temperature.
Multicolour LED bar graph display
for quick setting.
Signal output using potential-free
relay contacts (changeover contacts).
Connection options: Insulation displacement / screw terminals, cage clamps.
Control monitors for the connection

of flow sensors of the SF series.
Accessories
VS3000 Three functions in one unit
Type
Description
Order
no.
Combicon connector with cage clamps

4 poles
E40171
Combicon connector with insulation

displacement terminals 4-pole
E40172
The control monitors of the VS3000 series ensure high

functionality in a space-saving housing for control cabinet mounting.
The connection variants (Combicon) provide flexibility
for different connection concepts. In addition to flow
indication via the multicolour LED bar graph, the adjustable limit temperature of the medium as well as, for
safety reasons, a wire break between the sensor and the
control monitor are signalled via LEDs and a relay output. The operating elements are located on the front
and can be set using a screwdriver.
The control monitors are available in two versions (AC or
DC) and form a system for flow monitoring together
with the SF type flow sensors.
For industrial
applications
SI
thermal
flow sensors /
transmitters
SL
thermal
airflow
sensors
SF / VS3000
thermal
flow sensors
52 - 57
58 - 59
60 - 65
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
SI
thermal
flow sensors /
transmitters
For hazardous
areas
SF / VS2000 Ex
thermal
flow sensors
Flow
sensors
and
transmitters
Page
64
66 - 67
68 - 71
Flow sensors
and transmitters
Combicon connector Output function

90...240 AC / -5 /+10
90
Output
when flow is
present
Output
when temp.
is exceeded
Output
in case of
wire break
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
relay energised
relay de-energ.
11
SN0150 *
relay energised
relay de-energ.
11
SR0150
Wiring diagram no. 33
Combicon connector Output function

24 DC / +10 / -20
Power-on
delay time
[s]
10...80
relay energised
Wiring diagram no. 34
10...80
relay energised
List of articles
Power
consumption
[VA]
Level sensors
[V] / [%]
Current
consump.
[mA]
Flow sensors
Ub / Tolerance
General
information
AC and DC versions
Compact housing for control cabinet mounting
Control monitor for flow sensors of the SF series
Technical
information
and customer
service
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors

For industrial
applications
SD
compressed air /
consumed quantity
meter
SU
ultrasonic
flow rate
meters
72 - 75
76 - 77
Flow
meters
65
Flow sensors
and transmitters
Flow sensors
For hygienic areas

and viscous media
Prepared and tested for

process fittings of hygienic areas.
Medium temperatures up to 120 C.
Setting and adjustment via
push-button.
Process connections available
as accessories.
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.

DN40
Type
E33012
Description
Order
no.

EVT004

EVT005
Aseptoflex adapter, Varivent D68
E33022

EVT006
E33001

EVT001

EVT002

EVT003
Aseptoflex adapter, Clamp 2"
E33002

For industrial
applications
SI
thermal
flow sensors /
transmitters
SL
thermal
airflow
sensors
SF / VS3000
thermal
flow sensors
52 - 57
58 - 59
60 - 65
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
SI
thermal
flow sensors /
transmitters
For hazardous
areas
SF / VS2000 Ex
thermal
flow sensors
Flow
sensors
and
transmitters
Page
66
66 - 67
68 - 71
Flow sensors
and transmitters
Medium
temperature
[C]
Temperature
gradient
[K / min]
Ub
[V]
Current
consump.
[mA]
Iload
Order
no.
[mA]
Drawing
no.
3...60 / 200...800
-25...95 (120 max. 1 h)
300
19...36
< 60
250
12
SI6000
3...300 / 200...3000
3...60 / 200...800
-25...95 (120 max. 1 h)
300
19...36
< 60
250
13
SI6100
3...300 / 200...3000
3...60 / 200...800
-25...95 (120 max. 1 h)
300
19...36
< 60
250
14
SI6200
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
Flow sensors
3...300 / 200...3000
List of articles
Greatest
sensitivity
[cm/s]
Level sensors
Setting range
liquids / gases
[cm/s]
General
information
Integrated microprocessor
Probe length SI6000: 55 mm, SI6100: 20 mm. SI6200: 38 mm
Technical
information
and customer
service

Housing material / Sensor material: stainless
steel (316S12)
Protection: IP 67 III
For industrial
applications
SD
compressed air /
consumed quantity
meter
SU
ultrasonic
flow rate
meters
72 - 75
76 - 77
Flow
meters
67
Flow sensors
and transmitters
Flow sensors
For hazardous areas
Approved by DMT for hazardous

areas category 1/2G and 2G.
High-grade stainless steel (316S12) or
ceramic housing (alum. oxide 99.9 %).
Process connection thread
M12 x 1, G 1/4 or G 1/2.
Temperature class T4.
Optional flow adapter for small
volumetric flow quantities.
Sensors for category 1 with cable,

for category 2 with cable or connector.
Description
Type SFx1xA sensors are used for flow monitoring in

category 1 / 2 G hazardous areas, in conjunction with
the control monitor VS 2000 Ex i. The sensors can be
used in zone 0 of pipes and tanks, of the explosion
group II A, II B and II C with the sensor tip being in category 1 (zone 0) and the housing in category 2 (zone 1).
The housings are made of stainless steel (316S12) and
have potted cable connection. The sensors have the
temperature class T4.
Type SFx2xA sensors are used for flow monitoring in
category 2 hazardous areas in conjunction with the control monitor VS 2000 Ex i. The units meet the requirements of the directive 94 / 9 / EC as well as the applicable standards and requirements of intrinsic safety i.
The electrical data and the Ex marking are stated in the
data sheet, the type test certificate and the operating
instructions. For further information see our website
www. ifm-electronic.com.
Type
Description
Order
no.

2 m blue, PUR / PVC cable
E40075

E40076

For industrial
applications
SI
thermal
flow sensors /
transmitters
SL
thermal
airflow
sensors
SF / VS3000
thermal
flow sensors
52 - 57
58 - 59
60 - 65
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
SI
thermal
flow sensors /
transmitters
For hazardous
areas
SF / VS2000 Ex
thermal
flow sensors
Flow
sensors
and
transmitters
Page
68
66 - 67
68 - 71
Flow sensors
and transmitters
Pressure
rating
[bar]
Process
fitting /
Material
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
Cable 6 m Wiring diagram no. 14

3...300 / 200...2000
3...60 / 200...800
-20...60
1...10
15
300
M12 / ss (316S12)
15
SF111A
3...300 / 200...2000
3...60 / 200...800
-20...60
1...10
15
300
G 1/4 A / ss (316S12)
16
SF211A
3...300 / 200...2000
3...60 / 200...800
-20...60
1...10
15
300
G 1/2 A / ss (316S12)
17
SF311A
3...300 / 200...2000
3...60 / 200...800
-20...70
1...10
15
30
M12 / ss (316S12)
18
SF121A
3...300 / 200...2000
3...60 / 200...800
-20...70
1...10
15
30
G 1/4 A / ss (316S12)
19
SF221A
3...300 / 200...2000
3...60 / 200...800
-20...70
1...10
15
30
G 1/2 A / ss (316S12)
20
SF321A
M12 connector Connector group 67 Wiring diagram no. 15

3...300 / 200...2000
3...60 / 200...800
-20...70
1...10
15
30
M12 / ss (316S12)
21
SF120A
3...300 / 200...2000
3...60 / 200...800
-20...70
1...10
15
30
G 1/4 A / ss (316S12)
22
SF220A
3...300 / 200...2000
3...60 / 200...800
-20...70
1...10
15
30
G 1/2 A / ss (316S12)
23
SF320A
Cable 6 m Wiring diagram no. 14

3...40 / -
5...70 / -
2...20
30
G 1/4 A / Al2 O3
SF223A
3...60 / -
3...40 / -
5...70 / -
2...20
30
G 1/2 A / Al2 O3
10
SF323A
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
3...60 / -
List of articles
Max. T0
gradient
[K/min]
Level sensors
Response
time
[s]
Flow sensors
Medium
temp.
[C]
Pressure
sensors
Greatest
sensitivity
[cm/s]
Temperature
sensors
Setting range
liquids / gases
[cm/s]
General
information
94/9/EC (ATEX)
Group II, Category 1/2G: SF111A, SF211A, SF311A
Group II, Category 2G: SF120A, SF221A, SF223A, SF220A, SF321A, SF323A, SF320A, SF121A
Technical
information
and customer
service
Max. cable length: 100 m / 5 x 0.5 mm

Protection rating: IP 67
Capacitance for sensors category 1G:
10 nF / 6 m cable
Capacitance for sensors category 2G:
0.4 nF / 6 m cable
Inductance for sensors category 1G:
70 H / 6 m cable
Inductance for sensors category 2G:
2 H / 6 m cable
Temperature class: T4
For industrial
applications
SD
compressed air /
consumed quantity
meter
SU
ultrasonic
flow rate
meters
72 - 75
76 - 77
Flow
meters
69
Flow sensors
and transmitters
Flow sensors
For hazardous areas
Housing for DIN rail mounting.

Multicolour LED bar graph for
switch point and flow state.
Integrated wire monitoring from
the sensor to the control monitor.
II (1) G [EEx ia] IIC.
PTB 01 ATEX 2075.
Control monitors for connection of flow sensors

SF0... / SF1... / SF2... / SF3...
VS2000 Ex i in standard DIN housing

Type SF flow sensors are rated for connection to a separate control monitor type VS2000 Ex i. Flow sensor and
control monitor together form the flow monitor. These
units, based on the calorimetric principle, are used for
monitoring liquid and gaseous media. The systems are
preferably used where environmental conditions or
regulations do not permit local installation of the control
monitors.
The control monitor in a DIN rail housing must be mounted outside the hazardous area. The limit values for
gaseous and liquid media can be set by means of a slide
switch and potentiometer. The current status is indicated via an 11-digit LED display.
In all versions the intrinsically safe heating and sensor
circuit, the flow and monitoring circuit are electrically
separated from each other and from the supply circuit.
For industrial
applications
As standard, the control monitor monitors a jumper

cable to the sensor for wire break and short circuit.
In case of a fault an additional monitoring relay is deenergised and a red LED indicates the fault. At the same
time the flow relay is de-energised and the 11-digit LED
display indicates no flow (red LED lights).
For installation and operation the applicable regulations
for the installation of electrical equipment in hazardous
areas as well as the EC type test certificate and operating instructions must be observed.
Further data: operating temperature: 0...60 C, housing
material: plastic, contact rating of the relays: 250 V AC
cos phi 0.7 4 A, 250 V DC 0.2 A, 24 V DC 4 A. More
details on the control circuit are given in the data sheets
on our website www.ifm-electronic.com.
SI
thermal
flow sensors /
transmitters
SL
thermal
airflow
sensors
SF / VS3000
thermal
flow sensors
52 - 57
58 - 59
60 - 65
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
SI
thermal
flow sensors /
transmitters
For hazardous
areas
SF / VS2000 Ex
thermal
flow sensors
Flow
sensors
and
transmitters
Page
70
66 - 67
68 - 71
Flow sensors
and transmitters
[V] / [%]
Power-on
delay time
[s]
Output
when flow is
present
Output
when temp.
is exceeded
Output
in case of
wire break
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
15 terminals...2.5 mm Output function
30
relay energised
relay de-energ.
24
SN2301 *
110 AC / 10
30
relay energised
relay de-energ.
24
SN2302 *
24 DC / 10
125
30
relay energised
relay de-energ.
24
SR2301
Flow sensors
230 AC / 10
List of articles
Current
Power
consumption consumption
[mA]
[VA]
Level sensors
Ub / Tolerance
General
information
EEx (ia) IIC

Switch point setting via potentiometer
Connection terminals IP 40
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors

BK
2
GY
WH
BU
13
14
15
19
20
21
16
17
7
8
9
14
15
13
16
17
18
20
21
19
*A
N (L )
*B AC; DC
L1 (L+)
*C
18
Accessories
1
2
3
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
BN
Diagnostic
systems
Terminal connection
Connection
technology
Front view
*A relay flow monitoring

*B supply voltage
Technical
information
and customer
service
*C relay wire monitoring
For industrial
applications
SD
compressed air /
consumed quantity
meter
SU
ultrasonic
flow rate
meters
72 - 75
76 - 77
Flow
meters
71
Flow sensors
For industrial
applications
Flow meters
Checking compressed air consumption

and leakage monitoring.
Compressed air meter with
display and totalizer function.
Wide measuring range,
detection of minute leaks.
Integrated pipe length: easy
mounting, high accuracy.
Short response time and great
measurement dynamics.
Precise detection of compressed air
The compressed air meter directly detects the standard

volume flow (according to ISO 2533), thus eliminating
the need to correct via temperature and pressure. The
broad measurement dynamics of the system enables
reliable detection of minute quantities, e.g. leakage.
High accuracy and repeatability are ensured by the integration of the measurement sensor's key elements into
a defined pipe length.
The integral 4-digit LED display plus the status LEDs
allow information to be available at the point of monitoring. Whether peak consumption, present or accumulated consumption: set switch or alarm levels can be
accessed and programmed via pushbutton. All settings
can be protected using the electronic lock function.
Switching outputs, analogue outputs and pulse outputs
are available for signal processing. Parameters are set in
the user menu.
Type
Description
Order
no.

EVC001

EVC002

For industrial
applications
SI
thermal
flow sensors /
transmitters
SL
thermal
airflow
sensors
SF / VS3000
thermal
flow sensors
52 - 57
58 - 59
60 - 65
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
SI
thermal
flow sensors /
transmitters
For hazardous
areas
SF / VS2000 Ex
thermal
flow sensors
Flow
sensors
and
transmitters
Page
72
66 - 67
68 - 71
Flow meters
[Nl/min /
Setting
range
[Nl/min / Nm3/h]
Pressure
rating
[bar]
Medium
temperature
[C]
Process
connection
Drawing
no.
BestellNr.
0,11...11,67 / 6...700
16
0...60
R2 (DN50)
SD2000
Nm3/h]
M12 connector Connector groups 7, 8, 9 Wiring diagram no. 35

39...11670 / 2,3...700
11...1250 / 0,7...75
16
0...60
R1/2 (DN15)
SD6000
34...3750 / 2,0...225
16
0...60
R1 (DN25)
SD8000
22,2...6830 / 1,3...410
60...6830 / 3,5...410
16
0...60
R11/2 (DN40)
SD9000
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
Flow sensors
4...1250 / 0,25...75
12,5...3750 / 0,75...225
Level sensors
Measuring
List of articles
General
information
Compressed air meter with integrated pipe length
Technical
information
and customer
service
Response time: < 0.1 s

Operating voltage: 19...30 V DC
Current rating: 2 x 250 mA
Measuring error in the measuring range:
(3 % measured value + 0.3 % final value
of the measuring range)
Display: 4-digit, alphanumeric, 2 x LED
Analog. output: 4...20 mA (max. 500 Ohm)
Repeatability: 1 % of the measured value
Material housing: PBT, PC, st. steel (304S15)
For industrial
applications
SD
compressed air /
consumed quantity
meter
SU
ultrasonic
flow rate
meters
72 - 75
76 - 77
Flow
meters
73
Flow sensors
For industrial
applications
Flow meters
Flow rate measurement for low

flow of gases.
Thermal measuring principle for
air or N2, CO2 and argon.
High accuracy and repeatability
in the measuring range.
Freely selectable output functions:
binary, analogue and pulse.
Short response time and great
measurement dynamics.
Measuring small quantities of air and gases
Three further versions complement the efector metris

series in this respect: One of the versions reliably detects
small quantities of compressed air and the other one
small quantities of gases such as argon, carbon dioxide
or nitrogen. Smallest quantities, e.g. for dosing, can
thus be exactly controlled and monitored. Due to the
integrated totaliser these units enable long-term detection and documentation of consumed total quantities.
The sensors detect the standard volume flow directly
(according to ISO 2533). The high measurement dynamics of the system also enables the reliable detection of
minute leakage. High accuracy and repeatability are
ensured by calibrating the sensors in their defined pipe
length. The integral 4-digit LED display plus the status
LEDs allow information to be available at the point of
monitoring. Switching outputs, analogue outputs and
pulse outputs are available for signal processing. Parameters are set in the user menu.
Type
Description
Order
no.

EVC001

EVC002

EVC003

For industrial
applications
SI
thermal
flow sensors /
transmitters
SL
thermal
airflow
sensors
SF / VS3000
thermal
flow sensors
52 - 57
58 - 59
60 - 65
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
SI
thermal
flow sensors /
transmitters
For hazardous
areas
SF / VS2000 Ex
thermal
flow sensors
Flow
sensors
and
transmitters
Page
74
66 - 67
68 - 71
Flow meters
Pressure
rating
[bar]
Medium
temperature
[C]
Process
connection
Drawing
no.
BestellNr.
M12 connector Connector groups 7, 8, 9 Wiring diagram no. 35

0.14...15
16
0...60
G1/4 (DN8)
SD5000
Ar: 0.08...24.54 / CO2:

0.047...14.38 / N2: 0.05...14.94
Ar: 0.18...24.54 / CO2:

0.10...14.38 / N2: 0.10...14.94
16
0...60
G1/4 (DN8)
SD5100
Ar: 0.35...105 / CO2: 0.22...65 /

N2: 0.23...67.5
Ar: 0.9...105 / CO2: 0.6...65 /

N2: 0.6...67.5
16
0...60
R1/2 (DN15)
SD6100
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
Flow sensors
0.06...15
List of articles
[Nl/min /
Setting
range
[Nl/min / Nm3/h]
Nm3/h]
Level sensors
Measuring
General
information
SD5000: consumed quantity meter for small compressed air quantities.

SD5100: consumed quantity meter for small quantities of special gases.
SD6100: consumed quantity meter for special gases.
Technical
information
and customer
service
Response time: < 0.1 s

Analogue output: 4...20 mA
(max. 500 Ohm)
Display: 4-digit, alphanumeric, 7 x LED
(max. 500 Ohm)
Protection: IP 67 / III
Material sensor: stainless steel, ceramics,
PEEK, polyester, Viton, aluminium
For industrial
applications
SD
compressed air /
consumed quantity
meter
SU
ultrasonic
flow rate
meters
72 - 75
76 - 77
Flow
meters
75
Flow sensors
For industrial
applications
Flow meters
Ultrasonic flow rate meter

in robust inline design.
Flow rate, totalising and medium
temperature indication.
Suited for water up to a
flow rate of 100 l/min.
Binary, analogue and pulse
outputs for signal processing.
R 1/2 and R 3/4 process connection
via adapter fitting.
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
Adapter G 3/4 I - R1/2 for flow monitor

type SU7
Type
E40151
Adapter G 1 I - R1/2 for flow monitor

type SU8
E40152
Adapter G 1 I - R3/4 for flow monitor

type SU8
E40153
Order
no.

EVC004

EVC005

For industrial
applications
Description
SI
thermal
flow sensors /
transmitters
SL
thermal
airflow
sensors
SF / VS3000
thermal
flow sensors
52 - 57
58 - 59
60 - 65
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
SI
thermal
flow sensors /
transmitters
For hazardous
areas
SF / VS2000 Ex
thermal
flow sensors
Flow
sensors
and
transmitters
Page
76
66 - 67
68 - 71
Flow meters
/ pulse output, OUT2:
0...50
0,1...50 / 0...3

0...50
16
/ pulse output, OUT2:

0,2...100 / 0,01...6
Drawing
no.
Orderno.
/ analog. Connector gr. 7, 8, 9 Wiring diagram no. 30

5...80
G 3/4
SU7000
16
5...80
G 3/4
SU7200
/ analog. Connector gr. 7, 8, 9 Wiring diagram no. 30

5...80
G1
SU8000
SU8200
0,2...100 / -
16
5...80
G1
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
0...100
Process
connection
0,1...50 / -
M12 connector OUT1:

0...100
16
Medium
temperature
[C]
List of articles
M12 connector OUT1:
Pressure
rating
[bar]
Level sensors
Setting
range
[Nl/min / Nm3/h]
Flow sensors
Measuring
range
[Nl/min]
General
information
Robust aluminium housing

4-digit alphanumeric display for the units of measurement l/min, m3/h and C
Technical
information
and customer
service
Response time: < 2 s (flow rate), 15 s

(temperature)
(max. 500 Ohm), 0...10 V (max. 10 kOhm)
Setting range temperature:
Switch point: 5...79,8 C
Analogue starting point: 5...65 C
Analogue end point: 20...80 C
Resolution temperature: 0.2
For industrial
applications
SD
compressed air /
consumed quantity
meter
SU
ultrasonic
flow rate
meters
72 - 75
76 - 77
Flow
meters
77
General
information
Pressure sensors
and transmitters
80 - 83
84 - 88
Pressure transmitters
Types PI pressure transmitters with display
Type PIM pressure transmitter for pump diagnosis
Types PL / PM pressure transmitters
Types PF / PI pressure transmitters with display
114 - 119
120 - 121
122 - 123
124 - 125
Pressure sensors and transmitters

for hazardous areas
Types PF / PN pressure sensors / transmitters with display
Temperature
sensors
Accessories
Special application
Diagnostic
systems
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
90 - 91
92 - 93
94 - 97
98 - 99
100 - 101
102 - 103
104 - 105
106 - 107
108 - 109
110 - 111
112 - 113
Connection
technology
Type PN pressure sensor with display

Type PE pressure sensors / transmitters with display
Type PN / PY pressure sensors / transmitters with display
Type PK pressure sensors with setting rings
Type PP pressure sensor
Type PA / PPA pressure transmitter
Type PS part seat monitoring
Type PY7 pressure sensor with display
Type PNI pressure sensors with analogue input
FDT Container program
EPS-parameter setting system
Pressure
sensors

126 - 127
79
Technical
information
and customer
service
System description
Selection chart
Flow sensors
Level sensors
List of articles
Pressure sensors
Pressure sensors
Pressure sensors
and transmitters
System description
Introduction
ifm offers a wide range of electronic pressure and vacuum sensors to meet
the requirements of various industrial applications. The ceramic-capacitive
measuring cell traditionally used in the electronic pressure sensor of the PK
series has been replaced by a stainless steel measuring cell with thick film
wire strain gauge.
Ceramic measuring cell in pressure and vacuum sensors
Due to an optimised support in the process connection the ceramic measuring cell is designed for highest stress with nominal pressures of -1 to 600
bar. Contrary to the mechanical piston pressure sensor no moving parts like
pistons or springs are required. The result: The sensors are robust against
mechanical influence and work completely without wear and tear or fatigue.
Advantages of the ceramic measuring cell: It is resistant to corrosion and
absolutely long-term stable. In the long run this guarantees continuous
accuracy of the measured values. These tried-and tested pressure sensors
are resistant to dynamic pressure peaks and guarantee high overload resistance even in cases of extreme pressure peaks that occur for example with
fast closing valves. Depending on the mounting position pressure peaks as
well as vacuum peaks can alternate quickly. A typical example can be found
in the vacuum transport technology. Materials are picked up and released
by means of vacuum suckers. There are rapid changes between negative
(vacuum) and positive pressure. Also with this operation with changing loads
and strain on the material, the ceramic measuring cell proves its extraordinary robustness. As the electronic components are mounted on a flexible
film instead of on a rigid circuit board, maximum shock and vibration resistance is achieved.
Operating principle of the ceramic-capacitive measuring principle
The most important element of the sensor is the ceramic pressure measuring
cell made of aluminium oxide (AI2O3). It has a disk made of aluminium oxide
with a layer of gold resinate at the inside. This gold layer forms a measuring
electrode and a reference electrode on the aluminium oxide disk. The counterpart consists of a second disk made of aluminium oxide to which a further
layer of gold is applied and which forms the second measuring electrode.
The two disks are connected by means of glass frit with the electrode layers
being opposite each other. The distance is approx. 10 m. After assembly
the structure of the ceramic measuring cell is similar to a plate capacitor. The
change of the system pressure and the resulting change of capacitance is
measured, processed by a microprocessor and provided as the requested
output signal.
1
2
Structure of the pressure sensor with

integrated control monitor:
1. 4-digit 10-segment display
2. Programming buttons
3. Microprocessor
4. Ceramic pressure measuring cell with
special support for maximum strain
Typical application for

vacuum sensors:
Transport
technology by
means of
vacuum suckers.
80
Pressure sensors
and transmitters
Level sensors
List of articles
General
information
Stainless steel measuring cell in pressure and vacuum sensors

Units with wire strain gauge in thick-film technology on a stainless steel
measuring cell are distinguished by their very compact and robust design.
They can be used in almost all industrial areas. The welded stainless steel
measuring cell without any seals does not only ensure a high degree of safety in hydraulic and pneumatic applications, but also in applications with gas
pressures of up to 400 bar. In the air conditioning and refrigeration technology where aggressive CFCs (freons) are used ifm pressure sensors with
stainless steel measuring cell are also ideal. The three to thirty times greater
bursting pressure, depending on the selected measuring range of the unit,
and the high shock and vibration resistance support the maximum operational safety of ifm pressure sensors with stainless steel measuring cell.
Diagnostic
systems
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Due to the flush

sealing and highpurity ceramic
measuring cell the
pressure sensors
are also suited for
hygienic applications.
Connection
technology
A variety of electronic sensor solutions

The ifm pressure and vacuum sensors are available in various designs. These
include pressure and vacuum switches and combined units with 4-digit
alphanumeric 10-segment display as well as dedicated transmitter units
which can be evaluated and parameterised via an additional interface (for
further information please refer to the specific product pages under FDT
Container program). The ifm pressure and vacuum sensors provide a binaryswitched signal via one or two outputs. The ifm transmitter units provide an
analogue current (4...20 mA) or voltage signal (0...10 V) which is proportional to the system pressure. The ifm combined units provide binary as well as
analogue output signals.
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
Flow sensors
The welded
stainless steel
measuring cell
for diverse applications in gases
and liquids up
to 400 bar: e.g.
hydraulics, gas,
water, brake
liquid or cryogens
(freons).
Technical
information
and customer
service
Accessories
Sensors for hygienic areas

Special process sensors for liquid or viscous media monitor the pressure in
applications in the food, beverage, and pharmaceutical industries where
they meet the 3A, FDA, and EHEDG requirements.
PF, PI, PL, PM series
The ceramic measuring cell (AI2O3, 99.9 %) is mounted flush into the highgrade stainless steel housing (316S12). This enables optimum cleaning of
the sensor. The combined and transmitter units for hygienic applications are
available in two versions: The PF and PL series for medium temperatures of
up to 80 C as well as the PI and PM series for applications with high temperatures of up to 125 C or 145 C for one hour.
81
Pressure sensors
Pressure sensors
and transmitters
System description
Sensors for industrial applications

The complete range of electronic pressure and vacuum sensors is available
for hydraulic and pneumatic solutions. The sensors are integrated into the
process by means of G 1/4 internal or external thread and with adapters in
different sizes. Due to their versatility, ifm pressure and vacuum sensors can
be used in various applications and they can be adapted to users requirements worldwide.
This also means that additional thread sizes, which are typical in other countries, are available.
PN series
The robust pressure sensors for positive or negative pressures and the combined units of the PN series for hydraulic and pneumatic applications ensure
trouble-free, reliable operation. The tried-and-tested ceramic-capacitive
measuring principle makes this series immune to overload operation and
high pressure peaks. Furthermore it guarantees maximum life. The structured menu navigation and the 4-digit alphanumeric 10-segment display allow
easy operation adapted to the users needs. This concept has been appreciated by ifm customers worldwide for more than ten years. The units of this
series feature an interface by means of which all data and parameters can be
monitored via PC and stored for documentation (for further information
please refer to the specific product pages under FDT Container program).
Depending on the version everything is available in the PN series from binary switching outputs to scaleable analogue outputs and analogue input.
PP series
ifm also offers solutions for places which are difficult to access in installations and machines, or in mobile applications. The pressure sensors of the
PP series have an integrated interface by means of which the operator can
read data from the unit and can carry out parameterisation. This interface
can be accessed on site or from longer distances by means of the ifm Container program (for further information please refer to the specific product
pages under FDT Container program). An AS-i compatible pressure sensor
is also available in this series.
PA series
If processing only of analogue values of a system pressure is required, ifm
offers the pressure transmitters of the PA series.
PK series
Handling and mounting of the new PK series with the new easy turn operating concept is ingeniously simple. The set and reset points of the two complementary outputs can be set by means of the radial setting rings without
pressure being applied. An additional version with two independent
switching outputs and a fixed hysteresis of 2 % underlines the variety of
applications for this series. These innovative pressure sensors with welded
stainless steel measuring cell without any seals enable more than 50 million
reliable switching cycles with a price / performance ratio which is a real alternative to mechanical pressure switches.
The display:
The 4-digit,
alphanumeric
10-segment
display shows
the system
pressure at a
glance.
The easy turn

operating concept: There is no
easier way. Set
and reset point
adjustment with
only two turns.
82
Pressure sensors
and transmitters
List of articles
General
information
Pressure sensors in hazardous areas

The pressure sensors are suitable for monitoring non-explosive liquids and
gases in hazardous dust areas in accordance with group II, category 3D. The
parts of the sensors which are in contact with the medium are made of highgrade stainless steel (316S12) or ceramics (Al2O3, 96 %).
Flow sensors
Pressure
sensors
Robust: The use

of high-quality
materials makes
the pressure and
vacuum sensors
resistant even
under extreme
environmental
conditions.
Temperature
sensors
Parameter setting and analysis

Data sets of individual sensors can be replaced quickly and conveniently by
means of the ifm Container program. The software which is based on the
innovative FDT technology ensures a clear overview of all parameters and
the current process data. Process data and set parameters can be recorded
and stored. For archiving on paper this data can be represented by means of
standard computer programs and printed. (For further information see the
product pages under FDT Container program).
Level sensors
Relative pressure
For all ifm pressure and vacuum sensors the pressure is measured relative to
the existing atmospheric pressure (air pressure). In this case the difference to
the local atmospheric pressure is indicated. The measured positive range
indicates that the measured pressure is higher than the existing atmospheric
pressure and the measured negative pressure indicates the opposite.
A bar graph
displays the state
of the pump on
the unit.
Technical
information
and customer
service
PIM family the pump diagnostic sensor

The pump diagnostic sensor enables diagnosis independently of pump type,
pump characteristics and rotational speed range. The conveying characteristics of the pump to be monitored is continuously detected. Significant
changes are detected and lead to an automatic alarm message when critical
states are reached.
The pump sensor can be set up easily and without specialist knowledge. The
conveying characteristics of the pump is simply taught.
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Well-structured
menu and parameter overview
ifm Container
program.
83
Pressure sensors
and transmitters
Pressure sensors
Selection chart
Output
Analogue
Binary
Materials
wetted
parts
Measuring
range
Medium
temperature
[bar]
[C]
Application /
Page

type PK65..
G 1/4 male
M5 female
2 x DC
complementary
stainless steel
(316S12)
Viton
0...400
-25...80
98
R 1/4 male
2 x DC
complementary
stainless steel
(316S12)
Viton
0...400
-25...80
98
G 1/4 male
M5 female
2 x DC
2%
hysteresis
stainless steel
(316S12)
Viton
0...400
-25...80
98
R 1/4 male
2 x DC
complementary
stainless steel
(316S12)
Viton
0...400
-25...80
98
G 1/4
female
1x
4...20 mA
1 x DC
+
EPS
interface
stainless steel
(303S21)
ceramics
Viton
-1...10
-20...60
126
G 1/4
female
2 x DC
+
EPS
interface
stainless steel
(303S21)
ceramics
Viton
0...10
-20...60
126
G 1/4
female
1x
4...20 mA 1 / 2 x DC
or
+
1x
EPS
0...10 V interface
scaleable
stainless steel
(303S21)
ceramics
Viton
-1...400
-25...80
94
G 1/4
female
1x
1 x DC
4...20 mA
+
or
EPS
1x
interface
0...10 V
stainless steel
(303S21)
ceramics
Viton
-1...600
-25...80
96
type PK67..
type PK75..
type PK87..
type PN.. ATEX
type PN.. ATEX
type PN20..
type PN30..
For industrial
applications
84
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
For hazardous
areas
Output
Analogue
Binary
Materials
wetted
parts
Measuring
range
Medium
temperature
[bar]
[C]
Application /
Page
General
information
Pressure sensors
and transmitters
type PN50..
stainless steel
(303S21)
ceramics
Viton
0...400
-25...80
90
Diagnosis
2 x DC
+
EPS
interface
stainless steel
(303S21)
ceramics
Viton
-1...600
-25...80
90
Diagnosis
2 x DC
+
EPS
interface
stainless steel
(316S12)
ceramics
99.9 %
Viton
-1...100
-25...80
92
G 1/4
female
1x
1 x DC
4...20 mA
+
or
EPS
1x
interface
0...10 V
stainless steel
(316S12)
ceramics
Viton
-1...400
-25...80
92
G 1/4
female
analogue
input
1x
4...20 mA
or
1x
0...10 V
stainless steel
(303S21)
ceramics
Viton
0...250
-25...80
108
G 1/4
female
1x
1 x DC
4...20 mA
+
or
EPS
1x
interface
0...10 V
stainless steel
(303S21)
ceramics
Viton
-0.25...0.25
-25...80
94
ASEPTOFLEX
1x
1 / 2 x DC
4...20 mA
+
or
EPS
1x
interface
0...10 V
stainless steel
(316S12)
ceramics
99.9 %
Viton
-1...25
-25...80
124
ASEPTOFLEX
1x
1 / 2 x DC
4...20 mA
+
or
EPS
1x
interface
0...10 V
stainless steel
(316S12)
ceramics
99.9 %
Viton
-1...25
-25...125
(-25...145
1h / day)
114
type PN70..
G 1/4
female
Flow sensors
Level sensors
1 x DC
+
EPS
interface
G 1/4
female
List of articles
Temperature
sensors
Accessories
type PY20..
type PF20..
type PI20..
For industrial
applications
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
2 x DC
Connection
technology
type PNI..
Diagnostic
systems
type PE30..
For hazardous
areas
85
Technical
information
and customer
service
G 1/4
female
Pressure
sensors
type PE70..
Pressure sensors
and transmitters
Pressure sensors
Selection chart
Output
Analogue
Binary
Materials
wetted
parts
Measuring
range
Medium
temperature
[bar]
[C]
Application /
Page

type PF26..
G 1 male
1x
1 / 2 x DC
4...20 mA
+
or
EPS
1x
interface
0...10 V
stainless steel
(316S12)
ceramics
99.9 %
Viton
-1...100
-25...80
124
G 1 male
1x
1 / 2 x DC
4...20 mA
+
or
EPS
1x
interface
0...10 V
stainless steel
(316S12)
ceramics
99.9 %
Viton
-1...25
-25...80
126
G 1 male
1x
4...20 mA
stainless steel
(316S12)
ceramics
99.9 %
Viton
-1...25
-25...125
116
G 1 male
1x
1 / 2 x DC
4...20 mA
+
or
EPS
1x
interface
0...10 V
stainless steel
(316S12)
ceramics
99.9 %
Viton
-1...100
-25...125
(-25...145
1h / day)
114
1x
4...20 mA
stainless steel
(316S12)
ceramics
99.9 %
Viton
-1...10
-25...125
116
G 3/4 male
1x
1 / 2 x DC
4...20 mA
+
or
EPS
1x
interface
0...10 V
stainless steel
(316S12)
ceramics
99.9 %
Viton
-1...25
-25...80
124
G 3/4 male
1x
1 / 2 x DC
4...20 mA
+
or
EPS
1x
interface
0...10 V
stainless steel
(316S12)
ceramics
99.9 %
Viton
-1...25
-25...125
(-25...145
1h / day)
114
stainless steel
(316S12)
ceramics
99.9 %
Viton
-1...25
-25...125
(-25...145
1h / day)
118
type PF.. ATEX
type PI16..
type PI26..
type PI10..
ASEPTOFLEX
type PF29..
type PI29..
type PI7...
G 1 male
G 3/4 male
ASEPTOFLEX
For industrial
applications
86
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
For hazardous
areas
2 x DC
Output
Analogue
Binary
Materials
wetted
parts
Measuring
range
Medium
temperature
[bar]
[C]
Application /
Page
General
information
Pressure sensors
and transmitters
Diagnosis
2 x DC
free
cutting steel
(441S29)
ceramics
Viton
0...400
-25...80
106
2 x DC
stainless steel
(316S12)
ceramics
99.9 %
Viton
-1...25
-25...125
(-25...145
1h / day)
120
Level sensors
1 x G 1/4
female,
2 x M6
or
2 x G 1/4
female
type PIM..
G 1 male
ASEPTOFLEX
Flow sensors
type PY7..
List of articles
Pressure sensors
104
type PA30..
G 1/4
female
1x
4...20 mA
stainless steel
(303S21)
ceramics
Viton
-1...600
-25...80
102
G 1/4
female
1x
0...10 V
stainless steel
(303S21)
ceramics
Viton
0...400
-25...80
102
G 1/4 male
2 x DC
stainless steel
(303S21)
ceramics
Viton
-1...400
-25...90
100
G 1/4
female
ASinterface
stainless steel
(303S21)
ceramics
Viton
0...400
-25...80
102
ASEPTOFLEX
1x
4...20 mA
+
EPS
interface
stainless steel
(316S12)
ceramics
99.9 %
Viton
-1...25
-25...80
122
Connection
technology
type PA90..
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Pressure transmitter
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Part seat monitoring:

Non-contact position definition for gap distances of up to 1.7 mm.
High measuring accuracy, almost independent of the supply pressure,
integrated pressure sensor with two switching outputs.
Pressure
sensors
type PS..
Accessories
Typ PP75..
type PL20..
For industrial
applications
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
For hazardous
areas
87
Technical
information
and customer
service
type PPA
Pressure sensors
and transmitters
Pressure sensors
Selection chart
Output
Analogue
Binary
Materials
wetted
parts
Measuring
range
Medium
temperature
Application /
Page
[bar]
[C]
-1...100
-25...80
122
Pressure transmitter
type PL26..
G 1 male
1x
4...20 mA
+
EPS
interface
stainless steel
(316S12)
ceramics
99.9 %
Viton
ASEPTOFLEX
1x
4...20 mA
+
EPS
interface
stainless steel
(316S12)
ceramics
Viton
-1...25
-25...125
(-25...145
1h / day)
122
G 1 male
1x
4...20 mA
+
EPS
interface
stainless steel
(316S12)
ceramics
99.9 %
Viton
-1...25
-25...125
(-25...145
1h / day)
122
type PM20..
type PM26..
EPS parameter-setting systems

type ZZ0050
EPS service system:
Convenient configuration of sensors with EPS capability
by means of notebook or PC.
Easy archiving, fast setup and real time display.
110
Programming and display unit:

Quick and easy remote parameter setting of sensors with EPS capability.
Local indication, country-specific pressure units
and non-volatile storage memory function.
102
type PP2000
For industrial
applications
88
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
For hazardous
areas
Technical
information
and customer
service
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
Flow sensors
Level sensors
List of articles
General
information
Pressure sensors
and transmitters
89
Pressure sensors
and transmitters
Pressure sensors
For industrial
applications
Country-specific pressure units,

selectable in bar / mbar, kPa / MPa, psi.
Memory function for the highest
measured system pressure.
Drift-free operation for more than
100 million pressure cycles.
Setting and measured values indicated
on a 4-digit 10-segment display.
Easy operating concept with extended
functions for optimum use.
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
Type
E30000
Description
Order
no.

EVC004

EVC005
E30007

EVC006
Flange adapter, G 1/4
E30003

wirable
E11512
Mounting clamp, 34 mm
E10193

For industrial
applications
PN
pressure sensors
with display
PE
pressure sensors /
transmitters
with display
PN / PY
pressure sensors /
transmitters
with display
PK
pressure sensors
with setting
rings
PP
pressure sensors
PA / PPA
pressure
transmitters
PS
part seat
monitoring
90 - 91
92 - 93
94 - 97
98 - 99
100 - 101
102 - 103
104 - 105
Pressure
sensors and
transmitters
Page
90
Pressure sensors
and transmitters
Protection
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
IP 67
PN5000
0...400
600
1000
4...400
2...398
0...250
400
850
2...250
1...249
IP 67
PN5001
0...100
300
650
1.0...100.0
0.5...99.5
0.5
IP 67
PN5002
0...25
150
350
0.2...25.0
0.1...24.9
0.1
IP 65
PN5003
-1...10
75
150
-0.90...10.00
-0.95...9.95
0.05
IP 65
PN5004
0...2.5
20
50
0.02...2.50
0.01...2.49
0.01
IP 65
PN5006
0...1
10
30
0.01...1
0.005...0.995
0.005
IP 65
PN5007
M12 con. 2 x
progr or 1 x
progr. + 1 x
0...600
800
1200
6...600
3... 597
IP 67
PN7060
0...400
600
1000
4...400
2...398
IP 67
PN7000
400
850
2...250
1...249
IP 67
PN7001
0...100
300
650
1.0...100.0
0.5...99.5
0.5
IP 67
PN7002
0...25
150
350
0.2...25.0
0.1...24.9
0.1
IP 65
PN7003
-1...10
75
150
-0.90...10.00
-0.95...9.95
0.05
IP 65
PN7004
0...2.5
20
50
0.02...2.50
0.01...2.49
0.01
IP 65
PN7006
0...1
10
30
0.01...1
0.005...0.995
0.005
IP 65
PN7007
-1...1
20
50
-0.97...1
-0.98...0.99
0.01
IP 65
PN7009
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
0...250
List of articles
In steps
of
[bar]
Level sensors
Switch-off point
rP1 / rP2
[bar]
Flow sensors
Switch-on point
SP1 / SP2
[bar]
Pressure
sensors
Pbursting
min.
[bar]
Temperature
sensors
Poverload
max.
[bar]
Diagnostic
systems
Measuring
range
[bar]
General
information
Measuring cell
Process connection G 1/4 female
PN7: PNP/NPN switching, diagnostic output
Technical
information
and customer
service
Ub: 18...36 V DC
Switch point accuracy: < 0.5
Materials (wetted parts):
stainless steel (303S21), ceramics, FPM
(Viton)
www. ifm-electronic.com
PY7
pressure sensors
with display
PNI
pressure sensors
with analogue
input
FDTContainerProgramm
EPS
parametersetting
systems
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
For hazardous
areas
106 - 107
108 - 109
110 - 111
112 - 113
114 - 125
126 - 127
91
Pressure sensors
and transmitters
Pressure sensors
For industrial
applications
Optimised chemical resistance, highpurity ceramic measuring cell (99.9 %).

Extremely robust and overloadprotected.
Low-cost alternative in non-aseptic
peripheral processes.
Setting and measured values indicated
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
Mounting device 2 way
Type
E30078
E30079

O-ring: EPDM
E30104

O-ring: Viton
E30101
Order
no.

EVC005

EVC006

EVC002

EVC003

For industrial
applications
Description
PN
pressure sensors
with display
PE
pressure sensors /
transmitters
with display
PN / PY
pressure sensors /
transmitters
with display
PK
pressure sensors
with setting
rings
PP
pressure sensors
PA / PPA
pressure
transmitters
PS
part seat
monitoring
90 - 91
92 - 93
94 - 97
98 - 99
100 - 101
102 - 103
104 - 105
Pressure
sensors and
transmitters
Page
92
Pressure sensors
and transmitters
-1...1
20
0...2.5
20
0...10
75
0...25
150
0...100
300
50
progr. + 1 x
In steps
of
[bar]
Protection
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
-0.97...1
-0.98...0.99
0.01
IP 67
PE7009
50
0.02...2.50
0.01...2.49
0.01
IP 67
PE7006
150
0.10...10.00
0.05...9.95
0.05
IP 67
PE7004
350
0.2...25.0
0.1...24.9
0.1
IP 67
PE7003
650
1.0...100.0
0.5...99.5
0.5
IP 67
PE7002
4...20 mA or 0...10 V Connector groups 7, 8, 10 Wiring diagram no. 16
0...400
600
1000
4...400
2...398
IP 67
PE3000
0...250
400
850
2...250
1...249
IP 67
PE3001
300
650
1.0...100.0
0.5...99.5
0.5
IP 67
PE3002
0...25
150
350
0.2...25.0
0.1...24.9
0.1
IP 67
PE3003
-1...10
75
150
-0.90...10.00
-0.95...9.95
0.05
IP 67
PE3004
0...2.5
20
50
0.02...2.50
0.01...2.49
0.01
IP 67
PE3006
-1...0
10
30
-0.99...0
-0.995...-0.005
0.005
IP 67
PE3029
-1...1
20
50
-0.97...1
-0.98...0.99
0.01
IP 67
PE3009
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
0...100
List of articles
Switch-off point
rP1
[bar]
Level sensors
progr. or 1 x
Switch-on point
SP1
[bar]
Flow sensors
M12 con. 2 x
Pbursting
min.
[bar]
Pressure
sensors
Poverload
max.
[bar]
Temperature
sensors
Measuring
range
[bar]
General
information
Measuring cell with 99.9 % ceramics and EPDM cell sealing

Process connection G 1/4 I
Technical
information
and customer
service
Ub: 18...36 V DC
Switch point accuracy:< 0.5
Repeatability: < 0.1
ceramics (99.9 % AL2O3), high-grade
stainless steel (316S12), EPDM
PY7
pressure sensors
with display
PNI
pressure sensors
with analogue
input
EPS
parametersetting
systems
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
For hazardous
areas
106 - 107
108 - 109
110 - 111
112 - 113
114 - 125
126 - 127
93
Pressure sensors
and transmitters
Pressure sensors
For industrial
applications
Scaleable analogue output and

integrated switching function.
Analogue output selectable:
0...10 V or 4...20 mA.
Local indication of measured values
Clear and easy operating concept
with extensive features.
selectable switching output logic.
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
Protective cover
Type
E30006
Description
Order
no.

EVC004

EVC005
E30078

EVC006
E10193

EVC002

EVC003
E30079

For industrial
applications
PN
pressure sensors
with display
PE
pressure sensors /
transmitters
with display
PN / PY
pressure sensors /
transmitters
with display
PK
pressure sensors
with setting
rings
PP
pressure sensors
PA / PPA
pressure
transmitters
PS
part seat
monitoring
90 - 91
92 - 93
94 - 97
98 - 99
100 - 101
102 - 103
104 - 105
Pressure
sensors and
transmitters
Page
94
Pressure sensors
and transmitters

-0.25...0.25
10
Analogue
upper end
[bar]
Switch-on
Switch-off point
point SP1 / SP2
rP1 / rp2
[bar]
[bar]
In steps
of
[bar]
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
progr. + 1 x analogue Connector groups 7, 8, 10 Wiring diagram no. 29

30
-0.25...0.125
-0.125...0.25
or 1 x
-0.248...0.25
-0.25...0.248
0.001
List of articles
Analogue
lower end
[bar]
PY2068
+ analogue Connector groups 7, 8, 10 Wiring diagram no. 30
0...400
600
1000
0...160
100...400
4...400
2...398
PN2020
0...250
400
850
0.0...100.0
62.5...250.0
2.0...250.0
1.0...249.0
0.5
PN2021
0...100
300
650
0.0...40.0
25.0...100.0
0.8...100.0
0.4...99.6
0.2
PN2022
100
350
-1.00...10.00
5.25...25.00
-0.80...25.00
-0.90...24.90
0.05
PN2023
50
150
-1.00...3.40
1.76...10.00
-0.88...10.00
-0.94...9.94
0.02
PN2024
-0.13...2.50
20
50
-0.13...1.00
0.50...2.50
-0.11...2.50
-0.12...2.49
0.01
PN2026
-0.05...1
10
30
-0.05...0.4
0.2...1
-0.046...1
-0.05...0.996
0.002
PN2027
-1...1
20
50
-0.996...-0.2
-0.5...1
-0.988...1
-0.996...0.992
0.004
PN2009
-0.5...0.5
10
30
-0.5...-0.1
-0.25...0.5
-0.496...0.5
-0.5...0.496
0.001
PN2069
-0.0125...0.25
10
30
-0.0125...0.1
0.05...0.25
-0.0105...0.25
-0.0115...0.249
0.0005
PN2028
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
-1...25
-1...10
Level sensors
Pbursting
min.
[bar]
Flow sensors
Poverload
max.
[bar]
Pressure
sensors
Measuring
range
[bar]
General
information
PYxxxx: Measuring accuracy 0.2 %

PNxxxx: Measuring accuracy 0.6 %
Technical
information
and customer
service
Ub: 20...30 V DC
Switch point accuracy: < 0.5
Deviation of the characteristics: < 0.6
Load: at 4...20 mA: <= 700 Ohm,
at 0...10 V: > 2 kOhm
ceramics, stainless steel (303S21), viton
PY7
pressure sensors
with display
PNI
pressure sensors
with analogue
input
EPS
parametersetting
systems
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
For hazardous
areas
106 - 107
108 - 109
110 - 111
112 - 113
114 - 125
126 - 127
95
Pressure sensors
and transmitters
Pressure sensors
For industrial
applications
Electronic pressure sensor with

switching output and analog. output.
4-digit 10-segment display for
convenient unit configuration.
Memory for minimum and maximum
measured system pressure.
selectable in bar / mbar, kPa / MPa, psi.
High overload range, maximum
long-term stability.
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
Type
E30000
Description
Order
no.

EVC004

EVC005
E30007

EVC006
E30003
Socket, M12
wirable
E11512
E10193

For industrial
applications
PN
pressure sensors
with display
PE
pressure sensors /
transmitters
with display
PN / PY
pressure sensors /
transmitters
with display
PK
pressure sensors
with setting
rings
PP
pressure sensors
PA / PPA
pressure
transmitters
PS
part seat
monitoring
90 - 91
92 - 93
94 - 97
98 - 99
100 - 101
102 - 103
104 - 105
Pressure
sensors and
transmitters
Page
96
Pressure sensors
and transmitters
Switch-on point
SP1
[bar]
Switch-off point
rP1
[bar]
In steps
of
[bar]
Protection
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
4...20 mA or 0...10 V Connector groups 7, 8, 10 Wiring diagram no. 16
0...600
800
1200
6...600
3...597
IP 67
PN3060
600
1000
4...400
2...398
IP 67
PN3000
400
850
2...250
1...249
IP 67
PN3001
0...100
300
650
1.0...100.0
0.5...99.5
0.5
IP 67
PN3002
0...25
150
350
0.2...25.0
0.1...24.9
0.1
IP 65
PN3003
-1...10
75
150
-0.90...10.00
-0.95...9.95
0.05
IP 65
PN3004
0...2.5
20
50
0.02...2.50
0.01...2.49
0.01
IP 65
PN3006
0...1
10
30
0.01...1
0.005...0.995
0.005
IP 65
PN3007
-1...0
10
30
-0.99...0
-0.995...-0.005
0.005
IP 65
PN3029
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
0...400
0...250
List of articles
Pbursting
min.
[bar]
Level sensors
Poverload
max.
[bar]
Flow sensors
Measuring
range
[bar]
General
information
Ceramic measuring cell

Process connection G 1/4 female
Technical
information
and customer
service
Ub: 18...36 V DC
Load analogue output mA: max. 500 Ohm
Load analogue output V: min. 2000 Ohm
Switch point accuracy: 0.5
stainless steel (303S21), ceramics, FPM
For further data see:
PY7
pressure sensors
with display
PNI
pressure sensors
with analogue
input
EPS
parametersetting
systems
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
For hazardous
areas
106 - 107
108 - 109
110 - 111
112 - 113
114 - 125
126 - 127
97
Pressure sensors
and transmitters
Pressure sensors
For industrial
applications
Easy switch point adjust. by means of

2 setting rings for simple reading.
New stainless steel measuring cell, e.g.
for freons in refrigerating technology.
Mechanical lock prevents
unintentional manipulation.
High bursting pressure range
for gases and liquids.
Ideal for use in accumulator charging
in hydraulics and pneumatics.
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
Flange adapter G 1/4 for pressure sensors

type PP7 / type PK
Damping screw for pressure sensors

type PK
Type
E30063
E30057
Order
no.

EVC005

EVC006

EVC002

EVC003
E30094

For industrial
applications
Description
PN
pressure sensors
with display
PE
pressure sensors /
transmitters
with display
PN / PY
pressure sensors /
transmitters
with display
PK
pressure sensors
with setting
rings
PP
pressure sensors
PA / PPA
pressure
transmitters
PS
part seat
monitoring
90 - 91
92 - 93
94 - 97
98 - 99
100 - 101
102 - 103
104 - 105
Pressure
sensors and
transmitters
Page
98
Pressure sensors
and transmitters
Order
no.
complementary PNP Connector groups 7, 8, 9 Wiring diagram no. 17
0...400
600
1600
20...400
12...392
IP 67
PK6520
0...250
400
1000
12.5...250
7.5...245
IP 67
PK6521
0...100
200
1000
5...100
3...98
IP 67
PK6522
0...25
60
500
1.25...25
0.75...24.5
IP 67
PK6523
0...10
25
300
0.5...10
0.3...9.8
IP 67
PK6524
PNP Connector groups 7, 8, 9 Wiring diagram no. 3
0...400
600
1600
12...400
2 % hysteresis
IP 67
PK7520
0...250
400
1000
7.5...250
2 % hysteresis
IP 67
PK7521
0...100
200
1000
3...100
2 % hysteresis
IP 67
PK7522
0...10
25
300
0.3...10
2 % hysteresis
IP 67
PK7524
complementary PNP Connector groups 7, 8, 9 Wiring diagram no. 17
0...400
600
1600
20...400
12...392
IP 67
PK6730
0...250
400
1000
12.5...250
7.5...245
IP 67
PK6731
0...100
200
1000
5...100
3...98
IP 67
PK6732
0...10
25
300
0.5...10
0.3...9.8
IP 67
PK6734
complementary NPN Connector groups 7, 8, 9 Wiring diagram no. 18
600
1600
20...400
12...392
IP 67
PK8730
0...250
400
1000
12.5...250
7.5...245
IP 67
PK8731
0...100
200
1000
5...100
3...98
IP 67
PK8732
0...10
25
300
0.5...10
0.3...9.8
IP 67
PK8734
Accessories
Connection
technology
0...400
List of articles
Drawing
no.
Level sensors
Protection
Flow sensors
Switch-off point
rP1
[bar]
Pressure
sensors
Switch-on point
SP1
[bar]
Temperature
sensors
Pbursting
min.
[bar]
Diagnostic
systems
Poverload
max.
[bar]
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Measuring
range
[bar]
General
information
Stainless steel measuring cell, welded without sealing ring

Process connection: PK65xx, P75xx: G 1/4 A, PK67xx, PK87xx: R 1/4 A
Technical
information
and customer
service
Ub: 9.6...32 V DC
Switch point accuracy: < 2.5 %
Repeatability: < 0.5 %
high-grade stainless steel (316S12);
FPM (Viton)
PY7
pressure sensors
with display
PNI
pressure sensors
with analogue
input
EPS
parametersetting
systems
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
For hazardous
areas
106 - 107
108 - 109
110 - 111
112 - 113
114 - 125
126 - 127
99
Pressure sensors
and transmitters
Pressure sensors
For industrial
applications
Pressure sensor for mobile use,

shock resistant up to 1000 g.
1 switching output and
remote setting function.
2 switching outputs freely
configurable.
Excellent EMC resistance
e.g. 100 V/m.
Optional parameter setting and
documentation via PC connection.
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
Programming and display unit for EPS

sensors
Type
PP2000
Teach button
E30051
EPS service system
ZZ0050
Flange adapter G 1/4 for pressure sensors

type PP7 / type PK
E30063
Order
no.

EVC004

EVC005

EVC006

For industrial
applications
Description
PN
pressure sensors
with display
PE
pressure sensors /
transmitters
with display
PN / PY
pressure sensors /
transmitters
with display
PK
pressure sensors
with setting
rings
PP
pressure sensors
PA / PPA
pressure
transmitters
PS
part seat
monitoring
90 - 91
92 - 93
94 - 97
98 - 99
100 - 101
102 - 103
104 - 105
Pressure
sensors and
transmitters
Page
100
Pressure sensors
and transmitters
Pbursting
min.
[bar]

0...400
600
1000
Switch-on point
SP1
[bar]
Switch-off point
rP1
[bar]
In steps
of
[bar]
Protection
Drawing
no.
Order
no.

4...400
2...398
IP 68 / IP 69 K
PP7530
400
850
3...250
2...249
IP 68 / IP 69 K
PP7531
300
650
1.0...99.9
0.5...99.5
0.1
IP 68 / IP 69 K
PP7532
0...25
100
350
0.3...25.0
0.2...24.9
0.1
IP 68 / IP 69 K
PP7533
0...10
50
150
0.10...9.99
0.05...9.94
0.01
IP 68 / IP 69 K
PP7534
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
Flow sensors
0...250
0...100
List of articles
Poverload
max.
[bar]
Level sensors
Measuring
range
[bar]
General
information
Approvals: e1
Ceramic measuring cell, Process connection G 1/4 male
For gaseous media up to 25 bar
Technical
information
and customer
service
Ub: 9.6...30 V DC
Current consumption: < 45
Accuracy of switch point: < 1.5
Material (wetted parts): stainless steel
(303S22), ceramics, FPM (Viton)
Shock resistance: 1,000 g
PY7
pressure sensors
with display
PNI
pressure sensors
with analogue
input
EPS
parametersetting
systems
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
For hazardous
areas
106 - 107
108 - 109
110 - 111
112 - 113
114 - 125
126 - 127
101
Pressure sensors
and transmitters
Pressure sensors
For industrial
applications
Pressure transmitter with analogue

output 4...20 mA or 0...10 V.
High overload resistance especially
in the low pressure range.
Robust design, therefore
resistant to shock and vibration.
Versions with AS-i slave according
to the profile S-7.3.C.
Flexible process connection
by commonly used fittings.
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
Type
Description
Order
no.
E30000

EVC004
E30007

EVC005
FC insulation displacement connector

for order No. PPA020, PPA024, PPA060
E70096

EVC006
E30003
Socket, M12
wirable
E11512
Mounting clamp
for types M30
E10077

For industrial
applications
PN
pressure sensors
with display
PE
pressure sensors /
transmitters
with display
PN / PY
pressure sensors /
transmitters
with display
PK
pressure sensors
with setting
rings
PP
pressure sensors
PA / PPA
pressure
transmitters
PS
part seat
monitoring
90 - 91
92 - 93
94 - 97
98 - 99
100 - 101
102 - 103
104 - 105
Pressure
sensors and
transmitters
Page
102
Pressure sensors
and transmitters
M12 connector Output function 4...20 mA analogue Connector groups 7, 8 Wiring diagram no. 19
0...600
800
1200
-25...90
IP 68 / IP 69 K
9.6...32
PA3060
0...400
600
1000
-25...90
IP 68 / IP 69 K
9.6...32
PA3020
0...250
400
850
-25...90
IP 68 / IP 69 K
9.6...32
PA3021
0...100
300
650
-25...90
IP 68 / IP 69 K
9.6...32
PA3022
0...25
150
350
-25...90
IP 65
9.6...32
PA3023
0...10
75
150
-25...90
IP 65
9.6...32
PA3024
0...2.5
20
50
-25...90
IP 65
9.6...32
PA3026
0...1
10
30
-25...90
IP 65
9.6...32
PA3027
-1...0
10
30
-25...90
IP 65
9.6...32
PA3029
0...0.25
10
30
-25...90
IP 65
9.6...32
10
PA3228
0...250
150
350
-25...90
IP 65
9.6...32
11
PA3521
0...100
150
350
-25...90
IP 65
9.6...32
11
PA3522
0...25
150
350
-25...90
IP 65
9.6...32
11
PA3523
0...10
75
150
-25...90
IP 65
9.6...32
11
PA3524
M12 connector Output function 0...10 V analogue Connector groups 7, 8 Wiring diagram no. 20
0...400
600
1000
-25...90
IP 68 / IP 69 K
16...32 DC
PA9020
0...250
400
850
-25...90
IP 68 / IP 69 K
16...32 DC
PA9021
0...100
300
650
-25...90
IP 68 / IP 69 K
16...32 DC
PA9022
0...25
150
350
-25...90
IP 65
16...32 DC
PA9023
0...10
75
150
-25...90
IP 65
16...32 DC
PA9024
0...2.5
20
50
-25...90
IP 65
16...32 DC
PA9026
0...1
10
30
-25...90
IP 65
16...32 DC
PA9027
List of articles
Order
no.
[V]
Drawing
no.
Level sensors
Ub
Flow sensors
Protection
Pressure
sensors
Medium
temperature
[C]
Temperature
sensors
Pbursting
min.
[bar]
Diagnostic
systems
Poverload
max.
[bar]
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Measuring
range
[bar]
General
information

Process connection G 1/4 female, PA35xx: G 1/4 male; PA3228: 1/4'' NPT
Approvals: e1 type approval
600
1000
-25...80
IP 67
26.5...31.6 DC
12
PPA020
0...10
50
150
-25...80
IP 65
26.5...31.6 DC
13
PPA024
0...600
800
1200
-25...80
IP 67
26.5...31.6 DC
12
PPA060
Accessories
0...400
Connection
technology
M12 connector Output function AS-i Connector groups 7, 8 Wiring diagram no. 21
Technical
information
and customer
service
Current consumption PA90xxx: < 18 mA

Load analog output
PA 30..: 660 Ohm / 24 V
Load analog output PA 90..: min. 5 kOhm
Material (wetted parts): stainless steel
(303S22), ceramics, FPM (Viton)
PY7
pressure sensors
with display
PNI
pressure sensors
with analogue
input
EPS
parametersetting
systems
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
For hazardous
areas
106 - 107
108 - 109
110 - 111
112 - 113
114 - 125
126 - 127
103
Pressure sensors
and transmitters
Pressure sensors
For industrial
applications
PS7 part seat monitoring for precise

monitoring with long-term stability.
Adjust. to the desired gap distance
by means of mechanical setting dial.
Low supply pressures for
process-optimised use.
2 switch points: Fine / coarse detection
or additional function check.
Non-contact measurement
in the micrometer range.
Applications
System description
Metal forming and machining to assembly automation,

workpiece positioning and gap detection in harsh operating conditions (dirt, fluids extreme temperatures)
continue to present a challenge for project engineers.
Whether workpiece or tool, pallet or conical spindle
insert the success of the machining operation depends
on a clear position definition with gap distances sometimes down to 0.01 mm.
The pneumatic backpressure measurement system is
often used to blow the work surface clean. At the same
time the required gap distances are clearly detected and
converted into OK signals.
The principle of backpressure measurement converts the

distance between the nozzles and the deflector (the
surface of the seated workpiece) into a suitable pressure
signal. This signal is evaluated to generate reliable and
high repeatability switch points for even the smallest
gaps. One single unit can thus be used universally for a
wide range of tasks with different nozzle combinations
or diameters and gap distances. Gap distances from
0.01 mm to approx. 0.7 mm can be detected depending
on the nozzle combinations.
For industrial
applications
PN
pressure sensors
with display
PE
pressure sensors /
transmitters
with display
PN / PY
pressure sensors /
transmitters
with display
PK
pressure sensors
with setting
rings
PP
pressure sensors
PA / PPA
pressure
transmitters
PS
part seat
monitoring
90 - 91
92 - 93
94 - 97
98 - 99
100 - 101
102 - 103
104 - 105
Pressure
sensors and
transmitters
Page
104
Pressure sensors
and transmitters
Max.
detection
accuracy
Supply
pressure
connection
Measuring
branch
connection
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
0.01 mm
2 x 1/8" thread for

push-in air fitting
3 x 1/8" thread for

push-in air fitting
14
PS7570

0.02...0.7
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
Flow sensors
List of articles
Measurable
gap distances
[mm]
Level sensors
Supply
pressure
[bar]
General
information
Integrated pressure sensor with ceramic measuring cell

Relative pressure
Backpressure measurement independent of the supply pressure
Technical
information
and customer
service
Ub: 20...32 V DC
Switching status: 2 LEDs yellow
LED display: 4-digit alphanumeric
or trend display
Switch point accuracy: < 0.5 %
Hysteresis: < 0.1 % of the span
Vibration resistance: 6 g (10...100 Hz)
PY7
pressure sensors
with display
PNI
pressure sensors
with analogue
input
EPS
parametersetting
systems
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
For hazardous
areas
106 - 107
108 - 109
110 - 111
112 - 113
114 - 125
126 - 127
105
Pressure sensors
and transmitters
Pressure sensors
For industrial
applications
Integrated air vent screw for timecritical applications.

Variable fixing options for surface or
wall mounting.
Flange connection to CETOP with bore
holes for several hole patterns.
Robust, long-term stable design for
demanding hydraulics.
Two switching outputs with selectable
diagnostic function.
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
Type
E30006
Order
no.

EVC004

EVC005

EVC001

EVC002

For industrial
applications
Description
PN
pressure sensors
with display
PE
pressure sensors /
transmitters
with display
PN / PY
pressure sensors /
transmitters
with display
PK
pressure sensors
with setting
rings
PP
pressure sensors
PA / PPA
pressure
transmitters
PS
part seat
monitoring
90 - 91
92 - 93
94 - 97
98 - 99
100 - 101
102 - 103
104 - 105
Pressure
sensors and
transmitters
Page
106
Pressure sensors
and transmitters
M12 con. 2 x
Pbursting
min.
[bar]
progr. or 1 x
Switch-on point
SP1
[bar]
Switch-off point
rP1
[bar]
progr. + 1 x
450
1000
4...400
0...250
400
850
2...250
0...100
300
650
1.0...100.0
0...25
150
350
0.2...25.0
0...100
300
650
1.0...100.0
Protection
Drawing
no.
Order
no.

2...398
IP 67
15
PY7000
1...249
IP 67
15
PY7001
0.5...99.5
0.5
IP 67
15
PY7002
0.1...24.9
0.1
IP 65
16
PY7003
0.5...99.5
0.5
IP 67
17
PY7032
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
Flow sensors
0...400
In steps
of
[bar]
List of articles
Poverload
max.
[bar]
Level sensors
Measuring
range
[bar]
General
information
2 programmable switching outputs PNP/NPN

Diagnostic function
Process connection: PY700x: 1 x G 1/4 female, 2 x M6; PY703x: 2 x G 1/4 female
Technical
information
and customer
service

Current rating switching output: 250 mA
Power-on delay time: 0.3 s
Accuracy of switch point: < 0.5 %
Pressure cycles: 100 Millionen
PY7
pressure sensors
with display
PNI
pressure sensors
with analogue
input
EPS
parametersetting
systems
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
For hazardous
areas
106 - 107
108 - 109
110 - 111
112 - 113
114 - 125
126 - 127
107
Pressure sensors
and transmitters
Pressure sensors
For industrial
applications
With analogue input for automatic

switch point adjustment.
Evaluation of external voltage /
current values.
Continuous comparison of set /
actual values directly in the sensor.
Integrated special functions
for specific tasks.
Differential pressure monitoring with
separate pressure transmitter possible.
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
Type
E30006
Description
Order
no.

E11231

E11232
E10193

EVC004
E30000
T-splitter box
E11566
E30007

For industrial
applications
PN
pressure sensors
with display
PE
pressure sensors /
transmitters
with display
PN / PY
pressure sensors /
transmitters
with display
PK
pressure sensors
with setting
rings
PP
pressure sensors
PA / PPA
pressure
transmitters
PS
part seat
monitoring
90 - 91
92 - 93
94 - 97
98 - 99
100 - 101
102 - 103
104 - 105
Pressure
sensors and
transmitters
Page
108
Pressure sensors
and transmitters
Pbursting
min.
[bar]
Analogue
lower end
[bar]

0...250
400
850
Analogue Switch-on point

upper end
SP1 / SP2
[bar]
[bar]
Switch-off point
rP1 / rp2
[bar]
In steps
of
[bar]
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
PNI021
Connector group 7, 15 Wiring diagram no. 22
-62...250
-63...249
300
650
-24.6...100.0
-25.0...99.6
0.2
PNI022
0...25
100
350
-6.2...25.0
-6.3...24.9
0.1
PNI023
0...10
50
150
-2.46...10.00
-2.50...9.96
0.02
PNI024
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
Flow sensors
0...100
List of articles
Poverload
max.
[bar]
Level sensors
Measuring
range
[bar]
General
information
Ceramic measuring cell, process connection G 1/4 female

Analogue input (scaleable)
Technical
information
and customer
service
Ub: 20...30 V DC
Analogue voltage input: 0...10 V
(input resistance min. 90 kOhm)
Analogue current input: 0/4...20 mA
(load max. 300 Ohm)
Rise time analogue input: 3 ms
Deviation of the characteristics: < 0.6 %
Materials wetted parts: ceramics, highgrade stainless steel (316S12), PTFE
PY7
pressure sensors
with display
PNI
pressure sensors
with analogue
input
EPS
parametersetting
systems
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
For hazardous
areas
106 - 107
108 - 109
110 - 111
112 - 113
114 - 125
126 - 127
109
Pressure sensors
and transmitters
Pressure sensors
For industrial
applications

software on FDT/DTM basis.
Data exchange with pressure,
temperature, and flow sensors.
Special wizard simplifies necessary
settings.
Device configuration, documentation
and diagnostics for the entire plant.
Simple point-to-point connection
possible.
The FDT Container program from ifm
The FDT technology
The FDT framework software, the ifm Container, features a user-friendly user mode. When starting the program, users are supported by a wizard that does all
necessary settings for them.
The FDT technology standardises the communication

interface between field devices and the system environment (host). The special feature of this technology is
that it is independent of the communication protocol
used and the software environment. The user can also
freely choose the device to be used and the control
system used. In brief: With FDT it is possible to address
any unit via any system using any protocol.
For industrial
applications
PN
pressure sensors
with display
PE
pressure sensors /
transmitters
with display
PN / PY
pressure sensors /
transmitters
with display
PK
pressure sensors
with setting
rings
PP
pressure sensors
PA / PPA
pressure
transmitters
PS
part seat
monitoring
90 - 91
92 - 93
94 - 97
98 - 99
100 - 101
102 - 103
104 - 105
Pressure
sensors and
transmitters
Page
110
Pressure sensors
and transmitters
Operating
temperature
[C]
Interface
Language
Order
no.
< 80
-20...70
RS-232
ZZ0050
German / English
E30110
Set article
10.8...30
Flow sensors
Parameter setting and analysis software ifm Container
List of articles
[V]
Current
consumption
[mA]
Level sensors
Ub
General
information
Set article ZZ0050: includes all hardware and software required

FDT framework software: ifm Container
Pressure
sensors
The following families of units in this catalogue can be

analysed and configured using the ifm Container program:
Temperature
sensors
Pressure sensor series:

PN5xxx / PN7xxx, PE7xxx / PE3xxx, PY2068 / PN2xxx,
PN3xxx, PP7xxx,
PI2xxx, PI1xxx, PI7xxx, PL2xxx / PM2xxx, PF2xxx, PF00xA
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature sensor series:

TADxxx, TR 2432 / TR8430
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Flow sensor series:

SD6100
Accessories
Connection
technology
Note:
You can download a continuously updated DTM catalogue from ifms website.
Technical
information
and customer
service
System requirements for E30110

PC min. Pentium 3 / 700 MHz
min. 256 MB RAM
min. 150 MB free hard disk memory
Microsoft Windows NT / XP
Microsoft Internet Explorer 6.x
PY7
pressure sensors
with display
PNI
pressure sensors
with analogue
input
EPS
parametersetting
systems
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
For hazardous
areas
106 - 107
108 - 109
110 - 111
112 - 113
114 - 125
126 - 127
111
Pressure sensors
and transmitters
Pressure sensors
For industrial
applications
Fast and easy handling.

Flexible local indication
of the measured values.
Indication in country-specific pressure
units, (bar / mbar, kPa / MPa, psi).
Three read-only memories for any
duplication of the data records.
Permanent or demand-oriented
operation possible.
Accessories
Description
Type
Description
Order
no.
Jumper ifm electronic straight / straight
E10881
Teach button for EPS sensors
E30051
Jumper Bedia straight / angled
E11274
The programming and display unit PP2001 enables

remote parameter setting and evaluation of sensors of
the PP7xxx, PLxxx, PMxxx series. The clearly visible 7-segment LED display provides permanent or demand-oriented information about the current system pressure using
the country-specific units. A working memory contains
the currently used data record of the connected sensor
which can be stored and accessed on request by means
of the clearly structured menu navigation.
Due to the voltage supply via the programming and
display unit PP2001, an additional external supply of the
sensors is not necessary.
For industrial
applications
PN
pressure sensors
with display
PE
pressure sensors /
transmitters
with display
PN / PY
pressure sensors /
transmitters
with display
PK
pressure sensors
with setting
rings
PP
pressure sensors
PA / PPA
pressure
transmitters
PS
part seat
monitoring
90 - 91
92 - 93
94 - 97
98 - 99
100 - 101
102 - 103
104 - 105
Pressure
sensors and
transmitters
Page
112
Pressure sensors
and transmitters
Operating
temperature
[C]
Measuring /
display cycle
[ms]
Vibration
resistance
Protection
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
[V]
Current
consumption
[mA]
10.8...30
< 60
-25...80
200
20 (DIN / IEC 68-2-6, 10 - 2000 Hz)
IP 67
18
PP2000
Technical
information
and customer
service
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
Flow sensors
Level sensors
Ub
List of articles
General
information
Programming and display unit for EPS sensors
PY7
pressure sensors
with display
PNI
pressure sensors
with analogue
input
EPS
parametersetting
systems
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
For hazardous
areas
106 - 107
108 - 109
110 - 111
112 - 113
114 - 125
126 - 127
113
Pressure sensors
and transmitters
Pressure sensors
For hygienic areas

and viscous media
Flush sensors for medium

temperatures up to 125 C.
0.2 % measuring accuracy and fast
Determination of zero point and
measuring range via teach button.
O-ring free sealing concept for
maintenance-free long-term operation.
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
Adapter, G 1 - Clamp ISO2852/1-1.5

DN40
Type
E33601
E33012
Protective cover
E30101
Protective cover
E30104
EPS service system
ZZ0050
Order
no.

EVT004

EVT005

EVT001

EVT002

For industrial
applications
Description
PN
pressure sensors
with display
PE
pressure sensors /
transmitters
with display
PN / PY
pressure sensors /
transmitters
with display
PK
pressure sensors
with setting
rings
PP
pressure sensors
PA / PPA
pressure
transmitters
PS
part seat
monitoring
90 - 91
92 - 93
94 - 97
98 - 99
100 - 101
102 - 103
104 - 105
Pressure
sensors and
transmitters
Page
114
Pressure sensors
and transmitters
Order
no.
0.02
19
PI2093
Medium temperature: -25...125 C (145 C max. 1h) Connector groups 58, 59, 61, 64 Wiring diagram no. 29
-1.00...25.00
100
350
-1.00...18.74
5.24...25.00
-0.96...25.00
-1.00...24.96
-1.00...10.00
50
150
-1.00...7.25
1.75...10.00
-0.98...10.00
-1.00...9.98
0.01
19
PI2094
-1.000...4.000
30
100
-1.000...3.000
0.00...4.00
-0.990...4.000
-1.000...3.990
0.005
19
PI2095
-0.124...2.500
20
50
-0.124...1.880
0.50...2.50
-0.120...2.500
-0.124...2.496
0.002
19
PI2096
-0.05...1
10
30
-0.05...0.75
0.2...1
-0.048...1
-0.05...0.998
0.001
19
PI2097
-0.0124...0.25
10
30
-0.012...0.25
-0.0124...0.2496
0.0002
19
PI2098
-1...1
10
30
-0.998...1
-1...0.998
0.001
19
PI2099
-0.0124...0.1874 0.05...0.25
-1...0.5
-0.5...1
-1.0...100.0
200
650
-1.0...75.0
24.0...100.0
-0.8...100.0
-1.0...99.8
0.1
20
PI2692
-1.00...25.00
100
350
-1.00...18.74
5.24...25.00
-0.96...25.00
-1.00...24.96
0.02
20
PI2693
-1.00...10.00
50
150
-1.00...7.25
1.75...10.00
-0.98...10.00
-1.00...9.98
0.01
20
PI2694
-1.000...4.000
30
100
-1.000...2.750
0.25...4.00
-0.990...4.000
-1.000...3.990
0.005
20
PI2695
-0.124...2.500
20
50
-0.124...1.880
0.50...2.50
-0.120...2.500
-0.124...2.496
0.002
20
PI2696
-0.05...0.75
0.2...1
-0.05...1
10
30
-0.0124...0.25
10
30
-0.048...1
-0.05...0.998
0.001
20
PI2697
-0.012...0.25
-0.0124...0.2496
0.0002
20
-1...1
10
30
-1...0.5
PI2698
-0.5...1
-0.998...1
-1...0.998
0.001
20
-1.00...25.00
100
200
PI2699
-1.00...18.74
5.24...25.00
-0.96...25.00
-1.00...24.96
0.02
21
-1.00...10.00
50
PI2993
150
-1.00...7.25
1.75...10.00
-0.98...10.00
-1.00...9.98
0.01
21
PI2994
-1.000...4.000
-0.124...2.500
30
100
-1.000...3.000
0.00...4.00
-0.990...4.000
-1.000...3.990
0.005
21
PI2995
20
50
-0.124...1.880
0.50...2.50
-0.120...2.500
-0.124...2.496
0.002
21
-0.05...1
PI2996
10
30
-0.05...0.75
0.2...1
-0.048...1
-0.05...0.998
0.001
21
PI2997
-0.0124...0.1874 0.05...0.25
Accessories
Connection
technology
PI209x: Flush pressure sensors with Aseptoflex adapter thread

PI269x: Flush pressure sensors with G 1A adapter thread
PI299x: Flush pressure sensors with G 3/4A adapter thread
The 3A approval is only valid if adapters with 3A approval are used for installation.
List of articles
Drawing
no.
Level sensors
In steps
of
[bar]
Flow sensors
Analogue Switch-on point Switch-off point

upper end
SP1 / SP2
rP1 / rp2
[bar]
[bar]
[bar]
Pressure
sensors
Analogue
lower end
[bar]
Temperature
sensors
Pbursting
min.
[bar]
Diagnostic
systems
Poverload
max.
[bar]
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Measuring
range
[bar]
General
information
Output 1: Switching output programmable

Output 2: Analogue output 4...20 mA / 0...10 V or 20...4 mA / 10...0 V
Technical
information
and customer
service
Ub: 18...32 V DC
Accuracy PI20xx and PI26xxx: 0.2 %
Accuracy PI29xx: > 0.2 %
Deviation of the characteristics: < 0.2,
high-grade stainless steel (316S12), ceramics
99.9 %, PTFE; Shock resistance: 50 g
(11 ms); Vibration resistance: 20 g
(10...2,000 Hz); Protection: IP 67 / IP 69K
PY7
pressure sensors
with display
PNI
pressure sensors
with analogue
input
EPS
parametersetting
systems
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
For hazardous
areas
106 - 107
108 - 109
110 - 111
112 - 113
114 - 125
126 - 127
115
Pressure sensors
and transmitters
Pressure sensors
For hygienic areas

and viscous media
Pressure transmitter with LED display

in 2-wire connection technology.
Extensive menu functions for a high
degree of process safety.
High overall accuracy (0.2 %) and
electronic temperature compensation.
Overload resistant and drift-free
ceramic measuring cell.
O-ring free sealing concept for maintenance-free long-term operation.
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
EPS service system
Type
ZZ0050
Description
Order
no.

EVT004

EVT005

O-ring: Viton
E30101

EVT001

O-ring: EPDM
E30104

EVT002
Aseptoflex adapter, DIN 11864-BKS-3A /

DN40
E33108
E33001

For industrial
applications
PN
pressure sensors
with display
PE
pressure sensors /
transmitters
with display
PN / PY
pressure sensors /
transmitters
with display
PK
pressure sensors
with setting
rings
PP
pressure sensors
PA / PPA
pressure
transmitters
PS
part seat
monitoring
90 - 91
92 - 93
94 - 97
98 - 99
100 - 101
102 - 103
104 - 105
Pressure
sensors and
transmitters
Page
116
Pressure sensors
and transmitters
In steps
of
[bar]
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
0.02
19
PI1093
Medium temperature: -25...125 C (145 C max. 1h) Connector groups 58, 59, 61, 64 Wiring diagram no. 31
-1.00...25.00
100
350
-1.00...18.74
5.24...25.00
-1.00...10.00
50
150
-1.00...7.25
1.75...10.00
0.01
19
PI1094
-1.000...4.000
30
100
-1.00...3.00
0.00...4.00
0.005
19
PI1095
-0.124...2.500
20
50
-0.124...1.880
0.50...2.50
0.002
19
PI1096
-0.05...1
10
30
-0.05...0.75
0.2...1
0.001
19
PI1097
-0.0124...0.25
10
30
0.00002
19
PI1098
-1...1
10
30
-1...0.5
-0.5...1
0.001
19
PI1099
-0.0124...0.1874 0.05...0.25
-1.00...25.00
100
350
-1.00...18.74
5.24...25.00
0.02
20
PI1693
-1.00...10.00
50
150
-1.00...7.25
1.75...10.00
0.01
20
PI1694
-1.000...4.000
30
100
-1.000...3.000
0.00...4.00
0.005
20
PI1695
-0.124...2.500
20
50
-0.124...1.880
0.50...2.00
0.002
20
PI1696
-0.05...1
10
30
-0.05...0.75
0.2...1
0.001
20
PI1697
0.00002
20
PI1698
0.001
20
PI1699
10
30
-1...1
10
30
-0.0124...0.1874 0.05...0.25
-1...0.5
-0.5...1
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
-0.0124...0.25
List of articles

upper end
SP1 / SP2
rP1 / rp2
[bar]
[bar]
[bar]
Level sensors
Analogue
lower end
[bar]
Flow sensors
Pbursting
min.
[bar]
Pressure
sensors
Poverload
max.
[bar]
Temperature
sensors
Measuring
range
[bar]
General
information
Pressure transmitter 4...20 mA

Process connection: PI10xx: Aseptoflex adapter thread; PI16xx: G 1 male
optional PC connection
Accessories
Connection
technology
Technical
information
and customer
service

Characteristics deviation: 0.2 %
Repeatability: 0.1 %
Operating temperature: -25..80 C
Load for analogue output: max. 300 Ohm
(316S16), ceramics (99.9 % Al2 O3), PTFE
PY7
pressure sensors
with display
PNI
pressure sensors
with analogue
input
EPS
parametersetting
systems
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
For hazardous
areas
106 - 107
108 - 109
110 - 111
112 - 113
114 - 125
126 - 127
117
Pressure sensors
and transmitters
Pressure sensors
For hygienic areas

and viscous media
Flush pressure sensor with 2

independent switching outputs
0.2 % measuring accuracy and fast
O-ring free sealing concept for maintenance-free long-term operation.
Overload resistant and drift-free
ceramic measuring cell.
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
EPS service system
Type
ZZ0050
Description
Order
no.

EVT004

EVT005

O-ring: Viton
E30101

EVT001

O-ring: EPDM
E30104

EVT002

For industrial
applications
PN
pressure sensors
with display
PE
pressure sensors /
transmitters
with display
PN / PY
pressure sensors /
transmitters
with display
PK
pressure sensors
with setting
rings
PP
pressure sensors
PA / PPA
pressure
transmitters
PS
part seat
monitoring
90 - 91
92 - 93
94 - 97
98 - 99
100 - 101
102 - 103
104 - 105
Pressure
sensors and
transmitters
Page
118
Pressure sensors
and transmitters
Pbursting
min.
[bar]
Analogue
lower end
[bar]

upper end
SP1 / SP2
rP1 / rp2
[bar]
[bar]
[bar]
In steps
of
[bar]
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
0.02
19
PI7093
Medium temperature: -25...125 C (145 C max. 1h) Connector groups 58, 61 Wiring diagram no. 36
-1.00...25.00
100
350
-0.96...25.00
-1.00...24.96
50
150
-0.98...10.00
-1.00...9.98
0.01
19
PI7094
20
50
-0.120...2.500
-0.124...2.496
0.002
19
PI7096
-1.00...25.00
100
350
-0.96...25.00
-1.00...24.96
0.02
21
PI7993
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
Flow sensors
-1.00...10.00
-0.124...2.500
List of articles
Poverload
max.
[bar]
Level sensors
Measuring
range
[bar]
General
information
2 switching outputs or 1 switching output and 1 diagnostic output selectable

Process connection: PI70xx: Aseptoflex adapter thread, PI76xx: G 1 male, PI79xx: G 3/4 male
Accessories
Connection
technology
Technical
information
and customer
service
Ub: 18...32 V DC
Switch point accuracy: 0.2 %
Deviation of the characteristics: 0.2 %
Materials (wetted parts): hgh-grade stainless
steel (316S12) ceramics 99.9 %, PTFE
PY7
pressure sensors
with display
PNI
pressure sensors
with analogue
input
EPS
parametersetting
systems
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
For hazardous
areas
106 - 107
108 - 109
110 - 111
112 - 113
114 - 125
126 - 127
119
Pressure sensors
and transmitters
Pressure sensors
For hygienic areas

and viscous media
Pressure sensor with diagnostic

function for pumps.
Diagnosis of disturbance in the suction
area (e.g. cavitation).
Outgassing liquids and air trapped in
the pump are detected.
Independ. system-pressure monitoring
with second binary switching output.
As an alternative: pump control by
analogue output.
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
Type
Description
Order
no.
E33001

EVT004
E33002

EVT005
E30052

EVT001

EVT002
Welding adapter, G 1 - 50 mm
E30013
EPS service system

For order No. PIMxxx
ZZ0050

For industrial
applications
PN
pressure sensors
with display
PE
pressure sensors /
transmitters
with display
PN / PY
pressure sensors /
transmitters
with display
PK
pressure sensors
with setting
rings
PP
pressure sensors
PA / PPA
pressure
transmitters
PS
part seat
monitoring
90 - 91
92 - 93
94 - 97
98 - 99
100 - 101
102 - 103
104 - 105
Pressure
sensors and
transmitters
Page
120
Pressure sensors
and transmitters
Pbursting
min.
[bar]
Analogue
lower end
[bar]

upper end
SP1 / SP2
rP1 / rp2
[bar]
[bar]
[bar]
In steps
of
[bar]
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
-1.00...24.96
0.02
19
PIM093
Combined sensor for pump diagnosis and pressure monitoring Connector groups 44, 45, 49
-1.00...25.00
100
350
-1.00...18.74
5.24...25.00
-0.96...25.00
50
150
-1.00...7.25
1.50...10.00
-0.98...10.00
-1.00...9.98
0.01
19
PIM094
100
350
-1.00...18.74
5.24...25.00
-0.96...25.00
-1.00...24.96
0.02
20
PIM693
-1.00...10.00
50
150
-1.00...7.25
1.50...10.00
-0.98...10.00
-1.00...9.98
0.01
20
PIM694
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
Flow sensors
-1.00...10.00
-1.00...25.00
List of articles
Poverload
max.
[bar]
Level sensors
Measuring
range
[bar]
General
information
Sensors for pump diagnosis and

monitoring of the system pressure
Process connection: PIM09x: Asepteoflex thread; PIM69x: G 1 male
Accessories
Connection
technology
Technical
information
and customer
service

Permissible overl. pressure:
PIM094, PIM694: 50 bar;
PIM093,PIM693: 100 bar
Bursting pressure:
PIM094, PIM694: 150 bar;
PIM093,PIM693: 350 bar
Accuracy of switch point: 0.2 %
Characteristics deviation: 0.2 %
PY7
pressure sensors
with display
PNI
pressure sensors
with analogue
input
EPS
parametersetting
systems
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
For hazardous
areas
106 - 107
108 - 109
110 - 111
112 - 113
114 - 125
126 - 127
121
Pressure sensors
and transmitters
Pressure sensors
For hygienic areas

and viscous media
Flush sensors for integration in

aseptic processes.
0.6 % measuring accuracy.
Maintenance-free over the whole life
cycle climate-proof (potted housing).
Overload resistant & drift-free ceramic
measuring cell with highest purity.
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
EPS service system
Type
ZZ0050
E33001

DN40
E33012
E33022
Order
no.

EVT004

EVT005

EVT001

EVT002

For industrial
applications
Description
PN
pressure sensors
with display
PE
pressure sensors /
transmitters
with display
PN / PY
pressure sensors /
transmitters
with display
PK
pressure sensors
with setting
rings
PP
pressure sensors
PA / PPA
pressure
transmitters
PS
part seat
monitoring
90 - 91
92 - 93
94 - 97
98 - 99
100 - 101
102 - 103
104 - 105
Pressure
sensors and
transmitters
Page
122
Pressure sensors
and transmitters
Analog
upper end
[bar]
In steps
of
[bar]
Protection
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
5.3...25.0
0.1
IP 67
22
PL2053
Medium temperature: -25...80 C Connector groups 58, 61 Wiring diagram no. 38

-1.0...25
100
350
-1.0...18.8
-0.5...10
50
150
-0.50...7.49
2.0...9.99
0.01
IP 67
22
PL2054
-0.13...2.50
20
50
-0.13...1.88
0.50...2.50
0.01
IP 67
22
PL2056
-0.05...0.001
10
30
-0.05...0.749
0.2...0.999
0.001
IP 67
22
PL2057
-0.0125...0.25
10
30
-0.0125...0.1
0.05...0.25
0.0005
IP 67
22
PL2058
-0.0125...0.25
10
30
-0.0125...0.1
0.05...0.25
0.0005
IP 67
23
PL2658
-0.05...1
10
30
-0.05...0.749
0.2...0.999
0.001
IP 67
23
PL2657
-0.13...2.50
20
50
-0.13...1.88
0.50...2.50
0.01
IP 67
23
PL2656
-0.5...10
50
150
-0.50...7.49
2.0...9.99
0.01
IP 67
23
PL2654
-1.0...25
100
350
-1.0...18.8
5.3...25.0
0.1
IP 67
23
PL2653
-1...100
200
650
-1.0...75.0
24.0...100.0
0.1
IP 67
24
PL2652
List of articles
Analog
lower end
[bar]
Level sensors
Pbursting
min.
[bar]
Flow sensors
Poverload
max.
[bar]
Pressure
sensors
Measuring
range
[bar]
General
information
Analogue output: 4...20 mA (scaleable)

Process connection: PL / PM20xx: Aseptoflex adapter thread, PL / PM26xx: G 1A
-1.0...18.8
5.3...25.0
0.1
IP 67
25
PM2053
150
-0.50...7.49
2.0...9.99
0.01
IP 67
25
PM2054
-0.99...4.00
30
100
-0.99...1.00
0.26...4.00
0.01
IP 67
25
PM2055
-0.13...2.50
20
50
-0.13...1.88
0.50...2.50
0.01
IP 67
25
PM2056
-0.05...0.001
10
30
-0.05...0.749
0.2...0.999
0.001
IP 67
25
PM2057
-0.0125...0.25
10
30
-0.0125...0.1
0.05...0.25
0.0005
IP 67
25
PM2058
-0.99...4.00
30
100
-0.99...1.00
0.26...4.00
0.01
IP 67
26
PM2655
-0.0125...0.25
10
30
-0.0125...0.1
0.05...0.25
0.0005
IP 67
26
PM2658
-0.05...0.001
10
30
-0.05...0.749
0.2...0.999
0.001
IP 67
26
PM2657
-0.13...2.50
20
50
-0.13...1.88
0.50...2.50
0.01
IP 67
26
PM2656
-0.5...10
50
150
-0.50...7.49
2.0...9.99
0.01
IP 67
26
PM2654
-1...25
100
350
-1.0...18.8
5.3...25.0
0.1
IP 67
26
PM2653
Accessories
Diagnostic
systems
350
50
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
100
Connection
technology
-1...25
-0.5...10
Temperature
sensors
Medium temperature: -25...125 C (145 C max. 1h) Connector groups 58, 61 Wiring diagram no. 38
Technical
information
and customer
service
Ub: 14...30 V DC
Load analogue output: 550 Ohm / 24 V
high-grade stainless steel (316S12), ceramics
99.9 %, PTFE
PY7
pressure sensors
with display
PNI
pressure sensors
with analogue
input
EPS
parametersetting
systems
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
For hazardous
areas
106 - 107
108 - 109
110 - 111
112 - 113
114 - 125
126 - 127
123
Pressure sensors
and transmitters
Pressure sensors
For hygienic areas

and viscous media
Flush sensors for integration in

aseptic processes.
0.6 % measuring accuracy.
Maintenance-free over the whole life
cycle climate-proof (potted housing).
Overload resistant & drift-free ceramic
measuring cell with highest purity.
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.

DN40
Type
E33601
E33012
E33021
EPS service system
ZZ0050
Order
no.

EVT004

EVT005

EVT001

EVT002

For industrial
applications
Description
PN
pressure sensors
with display
PE
pressure sensors /
transmitters
with display
PN / PY
pressure sensors /
transmitters
with display
PK
pressure sensors
with setting
rings
PP
pressure sensors
PA / PPA
pressure
transmitters
PS
part seat
monitoring
90 - 91
92 - 93
94 - 97
98 - 99
100 - 101
102 - 103
104 - 105
Pressure
sensors and
transmitters
Page
124
Pressure sensors
and transmitters
Switch-off point
rP1 / rp2
[bar]
In steps
of
[bar]
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
-0.9...24.9
0.1
27
PF2053
Medium temperature: -25...80 C Connector groups 58, 59, 61 Wiring diagram no. 30
-1.0...25
100
350
-1.0...18.8
5.3...25.0
-0.8...25.0
-0.5...10
50
150
-0.50...7.49
2.00...9.99
-0.45...9.99
-0.50...9.94
0.01
27
PF2054
-0.13...2.50
20
50
-0.13...1.88
0.50...2.50
-0.11... 2.50
-0.12... 2.49
0.01
27
PF2056
-0.05...1
10
30
-0.05...0.749
0.2...0.999
-0.045...0.999
-0.05...0.994
0.001
27
PF2057
-0.013...0.25
10
30
-0.013...0.188 0.05...0.25
-0.011...0.25
-0.012...0.249
0.001
27
PF2058
-1.0...100
200
650
-1.0...75.0
24.0...100
0.0...100
-0.5...99.5
0.1
28
PF2652
-1.0...25
100
350
-1.0...18.8
5.3...25.0
-0.8...25.0
-0.9...24.9
0.1
29
PF2653
-0.5...10
50
150
-0.50...7.49
2.00...9.99
-0.45...9.99
-0.50...9.94
0.01
29
PF2654
-0.13...2.50
20
50
-0.13...1.88
0.50...2.50
-0.11...2.50
-0.12... 2.49
0.01
29
PF2656
-0.05...1
10
30
-0.05...0.749
0.2...0.999
-0.045...0.999
-0.05...0.994
0.001
29
PF2657
-0.013...0.25
10
30
-0.013...0.188 0.05...0.25
-0.011...0.25
-0.012...0.249
0.001
29
PF2658
-0.99...1.00
20
50
-0.97...1.00
-0.99...0.98
0.01
29
PF2609
-0.99...-0.20
-0.50...1.00
100
200
-1.0...18.8
5.3...25.0
-0.8...25.0
-0.9...24.9
0.1
30
PF2953
50
150
-0.50...7.49
2.00...9.99
-0.45...9.99
-0.50...9.94
0.01
30
PF2954
-0.13...2.50
20
50
-0.13...1.88
0.50...2.50
-0.11... 2.50
-0.12 ... 2.49
0.01
30
PF2956
-0.05...1
10
30
-0.05...0.749
0.2...0.999
-0.045...0.999
-0.05...0.994
0.001
30
PF2957
Diagnostic
systems
-1.0...25
-0.5...10
List of articles
Analogue Switch-on point

upper end
SP1 / SP2
[bar]
[bar]
Level sensors
Analogue
lower end
[bar]
Flow sensors
Pbursting
min.
[bar]
Pressure
sensors
Poverload
max.
[bar]
Temperature
sensors
Measuring
range
[bar]
General
information
Output 1: Switching output programmable

Output 2: Switching output programmable or analogue output 4...20 mA / 0 ...10 V
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
PF205x: Flush pressure sensors with Aseptoflex adapter thread

PF265x: Flush pressure sensors with G 1A adapter thread
PF295x: Flush pressure sensors with G 3/4A adapter thread
Technical
information
and customer
service
Ub: 20...30 V DC
Current rating: 1 x or 2 x 250 mA
Deviation of the characteristics: < 0.6
Materials (wetted parts): high-grade stainless
steel (316S12), ceramics 99.9 %, PTFE
Protection: IP 67
PY7
pressure sensors
with display
PNI
pressure sensors
with analogue
input
EPS
parametersetting
systems
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
For hazardous
areas
106 - 107
108 - 109
110 - 111
112 - 113
114 - 125
126 - 127
125
Pressure sensors
and transmitters
Pressure sensors
For hazardous areas
Pressure monitoring in hazardous

dust areas group II category 3D.
Use in hazardous areas
according to 94/9/EC (ATEX).
Ceramic-capacitive measuring
for maximum robustness.
Optimum reading of the display
even at long distances.
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
Type
Description
Order
no.
E30000

EVC004
E30007

EVC005
Adapter, G 1 - DIN11851/1.5" / DN 40
E33612

EVC001

EVC002

E10355

E10356

E10357

E10358
E30003
E30013

For industrial
applications
PN
pressure sensors
with display
PE
pressure sensors /
transmitters
with display
PN / PY
pressure sensors /
transmitters
with display
PK
pressure sensors
with setting
rings
PP
pressure sensors
PA / PPA
pressure
transmitters
PS
part seat
monitoring
90 - 91
92 - 93
94 - 97
98 - 99
100 - 101
102 - 103
104 - 105
Pressure
sensors and
transmitters
Page
126
Pressure sensors
and transmitters
Switch-off point
/ reset
[bar]
In steps
of
[bar]
Protection
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
4...20 mA analog Connector group 7, 65 Wiring diagram no. 16
0...10
50
150
0.10...10.0
0.05...9.95
0.05
IP 65
31
PN004A
0...2.5
20
50
0.02...2.50
0.01...2.48
0.01
IP 65
31
PN006A
0...1
10
30
0.02...1.00
0.01...0.99
0.01
IP 65
31
PN007A
-1...0
10
30
-0.98...-0.03
-0.99...-0.04
0.01
IP 65
31
PN009A
Connector group 7, 65 Wiring diagram no. 3
0...10
50
150
0.10...10.0
0.05... 9.95
0.05
IP 65
31
PN014A
0...2.5
20
50
0.02...2.50
0.01...2.48
0.01
IP 65
31
PN016A
or 1 x
List of articles
Switch-on point
/ set
[bar]
Level sensors
Pbursting
min.
[bar]
Flow sensors
Poverload
max.
[bar]
+ analog Connector group 7, 65 Wiring diagram no. 30
100
350
-0.8...25.0
-0.9...24.9
0.1
IP 67
29
PF003A
10000
30
-0.011...0.25
-0.012...0.249
0.001
IP 67
29
PF008A
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
-1.0...25
-0.013...0.25
Pressure
sensors
Measuring
range
[bar]
General
information

Process connection G 1/4 female, PF003A and PF008A: G 1male
ATEX approval group II, category 3D
Technical
information
and customer
service

Load analogue output: max. 500 Ohm
Shock resistance: 50 g
ceramics, stainless steel (303S21), FPM
(Viton)
PY7
pressure sensors
with display
PNI
pressure sensors
with analogue
input
EPS
parametersetting
systems
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
For hazardous
areas
106 - 107
108 - 109
110 - 111
112 - 113
114 - 125
126 - 127
127
General
information
Temperature sensors
and transmitters
130 - 131
132 - 135
136 - 137
138 - 139
140 - 141
142 - 143
144 - 145
Temperature sensors and transmitters

Connection
technology
146 - 147
148 - 149
150 - 151
152 - 153
Accessories
Probe sensors TT / TM
Cable sensors TS
Temperature transmitters TA / TAA
Temperature transmitters TAD
Technical
information
and customer
service
Special application
Temperature
sensors
Compact TN sensors with display

Control monitors TR with display
Probe sensors TT / TM
Cable sensors TS / TS ATEX
Temperature transmitters TA / TAA
Diagnostic
systems
Pressure
sensors

Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
System description
Selection chart
Flow sensors
Level sensors
List of articles
Temperature sensors
129
Temperature sensors
Temperature sensors
and transmitters
System description
Introduction
The controlling and monitoring of temperatures are amongst the most
important measuring tasks in automation and process technology. In process
technology for example the right temperature is decisive for the quality and
efficiency of the process. In automation technology an exact temperature
detection is very important for monitoring installations and as protection
against dangerous states. In heating and air conditioning economic and easy
operation is not possible without temperature measurement and control.
One of the
most important
measuring tasks:
The right temperature is
often decisive
for the quality
of a product.
Operating principle
The temperature sensors of ifm electronic are based on a Pt100 or Pt1000 resistor. The measured temperature value corresponds to a change in resistance
and is converted into an electrical analogue signal. A microprocessor controls
the evaluation of the electrical signal. For units with integrated display the
current system temperature is indicated directly by means of an LED display.
Local display of
the current
temperature.
The microprocessor and the display make process adjustment much easier.
The user can set the values for the switch points, hysteresis and measuring
range by means of programming buttons even without the system temperature being applied. This enables installation and setup of the system within a
few minutes. The values are safely stored in an EEPROM independent of the
supply voltage.
Film technology is used for the electronic circuitry. A flexible, temperatureresistant and extremely resistant polyamide film is used as carrier of the SMD
components. Together with a special potting method an extreme shock and
vibration resistance is achieved.
From sensor to system
A complete temperature measurement system usually consists of several
components. The temperature in a medium (for example a liquid) is detected
by a sensor and is converted into an electrical measured signal. The mechanical design and the dimensions of the sensors must vary to enable use for
different media and measuring points. Depending on the application ifm
electronic offers a selection of robust probe sensors or types with connection
cables. To indicate and process the measured value the sensor is connected
to a separate control monitor. It indicates the measured value on the integrated display. For further processing, freely programmable switching outputs or the conversion into analogue signals are also available for the user.
Control tasks are either easily processed on site or by a superior process
control system.
Fast and exact

temperature
measurement
in the process
technology.
Variable:
Probe sensors
enable a flexible
installation depth
of the sensor into
the medium to be
measured.
130
List of articles
Level sensors
Flow sensors
Pressure
sensors
Temperature
sensors
Requirements for temperature sensors

The general requirements for a temperature measuring unit depend on the
measuring point and the application. In the food industry for example a
measuring point requires fast response of the sensor to keep temperaturecritical processes within a narrow temperature range. For hygienic reasons
flush mounting in the process as well as easy cleanability of the sensors in
contact with the medium are important.
In mechanical engineering however a heating process such as hydraulic oil in
a power pack can be slower, here factors such as vibration and shock resistance are more important.
To meet the requirements described ifm electronic offers a modular system
of sensors, process connections and control monitors. Depending on the
requirements the individual components can be selected.
The product range is completed by a variety of accessories, for example
mounting clamps, protective covers, protective tubes, fittings, etc.
A configuration tool available on the internet at www.ifm-electronic.
com/temperature simplifies the selection of the right components and
enables the clear representation of the selected temperature measuring
system for ordering and / or documentation.
Most important
element:
Control monitors
ensure further
processing of
the temperature
signals.
Diagnostic
systems
To complete the modular systems, ifm electronic offers compact temperature

sensors with integrated control monitors and transmitters without display.
These feature excellent response times and high mechanical stability at the
same time.
Furthermore, highly precise transmitters with redundant measuring elements
are available, monitoring themselves for possible drift.
Due to the long-term stability of these units calibration is no longer required.
General
information
Temperature sensors
and transmitters
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Safety during production

To ensure high quality all components are tested separately after each individual production step. The electronic components are for example tested in
circuit directly after placement and the functioning of the circuitry is also
tested.
The selection of the housing materials especially takes into account the environmental conditions in industry and also ecological aspects. This is why ifm
electronic only uses plastics without cadmium for its housing materials. The
high standard of the production technology, i.e. ICs specially developed by
ifm for sensor requirements as well as ifms film technology are the basis for
the high reliability of the units.
Technical
information
and customer
service

Data sets of individual sensors can be replaced quickly and conveniently by
means of the ifm Container program. The software which is based on the
innovative FDT technology ensures a clear overview of all parameters and
the current process data. Process data and set parameters can be recorded
and stored. For archiving on paper this data can be represented by means of
standard computer programs and printed. (For further information see the
product pages under FDT Container program).
Modular:
Various possible
combinations of
sensors, control
monitors and
mounting
solutions for
different
applications.
131
Temperature sensors
Mounting of sensor with integrated

control monitor in the medium
using an adapter
Temperature sensors
and transmitters
Mounting of temperature transmitter directly in the medium
Control monitors
Page 136
Medium
Adapters
from page 224
Selection chart
Mounting of temperature transmitter in the medium, directly or using

an adapter
Temperature
transmitters
Page 144
Temperature
transmitters
Page 144
Medium
Medium
Mounting of temperature transmitter in the medium, directly or using

a thermowell
Mounting of probe sensor with connection cable and external control

monitor in the medium using an
adapter
Temperature
transmitters
Page 144
Thermowells
from page 225
Adapters
from page 224

adapter
Control monitors
Page 138
Control monitors
Page 138
Connection cables
Page 206, 207,
213, 214
Connection cables
Page 206, 207,
213, 214
Probe sensors
Page 140
Probe sensors
Page 140
Medium
Medium
Adapters
from page 224
Medium
For industrial
applications
132
Adapters
from page 224
Connection cables
Page 213, 214
Control monitors
Page 138
Control monitors
Page 138
Mounting sets
Page 224
Mounting sets
Page 224
Probe sensors
Page 140
Probe sensors
Page 140
Adapters
from page 224
Adapters
from page 224
Medium
Pressure
sensors
Probe sensors
Page 140
Adapters
from page 224
Temperature
sensors
Thermowells
from page 225
Thermowells
from page 225
List of articles
Control monitors
Page 138
Mounting of probe sensor with

mounting set and external control
adapter and thermowell
Level sensors

adapter
Flow sensors

adapter and thermowell
General
information
Temperature sensors
and transmitters
Medium
Screw-in sensor with external control monitor for mounting in solids
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Surface sensor with external control

monitor for mounting in solids
Control monitors
Page 138
Control monitors
Page 138
Cable sensors
Page 152
Cable sensors
Page 152
Cable sensors
Page 152
Medium
Technical
information
and customer
service
Medium
Accessories
Control monitors
Page 138
Connection
technology
Mounting of cable sensor with

external control monitor in the
medium using a cable gland and
thermowell
Diagnostic
systems
Medium
Adapters
from page 224
Thermowells
from page 225
Medium
For industrial
applications
133
Temperature sensors
Mounting of temperature transmitter in the medium using an adapter
Medium
Temperature sensors
and transmitters
Mounting of temperature transmitter in the medium using a clamp

adapter and a process adapter
Temperature
transmitters
Page 150
Temperature
transmitters
Page 150
Adapters
from page 224
Adapters
from page 224
Medium

monitor in the medium using a
clamp adapter and a welding adapter
Control monitors
Page 138
Control monitors
Page 138
Mounting sets
Page 224
Mounting sets
Page 224
Probe sensors
Page 140
Probe sensors
Page 140
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
134
Process adapters
from page 225
Adapters
from page 224
Medium
Mounting of calibration-free temperature transmitter in the medium

using a process adapter
Temperature
transmitters
Page 152
Medium
Process adapters
from page 225
Process adapters
from page 225

monitor in the medium using a
clamp adapter and a process adapter
Adapters
from page 224
Medium
Selection chart
Process adapters
from page 225
Mounting of temperature transmitter in the medium using an adapter
Temperature
transmitters
Page 144 / 150
Medium
Adapters
from page 224
Probe sensors
Page 144
Probe sensors
Page 144
Adapters
from page 224
Medium
Medium
Process adapters
from page 225
Process adapters
from page 225
Process adapters
from page 225
List of articles
Technical
information
and customer
service
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Medium
Mounting sets
Page 224
Connection cables
Page 213, 214
Cable sensors
Page 152
Thermowells
from page 225
Control monitors
Page 138
Level sensors
Control monitors
Page 138
Pressure
sensors
Control monitors
Page 138

monitor in the medium using a process adapter
Flow sensors

monitor in the medium using a process adapter
Temperature
sensors
Mounting of cable sensor with external control monitor in the medium

using a cable gland, thermowell and
process adapter
General
information
Temperature sensors
and transmitters
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
135
Temperature sensors
and transmitters
Temperature sensors
For industrial
applications
Temperature monitoring
of liquids and gases.
High-grade stainless steel sensor,
resistant to aggressive media.
Rotatable display for system temperature, LEDs for the output status.
Freely programmable hysteresis
or window function.
Robust mechanics with high
resistance to vibration and shock.
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
Protective cover,
polyurethane (Desmopan), sealable
Type
E30006
Description
Order
no.

EVC004

EVC005
Adapter, M18 x 1.5 - M12 x 1,

brass (2.0401), Pressure rating 300 bar
E40100

EVC001
Adapter, M18 x 1.5 - M12 x 1, stainless

steel (316S12), Pressure rating 300 bar
E40101

EVC002
Adapter, M18 x 1.5 - G 1/4,

E40098
Socket, M12
EVT004
Adapter, M18 x 1.5 - G 1/4, stainless

E40099
Socket, M12
EVT005
Adapter, M18 x 1.5 - G 1/2,

E40097
Socket, M12
EVT001
Adapter, M18 x 1.5 - G 1/2, stainless

E40096
Socket, M12
EVT002

For industrial
applications
TN
compact sensors
with display
TR
control monitors
with display
TT / TM
probe sensors
TS / TS ATEX
cable sensors
TA / TAA
temperature
transmitters
136 - 137
138 - 139
140 - 141
142 - 143
144 - 145
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
TT / TM
probe sensors
Temperature
sensors and
transmitters
Page
136
146 - 147
Temperature sensors
and transmitters
Display
[V]

-39.5...125
Iload
Order
no.
[mA]
Drawing
no.
18...30
< 50
250
TN7530
progr. + 1 x analogue (4...20 mA / 0...10 V) Connector gr. 7, 8, 10 Wiring diagr. no. 16
0.125
red
20...30
< 66
250
TN2530
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
Flow sensors
-39.5...125
Current
consumption
[mA]

2 x red
Ub
List of articles
Resolution
analog output
[C]
Level sensors
Setting range
switch-on point
[C]
General
information
System temperature displayed on the unit

Programming via push-button
Integrated watchdog
Technical
information
and customer
service
Measuring element: Pt1000

Accuracy of switch point / analog output:
(Pt1000 + 0.2K) /
(Pt1000 + 0.2 K + 0.4 %)
Resolution of switch point: 0.5 C
Resolution of analog output: 0.125 C
Further data see: www.ifm-electronic.com
TS
probe sensors
TA / TAA
temperature
transmitters
TAD
temperature
transmitters
148 - 149
150 - 151
152 - 153
137
Temperature sensors
and transmitters
Temperature sensors
For industrial
applications
Control monitor for temperature

sensors with local display.
Selection between analogue, binary
or combined analogue / binary output.
Connectable to standard Pt100
or Pt1000 temperature sensors.
Freely programmable hysteresis
or window function.
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
E10193
E30006
EPS service system
Description
Order
no.
Jumper, M12
EVT042
Jumper, M12
EVT043
Jumper, M12
EVC018
Jumper, M12
EVC019
ZZ0050

For industrial
applications
Type
TN
compact sensors
with display
TR
control monitors
with display
TT / TM
probe sensors
TS / TS ATEX
cable sensors
TA / TAA
temperature
transmitters
136 - 137
138 - 139
140 - 141
142 - 143
144 - 145
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
TT / TM
probe sensors
Temperature
sensors and
transmitters
Page
138
146 - 147
Temperature sensors
and transmitters
[V]

-39.5...150
2 x red
-39.8...300.0
18...30
Iload
Order
no.
[mA]
Drawing
no.
< 50
250
TR7430
< 500
TR8430

4 x yellow
Current
consumption
[mA]
Connector groups 7, 8 Wiring diagram no. 39

-39.8...150
Ub
18...28
< 90
List of articles
Display
Level sensors
Resolution
analog output
[C]
progr + 1 x analogue (4...20 mA / 0...10 V) Connector gr. 7, 8, 10 Wiring diagr. no. 41
0.1
yellow
20...30
< 55
250
TR2432
Flow sensors
Setting range
switch-on point
[C]
General
information
System temperature displayed on the unit

Programming via push-button
Integrated watchdog
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
For information about the parameter and analysis software see pages 110 / 111 ifm Container program.
Technical
information
and customer
service
Electrical design: DC PNP

Switch point accuracy: 0.2 K
(TR2432: 0.3 K)
Accuracy analogue output:
0.2 K + 0.4 % (TR2432: 0.3 K +0.4 %)
Resolution switching output: 0.5 C
(TR2432: 0.1 K)
Resolution analogue output: 0.125 C
(TR2432: 0.1 K)
Further data: www.ifm-electronic.com
TS
probe sensors
TA / TAA
temperature
transmitters
TAD
temperature
transmitters
148 - 149
150 - 151
152 - 153
139
Temperature sensors
and transmitters
Temperature sensors
For industrial
applications
Different lengths enable variable

installation depth in the medium.
Precise temperature measurement
by integrated Pt1000 sensor element.
Thermowell diameter 6 mm, 8 mm
and 10 mm.
Connection by means of gold contacts.
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
Progressive ring fitting for temperature

sensors, 10 mm - G 1/2
E30016

E30046

E30047
Mounting set for direct connection to

control monitors TR
E30017
Description
Order
no.
Jumper, M12
EVT042
Jumper, M12
EVT043
Jumper, M12
E10884

For industrial
applications
Type
TN
compact sensors
with display
TR
control monitors
with display
TT / TM
probe sensors
TS / TS ATEX
cable sensors
TA / TAA
temperature
transmitters
136 - 137
138 - 139
140 - 141
142 - 143
144 - 145
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
TT / TM
probe sensors
Temperature
sensors and
transmitters
Page
140
146 - 147
Temperature sensors
and transmitters
[mm]
Dynamic response
T05 / T09
[s]
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
1/3
TT1250

6 mm
160
Pt1000
6 mm
260
Pt1000
1/3
TT2250
6 mm
360
Pt1000
1/3
TT3250
8 mm
160
Pt1000
1/3
TT1150
8 mm
260
Pt1000
1/3
TT2150
8 mm
360
Pt1000
1/3
TT3150
10 mm
160
Pt1000
1/3
TT1050
10 mm
260
Pt1000
1/3
TT2050
10 mm
360
Pt1000
1/3
TT3050
10 mm
560
Pt1000
1/3
TT5050
1/3
TM9550
8.2 mm
44
Pt1000
Temperature
sensors
M12 connector Knurled nut M18 x 1,5 Connector groups 7, 8 Wiring diagram no. 23
Level sensors
[mm]
Sensor
element
[mm]
Flow sensors
Total length
Pressure
sensors
Nominal length
List of articles
General
information
Pt1000 sensor element
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Technical
information
and customer
service
Measuring range: -40...150 C

Measuring element: 1 x Pt1000, class B
Nominal pressure: 160 bar
(The permissible overload pressure
is determined by
the fitting used)
Material: high-grade stainless steel (316S12)
Total length: L + 22 mm
TTxxx: accuracy class A
TM9550: accuracy class B
TS
probe sensors
TA / TAA
temperature
transmitters
TAD
temperature
transmitters
148 - 149
150 - 151
152 - 153
141
Temperature sensors
and transmitters
Temperature sensors
For industrial
applications
Reliable temperature measurement

where space is at a premium
by integrated Pt100 / Pt1000 element.
Sensor diameter 6 mm, 8 mm
and 10 mm.
Connection by means
of gold contacts.
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
Type
Description
Order
no.
Thermowell for temperature sensors,

10 mm - G 1/2, probe length 82 mm
E35010
Jumper, M12
EVT042

E35030
Jumper, M12
EVT043

E36010
Jumper, M12
E10884

E36030

E37010
Plug, M12, Group 36

wirable
E11504

E37030
Plug, M12, Group 37

wirable
E11506
Clamp fitting 6/8/10 mm - G 1/2

for temperature sensors TS / TT
E30018

For industrial
applications
TN
compact sensors
with display
TR
control monitors
with display
TT / TM
probe sensors
TS / TS ATEX
cable sensors
TA / TAA
temperature
transmitters
136 - 137
138 - 139
140 - 141
142 - 143
144 - 145
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
TT / TM
probe sensors
Temperature
sensors and
transmitters
Page
142
146 - 147
Temperature sensors
and transmitters
Dynamic response
T05 / T09
[s]
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
Cable with connector Connector groups 7, 8 Wiring diagram no. 23

6 mm
FPM (Viton) cable; 2 m
Pt1000 / B
-40...150
3 / 10
TS2251
8 mm
Pt1000 / B
-40...150
7 / 18
TS2151
8 mm
Pt1000 / B
-40...150
7 / 18
TS5151
10 mm
Pt1000 / B
-40...150
6 / 25
10
TS2051
10 mm
Pt1000 / B
-40...150
6 / 25
10
TS5051
6 mm
PTFE cable; 2 m
Pt100 / A
-50...250
11 / 37
11
TS2256
10 mm
PTFE cable; 2 m
Pt100 / A
-50...250
12 / 39
12
TS2056
M5
silicone cable; 2 m
Pt100 / B
-30...180
3/8
13
TS2759
Bolt-on sensor
PUR / PVC cable; 2 m
Pt100 / A
-25...90
9 / 15
14
TS2229
M6
silicone cable; 2 m
Pt100 / B
-30...180
3/8
15
TS2659
-20...80 *
6 / 18
16
TS335A
5 mm
silicone cable; 3 m
Pt 100 / B
Temperature
sensors
ATEX approval: Group II, category 3D Cable Wiring diagram no. 24
List of articles
Measuring
range
Level sensors
Sensor element /
class
Flow sensors
Connection
Pressure
sensors
Sensor
diameter
[mm]
General
information
Pt100 or Pt1000 sensor element

Cable with connector, Gold-plated contacts
TS335A: ATEX approval group II, category 3D
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Technical
information
and customer
service

Material sensor: high-grade stainless steel
(316S12)
TS2229: Housing material:
stainless steel (301 S 22); Cu tin-coated
* Measuring range for standard
applications: -20...180 C
TS
probe sensors
TA / TAA
temperature
transmitters
TAD
temperature
transmitters
148 - 149
150 - 151
152 - 153
143
Temperature sensors
and transmitters
Temperature sensors
For industrial
applications
Exact temperature transmitter.

4...20 mA analogue output
or AS-i slave with profile S-7.3.
Excellent dynamic response.
vibration and shock resistance.
Flexible mounting options.
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
Welding adapter G 1/2 - 45 mm collar
E30056

Thread cover for types TA
E30016
E30090
Clamp adapter 10 mm for temperature

sensors 10 mm
E34110
Description
Order
no.

EVC004

EVC005

EVC001

EVC002
Socket, M12
EVT004
Socket, M12
EVT005
Socket, M12
EVT001
Socket, M12
EVT002

For industrial
applications
Type
TN
compact sensors
with display
TR
control monitors
with display
TT / TM
probe sensors
TS / TS ATEX
cable sensors
TA / TAA
temperature
transmitters
136 - 137
138 - 139
140 - 141
142 - 143
144 - 145
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
TT / TM
probe sensors
Temperature
sensors and
transmitters
Page
144
146 - 147
Temperature sensors
and transmitters
[C]
[V]
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
0...140
< 0.02
10...30
1/3
17
TA3430
-10...150
< 0.02
10...30
1/3
17
TA3431
0...100
< 0,02
10...30
1/3
17
TA3437
-10...150
0.05
26.5...31.6
1/3
18
TAA431
-10...150
0.05
26.5...31.6
1/3
19
TAA131
< 0.02
10...30
1/3
20
TA3130
-10...150
< 0.02
10...30
1.2 / 3.5
21
TA3231
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
0...140
List of articles
[C]
Dynamic response
T05 / T09
[s]
Level sensors
Ub
Flow sensors
Resolution
Pressure
sensors
Measuring range
General
information
Pt1000 sensor element, class A

TA34xx, TAA43x: G 1/2 male, TA31xx, TAA13x: G 1/4 male
Cable with connector, gold-plated contacts
Technical
information
and customer
service
Sensor element: Pt1000, class A

Shock resistance: 50 g (DIN / IEC 68-2-27,
11 ms)
Protection: IP 67
TS
probe sensors
TA / TAA
temperature
transmitters
TAD
temperature
transmitters
148 - 149
150 - 151
152 - 153
145
Temperature sensors
and transmitters
Temperature sensors
For hygienic areas

and viscous media
Different lengths enable variable

installation depth in the medium.
by integrated Pt1000 sensor element.
Flush clamp fitting for direct
mounting in the medium.
Connection by means of gold contacts.
The right connection for each process:
SMS, Clamp and many more.
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
Mounting set for direct connection to

control monitors TR
E30017

sensors 10 mm
E34110
Clamp adapter, 10 mm - G 1/2
E34410
E30056
Description
Order
no.
Jumper, M12
EVT042
Jumper, M12
EVT043

For industrial
applications
Type
TN
compact sensors
with display
TR
control monitors
with display
TT / TM
probe sensors
TS / TS ATEX
cable sensors
TA / TAA
temperature
transmitters
136 - 137
138 - 139
140 - 141
142 - 143
144 - 145
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
TT / TM
probe sensors
Temperature
sensors and
transmitters
Page
146
146 - 147
Temperature sensors
and transmitters
[mm]
[mm]
Dynamic response
T05 / T09
[s]
Drawing
no.
Order
no.

10 mm
110
1/3
TT0061
10 mm
160
1/3
TT1061
M12 connector Aseptoflex thread Connector groups 58, 61 Wiring diagram no. 23
10 mm
30
5 / 14
22
TM9061
10 mm
5 / 14
23
TM0061
10 mm
100
5 / 14
24
TM1061
Level sensors
Total length
Flow sensors
Nominal length
List of articles
General
information
Pt1000 element, class A

Gold-plated contacts
Type TM with ifm adapter thread
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
Technical
information
and customer
service

Accuracy: (Pt 1000 + 0,2 K) %
Nominal pressure: 50 bar
(The permissible overload pressure
is determined by
the fitting used)
Material: high-grade stainless steel (316S12)
Total length: L + 22 mm
TS
probe sensors
TA / TAA
temperature
transmitters
TAD
temperature
transmitters
148 - 149
150 - 151
152 - 153
147
Temperature sensors
and transmitters
Temperature sensors
For hygienic areas

and viscous media
Reliable temperature detection

in hygienic applications.
Precise temperature measurement by
integrated Pt1000 / Pt100 element.
High pressure resistance by means of
installation in hygienic thermowells.
Connection by means of connector
with gold contacts.
The right connection for each process:
e.g. SMS, Clamp and many more.
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
Clamp fitting 6/8/10 mm - G 1/2 for

temperature sensors TS / TT
E30018
Hygienic thermowell for temperature

sensors, 10 mm, probe length 45 mm
E34005

10 mm, probe length 82 mm
E34010

DN40
E33012
Description
Order
no.
Jumper, M12
EVT042
Jumper, M12
EVT043

For industrial
applications
Type
TN
compact sensors
with display
TR
control monitors
with display
TT / TM
probe sensors
TS / TS ATEX
cable sensors
TA / TAA
temperature
transmitters
136 - 137
138 - 139
140 - 141
142 - 143
144 - 145
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
TT / TM
probe sensors
Temperature
sensors and
transmitters
Page
148
146 - 147
Temperature sensors
and transmitters
Sensor / class
Dynamic response
T05 / T09
[s]
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
6 / 25
10
TS2051
Cable with connector 2 m Connector groups 58, 61 Wiring diagram no. 23

Pt1000 / B
10 mm
Pt1000 / B
6 / 25
10
TS5051
10 mm
PTFE cable; 2 m
Pt100 / A
12 / 39
12
TS2056
Flow sensors
10 mm
List of articles
Connection
Level sensors
Sensor
diameter
[mm]
General
information
Cable with connector

Gold-plated contacts
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
Technical
information
and customer
service

(TS2051, TS5051),
-40...250 C (TS2056)
Material sensor:
high-grade stainless steel (316S12)
Material connection cable:
FPM (Viton)
(TS2051, TS5051)
PTFE (TS2056)
TS
probe sensors
TA / TAA
temperature
transmitters
TAD
temperature
transmitters
148 - 149
150 - 151
152 - 153
149
Temperature sensors
and transmitters
Temperature sensors
For hygienic areas

and viscous media
Exact temperature transmitter.

4...20 mA analogue output or
AS-i slave with profile S-7.3.
Excellent dynamic response.
vibration and shock resistance.
Flexible mounting options.
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.

sensors 10 mm
Thread cover for types TA
Type
E34110
E30090
Welding adapter G 1/2 - 35 mm ball
E30055
Description
Order
no.
Socket, M12
EVC004
Socket, M12
EVC005
Socket, M12
EVC001
Socket, M12
EVC002

EVT004

EVT005
Adapter, Clamp 1" / 1.5"
E33401

EVT001
Adapter, Clamp 2"
E33402

EVT002

For industrial
applications
TN
compact sensors
with display
TR
control monitors
with display
TT / TM
probe sensors
TS / TS ATEX
cable sensors
TA / TAA
temperature
transmitters
136 - 137
138 - 139
140 - 141
142 - 143
144 - 145
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
TT / TM
probe sensors
Temperature
sensors and
transmitters
Page
150
146 - 147
Temperature sensors
and transmitters
[C]
[C]
[V]
Dynamic response
T05 / T09
[s]
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
0...140
< 0.02
10...30
1/3
17
TA3430
0...100
< 0.02
10...30
1/3
17
TA3437
-10...150
< 0.02
10...30
1/3
17
TA3431
1/3
18
TAA431
21
TA3231
-10...150
0.05
26.5...31.6
< 0.02
10...30
1.2 / 3.5
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
-10...150
List of articles
Ub
Level sensors
Resolution
Flow sensors
Measuring range
General
information
Pt1000 sensor element, class A

TA34xx, TAA43x: G 1/2 male, TA31xx, TAA13x: G 1/4 male
Cable with connector, gold-plated contacts
Technical
information
and customer
service
Sensor element: Pt1000, class A

Shock resistance:
50 g (DIN / IEC 68-2-27, 11 ms)
Vibration resistance:
20 g (10...2,000 Hz)
Protection: IP 67
TS
probe sensors
TA / TAA
temperature
transmitters
TAD
temperature
transmitters
148 - 149
150 - 151
152 - 153
151
Temperature sensors
and transmitters
Temperature sensors
For hygienic areas

and viscous media
Integrated temperature decoupl. and

hygienic connection, for CIP and SIP.
Accuracy 0.2 K from -10...100 C,
0.3 K from 100...150 C.
Transmitter with backup function and
drift monitoring.
Configurable diagnosis, evaluated
via a separate diagnostic output.
Temperature range from -10...150 C,
peak temperatures from -25...170 C.
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
Type
Description
Order
no.
E33001
Socket, M12
EVC004
E33002
Socket, M12
EVC005
E33021
Socket, M12
EVC001
Socket, M12
EVC002

EVT004

EVT005

EVT001

EVT002
Adapter, Clamp 1" / 1.5"
E33401
Adapter, Clamp 2"
E33402

For industrial
applications
TN
compact sensors
with display
TR
control monitors
with display
TT / TM
probe sensors
TS / TS ATEX
cable sensors
TA / TAA
temperature
transmitters
136 - 137
138 - 139
140 - 141
142 - 143
144 - 145
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
TT / TM
probe sensors
Temperature
sensors and
transmitters
Page
152
146 - 147
Temperature sensors
and transmitters
Ub
[C]
[V]
M12 connector Output
Process
connection
Dynamic response
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
/ heartbeat progr., 4...20 mA analogue Connector groups 58, 59, 61 Wiring diagr. no. 25
-25...150
0.05
20...32
Aseptoflex thread
6 / 13
25
TAD961
0.05
20...32
Aseptoflex thread
6 / 13
26
TAD161
0.05
20...32
G 1/2 male
6 / 13
27
TAD971
-25...150
0.05
20...32
G 1/2 male
6 / 13
28
TAD171
Flow sensors
-25...150
-25...150
List of articles
Resolution
Level sensors
Measuring
range
[C]
General
information
Long-term stable temperature transmitter with diagnostic output

Probe length: TAD961, TAD971 = 40 mm, TAD161, TAD171 = 100 mm
Process connection via M12 connector, gold-plated contacts
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
For information about the parameter and analysis software see pages 110 / 111 ifm Container program.
Technical
information
and customer
service

Shock resistance:
50 g (DIN / IEC 68-2-27, 11 ms)
Vibration resistance:
20 g (10...2.000 Hz)
Protection: IP 69K
TS
probe sensors
TA / TAA
temperature
transmitters
TAD
temperature
transmitters
148 - 149
150 - 151
152 - 153
153
General
information

156 - 159
160
170 - 171
Connection
technology
Type VE with RS-485 interface
Diagnostic
systems

for hazardous areas
Temperature
sensors
162 - 163
164 - 165
166 - 169
Accessories
Special application
Type VB / VE with RS-232 interface and LED diagnosis

Type VE with RS-485 interface
Types VSE / VSA diagnostic electronics and vibration sensor
Technical
information
and customer
service
Pressure
sensors

Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
System description
Selection chart
Flow sensors
Level sensors
List of articles
Diagnostic systems
155
Diagnostic systems
System description
costs
- diagnosis
maintenance costs
Introduction Condition-based maintenance

The market requirements for manufacturing companies are constantly increasing, the complexity of production is rising, and production systems are operated up to their capacity limit. Companies are ever closer linked to each
other, time and stock buffers are further reduced. Downtimes have expensive
consequences and the demands on the reliability of machinery and plant are
increasing.
Due to selective maintenance measures machine uptime as well as competitiveness can be further increased.
In principle the following types of maintenance are distinguished:
Preventive maintenance machines are serviced at regular intervals and
machine parts such as rolling element bearings are replaced as a preventive measure. The wear margin is in general not used up.
Repair after run until failure - in this case the machine is deliberately
operated beyond the deterioration limit. The damage is repaired.
Condition-based maintenance in this case the condition
(= wear margin) of the machine is monitored, maintenance is initiated
depending on the condition.
If permanent monitoring based on a sensor provides the basis for a condition-based maintenance we talk about Real Time Maintenance.
Condition-based maintenance has many advantages:
The lifetime and the wear margin are used more efficiently, machines can
be operated for a longer period of time. Studies have shown that with
condition-based maintenance the number of unplanned machine downtimes can be reduced by up to 75 %.
The production quality during operation remains constant.
Rejects due to abrupt standstill are prevented. Especially critical machines
and machine parts with a low wear margin should be monitored as they
have the biggest potential for cost savings and productivity improvement. Intelligent sensors are the key to continuous monitoring and early
detection of damages.
+ diagnosis
R = costs for reactive

maintenance
measures
R
V = costs for
preventive
maintenance
measures
V
V
Maintenance
costs can be reduced and the uptime of machines
and plants can
be increased by
means of vibration diagnosis.
For more information, please
read the study of

the WZL laboratory on intelligent
maintenance
potentials of
condition-based
maintenance.
(www.ifmelectronic.com/
studie).
Costs for the

different maintenance strategies.
condition- based maintenance

total
maintenance costs
cost for:
maintenance and inspection
optimum
costs
cost for:
unplanned maintenance
fire fighting
preventive
strategy
optimum
share maintenance
and inspection
156
List of articles
Level sensors
Flow sensors
Pressure
sensors
early warning - first indication of

damage
Temperature
sensors
main alarm - advanced damage
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Clear function.
Accessories
Function efector octavis supports machine-integrated

condition monitoring.
The target was to develop machine-oriented vibration monitoring. efector
octavis should not only detect vibration data but also perform the requested signal analysis and machine diagnosis already on the machine. The
machine condition can be determined right on the site of measurement and
be signalled via binary alarms or as a diagnostic protocol to higher-level controllers. Three requirements of modern machine monitoring are met: compatibility, scalability and repeatability.
Compatibility with existing data structures enables full integration of condition information in higher-level systems. Scalability is an important requirement which allows companies to obtain modular extension of condition
monitoring of machinery and plant.
High repeatability of < 5 % as well as a linearity error < 1 % provide optimum prerequisites for reliable (online) monitoring of long-term stability.
It is also important that monitoring is permanent and in real time to enable
quick action in the events of slow development of damage such as rolling
element bearing damage and of quick development of damage such as
unbalance on spindles.
operational status OK
Technical
information
and customer
service
Vibration diagnosis
Vibration diagnosis provides most comprehensive information for early
damage diagnosis and for judging operating conditions. efector octavis
continuously detects, analyses and evaluates vibrations on the machine
surface.
The following damages and operating conditions can be reliably
detected already at an early stage by means of vibration diagnosis:
Rolling element bearing damage
Damage to couplings
Rubbing
Gear-mesh damage
Unbalance
Alignment condition
Cavitation
External influences (e.g. crash)
Metal cutting operations (on machine tools)
etc.
General
information
Powerful electronics where space

is extremely
restricted. 16-bit
digital signal
processor 160
MHz, 15-bit A/D
converter, micromechanical
acceleration processor. Software
algorithm:
envelope-curve
FFT programmed
in assembler.
157
Diagnostic systems
System description
Hardware
Recent findings in micromechanical sensors and digital signal processing enable the development of a microsystem for detecting, evaluating and
diagnosing measured data. Depending on the version up to 10 kHz can be
evaluated linearly. The field devices in which the entire diagnostic electronics
are already integrated in the sensor have a measuring range of up to 6 kHz.
The actual measuring cell of efector octavis consists of a micromechanical
acceleration sensor with a linear measuring range of +/-30 g (+/- 294 m/s2).
The dynamic scope is approx. 48 dB. The special advantages of the MEMS
technology (Micro-Electro-Mechanical Systems) are high reliability and
ageing resistance. Even impacts of more than 500 g lead neither to signal
fluctuations nor to destruction of the measuring cell. Moreover, the
functionality is ensured by an integrated self-test. Recalibration as well as
undetected faults in the measuring chain are thus a thing of the past.
Of considerable advantage are the cabling costs. The entire octavis family
uses standard cables as they are used in machine and plant construction. The
common cable problems of acceleration sensors caused by cable squeezing
do not occur.
Condition monitoring
The firmware of efector octavis consists of an object-referred fault tree.
Each error object consists of narrow frequency bands whose centre frequency corresponds to the kinematic damage frequency of a machine fault. If
several frequencies are symptomatic for a damaged object (inner race, outer
race and ball pass frequencies) for example in the event of a damage to the
rolling element bearing the object rolling element bearing is assigned
three frequency bands.
The basis for determining the damage amplitudes is the linear spectrum.
Depending on the machine damage the frequency analysis can be made by
means of the acceleration data or the envelope curve of the acceleration
data.
The actual diagnosis is made via a trend analysis. That means the current
value is compared with the basic value of an intact machine. This basic value
can be generated for each object during the teach run. A structural influence
to the measured value due to the component resonances or deviations from
the mounting location to the diagnosis location is standardised by the
teach value. Signal weighting filters automatically correct interference in
applications with variable speed.
The fault tree is set in the beginning via the PC software by setting the application parameters such as damage frequencies, speed and switch points.
efector octavis features a speed input for applications with variable speed.
The narrow frequency bands defined in the fault tree are automatically taken
into account within the framework of a frequency factor analysis.
The field units of type VE feature 5 diagnosis objects (20 frequency bands)
and 1 g-monitor to evaluate the general vibration condition (exception type
VB).
The control cabinet units (type VSE) can use the signals from up to 4 vibration
sensors (type VSA) and dispose of a total of 20 diagnosis objects and 4 level
values or 16 diagnostic objects and 8 level values.
Mounting via
the bore hole for
crane hooks, in
a radial direction
to the axis of
rotation.
efector octavis
monitors the
rolling element
bearing of a
motor.
158
List of articles
General
information
Internal trend memory

All units of the octavis family feature an internal trend memory which ensures detailed analysis and optimisation of the application also without external data recording. Freely selectable storage intervals enable adaptation of
the storage length of the non volatile ring memory to the requirements.
Ventilators:
Due to deposits
and wear unbalance can considerably increase in
the course of
time. Without
diagnosis of the
rolling element
bearings this can
go unnoticed
until the function
completely fails.
Temperature
sensors
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
efector octavis
detects the bearing conditions
and possible rub
effects. This guarantees maximum
lifetime.
Accessories
Screw
compressors:
Here the rolling
element bearings
are subjected to
high shearing
stress. The resulting wear
can lead to
destruction of
the screws.
Spindles:
efector octavis
detects first indication of unbalance and damage
of rolling element
bearings, thus
enabling maximum lifetime
with a low risk
of failure.
159
Technical
information
and customer
service
Applications
Early damage diagnosis helps avoid unplanned downtime, increase technical
uptime and prepare maintenance activities in an optimum way. The MTTR
values (= mean time to repair) can be reduced. Identification of impermissible operating states helps increase the lifetime of the components. This is
considered as an improvement of the MTBF values (= mean time between
failure). Examples:
Application rolling element bearing:
Damage: Pittings in the bearing surface
Causes of the damage: Wear and tear due to insufficient lubrication, efector
octavis monitors the specific damage frequencies of the rolling element
bearing for the inner race, the outer race and the rolling elements.
The following data is required for parameter setting:
The geometric data of the rolling elements, the diameter of the rolling
element and the diameter of the pitch cycle, or the DIN designation of
the rolling element bearing to be monitored.
The operating speed
Application Unbalance:
efector octavis detects unacceptable unbalance at an early stage. The condition diagnosis enables preventive intervention before greater damage or
failure is caused. To monitor unbalance, the operating speed is required as
parameter.
Pressure
sensors
Flow sensors
Level sensors
Pumps:
Wear and tear
can cause reduced
performance
through to total
failure. efector
octavis detects
and signals first
indication of
damage to rolling
element bearings
at an early stage.
Diagnostic systems
Selection chart
Frequency
range
Spectral
resolution
Speed
range*
Output
[U / min]
Minimum
measuring
time
[s]
[Hz]
[Hz]
Application /
Page
1.25
500...
6,000
0.8
2 x 100 mA
162
1.25
120...
12,000
0.8
(VE1002
0.125)
(VE1002
12...3,500)
(VE1002
8**)
2 x 100 mA
162
1.25
120...
12,000
0.8
(VE1102
0.125)
(VE1102
12...3,500)
(VE1002
8**)
2 x 100 mA
164
3...6,000
1.25
120...
12,000
0.8
(VE112A
0.125...500)
(VE112A
0.125)
DC
170
0...6,000
vibration
detection
up to 25 g
0...100
mA
168
2 x DC
or
1 x DC
+
1 x 0/4...
20 mA
166
Vibration diagnosis with RS-232 interface and LED diagnosis

type VB
type VE
M12
electrical
connection
M8
RS-232 communication
M12
electrical
connection
M8
3...6,000
diagnosis
of up to
2 different
objects
3...6,000
(VE1002
0.125...500)
diagnosis level
for up to 20
different
frequencies
Vibration diagnosis with RS-485 interface

type VE
type VE ATEX
M12
electrical
connection
M8
M12
electrical
connection
M8
3...6,000
(VE1102 0.125)
diagnosis level
for up to 20
different
frequencies
(VE112A
12...3,500)
(VE112A
8)
Vibration sensor for VSE diagnostic electronics

type VSA
M12
connector for
connection
to external
diagnostic
electronics
VSE
Diagnostic electronics for VSA vibration sensor

type VSE
Combicon
connection,
Ethernet
interface
*The
100
actual speed range depends on the type of rolling element bearing and can therefore deviate
response time has to be taken into account for the use
**This
For industrial
applications
160
For hazardous
areas
Technical
information
and customer
service
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
Flow sensors
Level sensors
List of articles
General
information
161
Diagnostic systems
For industrial
applications
Permanent condition monitoring.

Detects unbalance and damage
to rolling element bearings.
Up to 20 monitoring frequencies,
freely programmable.
Enables optimum uptime
of critical machines.
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
Expert software for efector octavis
VES001
Parameter setting cable for efector

octavis ifm electronic straight / straight
E11572
Pulse generator
E30082
Y connection cable ifm electronic 2 way
E11664
Description
VB / VE
with RS-232
interface and
LED diagnosis
VE
with RS-485
interface
VSE / VSA
diagnostic
electronics and
vibration sensor
EVC070

EVC071

EVC072
162 - 163
164 - 165
166 - 169
For hazardous
areas
VE
with RS-485
interface
Systems for
vibration
diagnosis
Page
162
Order
no.


For industrial
applications
Type
170 - 171
Drawing
no.
0.8
VB1001
VE1001
Connection via M12 x 1 and M8 x 1 connectors

3...6000
1.25
500...6000
10...32
-30...60
3...6000
1.25
120...12000
10...32
-30...60
0.8
0.125...500
0.125
12...1500
10...32
-30...60
8 **
VE1002
24...12500
15.625
1.500...96.000
10...32
-30...75
0.064
VE1103 *
Description
an easy-to-follow setup assistant.
The current machine condition is
indicated on the unit and provided
via potential free switching contacts. Networking and integration
of the machine condition into
higher-level systems or controllers is
possible.
Using the VE1001 / VE1002 compact units with integrated control
monitor machine states are permanently monitored in a decentralised
way. Higher-level systems are warned via the warning and alarm
switching outputs. The trend information of machine damage is
stored internally and can be read
out using the sensors RS-232 interface.
Diagnostic
systems
efector octavis is suited for the early

detection of damage to rolling
element bearings, unbalance, alignment errors and meshing, e.g. in
critical plant parts such as pumps,
spindles, compressors, ventilators,
gears, and electric motors.
efector octavis parameters are easy
to set at the PC via the RS-232 interface (accessory SubD9 cable,
article no. E11572). The parameter
setting software (VES001) includes
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Illustration
Connection
technology
binary outputs (example compact unit)
Accessories
controller
- power 24 V
- signals:
switching contacts
yellow, red
Technical
information
and customer
service
Sensing principle: micromechanical

acceleration sensor / capacitive
measuring principle / one measurement axis
Measuring range: 25 g
Diagnostic method: spectral analysis
envelope-curve FFT, trend analysis
Current consumption: 100 mA (24 V)
EMC: IEC 1000-4-2 / 3 / 4 / 6
Overload protection: 100 g
Housing material: diecast zinc nickel-plated,
keypad: polyester
* without LED protection: IP 69K
** the total reaction time which is
correspondingly longer has to be taken into
consideration
List of articles
Minimum
measuring time
[s]
Order
no.
[V]
Operating
temperature
[C]
Level sensors
Ub
Flow sensors
Monitoring
rang
[U/min]
Pressure
sensors
Spectral
resolution
[Hz]
Temperature
sensors
Frequency
range
[Hz]
General
information
Diagnosis of up to two different rolling element bearings

Sensor, evaluation and diagnosis in one unit, 2 switching outputs
LED display: Yellow = first indication of damage (output 1), red = advanced damage (output 2)
operational data logging
service laptop
- parameter setting
- reading of trend curves
- measurement of FFT data
You can find scale drawings

from page 252
163
Diagnostic systems
For industrial
applications
Permanent condition monitoring.

Detects unbalance, damage to
rolling element bearings.
Up to 20 monitoring frequencies,
freely programmable.
For optimised uptime of critical
machines.
Continuous transmission of diagnostic
values for operational data logging.
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
VES001
USB/RS485 adapter cable ifm electronic

straight / straight
E30098
Pulse generator
E30082
E11664
Description
VB / VE
with RS-232
interface and
LED diagnosis
VE
with RS-485
interface
VSE / VSA
diagnostic
electronics and
vibration sensor
EVC070

EVC071

EVC072
162 - 163
164 - 165
166 - 169
For hazardous
areas
VE
with RS-485
interface
Systems for
vibration
diagnosis
Page
164
Order
no.


For industrial
applications
Type
170 - 171
Drawing
no.

3...6000
1.25
120...12000
10...32
-30...75
0.8
VE1101
0.125...500
0.125
12...1500
10...32
-30...75
8*
VE1102
Description
Diagnostic
systems
The VE1101 / VE1102 compact units with integrated evaluation electronics

are used for the continual decentralised monitoring of the machine conditions. Higher-level systems are warned via the warning and alarm
switching outputs. In addition the diagnostic values can be transferred to the
Profibus via the RS-485 interface and a suitable fieldbus coupler. The trending of machine damage is stored internally. The RS-485 interface is used to
read out the internally stored trend information as well as to set the sensor.
List of articles
Minimum
measuring time
[s]
Order
no.
[V]
Operating
temperature
[C]
Level sensors
Ub
Flow sensors
Monitoring
rang
[U/min]
Pressure
sensors
Spectral
resolution
[Hz]
Temperature
sensors
Frequency
range
[Hz]
General
information
Up to 20 frequencies in the spectrum, freely selectable, diagnostic level adjustable

Sensor, evaluation and diagnosis in one unit, 2 switching outputs
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Illustration
Connection
technology
bus connection Profibus with compact unit

from page 252
RS- 485 / RS-232
- power 24 V
- signals:
switching contacts
yellow, red
Technical
information
and customer
service
Sensing principle: micromechanical

acceleration sensor / capacitive
measuring principle / one measurement axis
Measuring range: 25 g
Diagnostic method: spectral analysis
envelope-curve FFT, trend analysis
Current consumption: 100 mA (24 V)
Protection: IP 69K, overload protec.: 100 g
EMC: IEC 1000-4-2 / 3 / 4 / 6
Housing material: diecast zinc nickel-plated,
Keypad: polyester
* the total reaction time which is
correspondingly longer has to be taken into
consideration
Accessories
controller
Profibus
DP slaves
- operational data logging
- control desk
Profibus DP
service laptop
- parameter setting
- reading of the history
- measurement of FFT data
PLC
Ethernet
165
Diagnostic systems
For industrial
applications
Low system costs for an optimised

machine uptime.
Frequency-selective machine diagnosis
of up to 4 measuring points.
Ethernet interface for the integration
into operational data logging.
Integrated history memories with
real-time clock.
Accessories
Description
Type
Description
Order
no.
Parameter setting software for VSExxx
VES003
Cross-over patch cable

Cable length 5 m
E30112
Cross-over patch cable

Ethernet interface, cable length 2 m
EC2080
The cabinet units of type VSE are used for the continual
decentralised monitoring of machine conditions of up to
four vibration sensors (type VSA). Higher-level systems
are warned via the warning and alarm switching
outputs or the analogue output. Integration into the
production data acquisition system is possible using an
integrated Ethernet TCP interface and the efector
octavis OPC Server (order number E30114).
For industrial
applications
VB / VE
with RS-232
interface and
LED diagnosis
VE
with RS-485
interface
VSE / VSA
diagnostic
electronics and
vibration sensor
162 - 163
164 - 165
166 - 169
For hazardous
areas
VE
with RS-485
interface
Systems for
vibration
diagnosis
Page
166
170 - 171
Data
interface
Combicon connection Output 2 x

TCP/IP
Operating
voltage
[V]
Operating
temperature
[C]
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
progr. or 1 x <Pic>0003</Pic> progr + 1 x analog. (0/4...20 mA) Wiring diagr. no.

100
10...32
0...70
VSE001
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
Flow sensors
Level sensors
100
Samplingrate
[kSamples]
List of articles
Current
consumption
[mA]
General
information
Compact housing for control cabinet mounting

Diagnostic electronics for vibration sensors type VSA
Technical
information
and customer
service

Housing: DIN rail 1 inch
Housing material: PA
Dynamic inputs: 4 x 0...10 mA
Static inputs: 2 x 0/4...20 mA or pulse
Communication: Ethernet interface
(10 / 100 Mbits)
Connection: Combicon
167
Diagnostic systems
For industrial
applications
Vibration sensor for VSE diagnostic

electronics.
The right enclosure for harsh
environmental conditions.
Standard M12 connection (4 poles)
as well as standard cable.
Temperature range -30 to 125 C.
Integrated self-test.
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
8.4 / 15 mm for efector octavis
E30115
Description
VB / VE
with RS-232
interface and
LED diagnosis
VE
with RS-485
interface
VSE / VSA
diagnostic
electronics and
vibration sensor
EVT001
Socket, M12
EVT002
Socket, M12
EVT003
162 - 163
164 - 165
166 - 169
For hazardous
areas
VE
with RS-485
interface
Systems for
vibration
diagnosis
Page
168
Order
no.
Socket, M12

For industrial
applications
Type
170 - 171
Frequency
range
[Hz]
Linearity
[%]
Overload
protection
[g]
Sensitivity
[mg/Hz]
Operating
temperature
[C]
Measuring
range
[g]
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
-30...125
+/- 25
VSA001
M12 connector Output function 0...10mA, analogue Connector groups 7, 8

0,2
500
0,2
Pressure
sensors
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Illustration
Temperature
sensors
The vibration sensor is used for the detection of measured data and was specially developed for the octavis diagnostic electronics (type VSE).
The highly dynamic analogue output ensures the correct transmission of
high-frequency vibration signals even over distances of up to 30 m in a standard cable. The compact and highly robust design provides good long-term
stability even under adverse environmental conditions (load up to 500 g).
Due to the use of modern silicon technology the sensitivity of the sensor is
both long-term stable and temperature independent. The measuring chain is
continuously checked via the integrated self-test.
There is no overshoot of the measuring signal in the event of overload or
crushed cables.
Diagnostic
systems
Description
Flow sensors
Level sensors
0...6000
List of articles
General
information
Process connection M8 x 1.25
Ethernet connection with control cabinet unit
Connection
technology
vibration sensor
VSA001
Sensing principle: micromechanical accelerometer / capacitive measuring principle / one

measurement axis
Connection: M12 connector; recommended
max. cable length 30 m
- power 24 V
- signals:
switching contacts
analogue
yellow, red
efector octavis
diagnostic electronics VSE001
- OPC server
- efector octavis
OPC software E30114
Technical
information
and customer
service
Accessories
controller
- operational data logging

- control desk
crash recorder
in diagnostic electronics

from page 252
Ethernet
169
Diagnostic systems
For hazardous areas
Type VE with RS-485 communication

interface.
Interference immune data transfer.
Transmission up to 200 m.
Detects unbalance, damage to rolling
element bearings, alignment errors.
Internal history memory.
Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
Type
Description
VES001
Socket, M12
EVC070

straight / straight
E30098
Socket, M12
EVC071
Pulse generator
E30082
Socket, M12
2 m, PUR cable, LED
E10854
Power supply
E30080
Socket, M8
E11196
Socket, M8
E11197
Socket, M8
E11198
Securing clip for M12 connectors with

potted cable
E11532

For industrial
applications
VB / VE
with RS-232
interface and
LED diagnosis
VE
with RS-485
interface
VSE / VSA
diagnostic
electronics and
vibration sensor
162 - 163
164 - 165
166 - 169
For hazardous
areas
VE
with RS-485
interface
Systems for
vibration
diagnosis
Page
170
Order
no.
170 - 171
Spectral
resolution
[Hz]
Monitoring
rang
[U/min]
Ub
Minimum
measuring time
[s]
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
[V]
Operating
temperature
[C]

3...6000
1.25
120...12000
10...32
-20...60
0.8
VE111A
0.125...500
0.125
12...1500
10...32
-20...60
VE112A
Level sensors
Frequency
range
[Hz]
List of articles
General
information
Up to 20 frequencies in the spectrum, freely selectable, diagnostic level adjustable
Flow sensors
Networkable decentralised machine diagnosis
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
efector octavis detects unbalance, damage to rolling element bearings,

alignment errors and meshing in good time. This allows optimisation of the
uptime of plant parts such as gears, electric motors, ventilators and spindles
and increasing the efficiency in production.
The compact diagnostic system analyses the vibration signals according to
the methods of frequency analysis. A micromechanical accelerometer acts as
the sensing element. The data is recorded, analysed and assessed by the
system in a decentralised way. Expert knowledge is not required for this. The
RS-485 communication interface allows transferring diagnostic values and
calculated spectra to central control systems. Machine damage is detected
as it arises. Maintenance measures can thus be planned and efficiently
implemented.
Technical
information
and customer
service
Current consumption: 100 (24 V DC) mA

Overload protection: 100 g
Measuring range 25 g (nominal 20 g)
Housing material: diecast zinc
EMV IEC 1000-4-2/3/4/6
Approvals: Ex II 3D IP69K T = 90C X -20C
Ta 60C,
Ex II 3G EEx nA II T4 X
Spectral analysis / FFT,
Envelope-curve FFT, Trend analysis
Protection: IP 69K, III
171
General
information
Amplifiers,
transformer and switched-mode power supplies
182 - 185
Transformer and switched-mode power supplies

Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
186 - 187
188 - 189
Accessories
Transformer power supplies

Switched-mode power supplies
Temperature
sensors
Standard signal evaluation and display
Pressure
sensors
Amplifiers
Technical
information
and customer
service
174 - 177
178 - 180
Diagnostic
systems
System description
Selection chart
Flow sensors
Level sensors
List of articles
Evaluation systems,
power supplies
173
Evaluation systems,
power supplies
Amplifiers
System description
Introduction
Evaluation systems for analogue standard signals, for example for monitoring and displaying process values such as pressure, flow rate, temperature
and volume, are available for rail and panel mounting.
High reliability and easy handling distinguish all units. Independent of the
PLC they indicate operating states or signal faults and machinery states. They
help to reduce downtimes and production loss.
AL-3: Analogue threshold relays for analogue standard signals
With two analogue inputs, one analogue output and four operating modes
the AL-3 offers various possibilities to monitor physical units which can be
converted into analogue standard signals. Subtraction and summation is
possible by means of signal combination. The differential values or total
values are also available as an analogue output signal 0/4...20 mA.
Setting of the switch points and display of the measured values can be
adapted to the measuring range of the connected sensor. A combined relaytransistor output switches in accordance with the set switching function. In
addition the signal monitoring indicates wire break and a too high input
signal. As a special feature the AL-3 provides monitoring of the input signal,
for example to detect and signal wire break.
Level monitoring
and display on
a tank with the
analogue threshold relay AL-3.
174
Amplifiers
Pressure
sensors
Flow sensors
Level sensors
List of articles
General
information
AX360: Display for analogue signals

In process technology local visualisation and monitoring of current process
values, e.g. flow, pressure or temperature may be important for the machine
operator. These are to be displayed and monitored.
Typical sensors for these applications supply a digital switched signal informing whether limit values have been reached or are above or below preset
values. The pressure or temperature values measured by a sensor or a transmitter can be directly shown on these scaleable displays using the linear
output signal, which is proportional to the measured quantity. With suitable
flow sensors it is possible to indicate flow velocities or quantities, e.g. in litres
per minute.
The display AX360 can measure analogue standard signals on two inputs
and display them by means of the scaling function as pressure, temperature
or flow rate value. Different functions allow the unit to be operated as a
one-channel or two-channel unit or as a differential display. The unit is also
available with a transistor output option. The displays can be conveniently
read due to the large character height.
Technical
information
and customer
service
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Analogue value
display AX360:
By means of a
flow sensor the
programmable
display directly
indicates the
flow in litres /
minute.
175
Evaluation systems,
power supplies
Transformer and
switched-mode power supplies
System description
Introduction
They may be unglamorous and unobtrusive, but without them it would not
be possible to operate an electronic system. Power supplies are essential.
They provide the voltage supply for sensors, actuators, controllers and other
electrical loads. ifm offers powerful switch-mode power supplies for different applications but also combinations of switching amplifiers with integrated transformer power supplies.
Transformer power supplies
Transformer power supplies provide a low voltage, normally 24 V DC to supply PLCs, sensors or evaluation electronics. A transformer according to DIN
0551 ensures a safe electrical separation from mains voltage and low voltage. The output voltage can be regulated ( 5 %) or smoothed by means of
capacitors. The different designs and output powers allow adaptation to
diverse operating conditions.
Circuit diagram
of a conventional
transformer
power supply.
heat sink
PE
voltage
regulator
24 V DC
L
mains
AC
U
N
0 V DC
Switched-mode power supplies

Primary switched-mode power supplies are a compact and economical solution to supply sensors, actuators and sensitive electronic components and
are gaining more and more acceptance.
As opposed to conventional transformer power supplies with regulated output voltage primary switched-mode power supplies need no heavy transformers so that there are fewer iron and copper losses. They are therefore
distinguished by a very high degree of efficiency of up to 92 %. Due to the
operating principle by means of high frequency transformers switched-mode
power supplies are much smaller and lighter than transformer power supplies with identical power. Nevertheless they guarantee an electrical separation which is equivalent to that of transformer power supplies according to
VDE 0551. Furthermore, they offer a wide input voltage range as standard,
e.g. 340 to 576 V AC. This makes them fit for worldwide use.
ifm switched-mode power supplies have a regulated output voltage of typ.
24 V DC with a tolerance of 2 %. Apart from few exceptions the output
voltage can be set between 24 V and 28 V to compensate for example for a
voltage drop on long cables. Between no load and full load they ensure a
stable supply voltage and thus operational reliability in case of supply voltage fluctuations. Mains fluctuations up to 15 % and mains interference
are compensated for and not passed on to the load.
Even mains voltage dips of a few milliseconds are compensated for, the output voltage is completely maintained.
An active inrush current limitation reduces the inrush current by means of a
fixed resistor which is bridged after start up.
176
Circuit diagram
of a primary
switched-mode
power supply.
General
information
Transformer and
L
U
N
f
i
l
t
e
r
flyback
converter
115/230V AC
List of articles
OVP
Vout
typ.
100 kHz
GND
Level sensors
PE
Flow sensors
regulator
Temperature
sensors
Diagnostic
systems
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Power reserves
The dimensioning of the components allows a 20 to 25 % higher output
current for a short time. This power reserve is provided by all power supplies
as from 2.5 A for a period of one minute. At an operating temperature of up
to 45C this power is available continuously.
Suitable for
the application:
ifm provides
power supplies
in different
power classes.
Connection
technology
Output response
The outputs are protected against short circuits and overload. Special output
characteristics allow a current which can be up to 1.7 higher than the nominal current without switch-off with the voltage being reduced at the same
time. Only with few power supplies the output begins to cycle (hickup mode
at < 14 V). The outputs are also protected against no load operation, i.e.
they need no minimum load at the output.
Power supplies of the latest generation have two selectable output responses, the overload mode as described above and the switch-off
mode where the output is switched off after a few seconds in case of a
short circuit.
Pressure
sensors
Compared to the normal NTC resistors this has the advantage of a better
warm and cold start action, e.g. after short power failures or extremely low
operating temperatures.
Technical
information
and customer
service
Accessories
Mounting and connection

By means of the new mounting technology all power supplies can be safely
and tightly mounted on a TS 35 DIN rail which is 7.5 or 15 mm high. They
can be removed without a tool. For the electrical connection stable screw
terminals are used for cables up to 6 mm2 or 2 x 2.5 mm2 with a 1 A power
supply.
Important: EMC
All switched-mode power supplies of 2.5 to 40 A comply with EN 50081
(noise emission) and EN 50082 (noise immunity) in the severest class. Furthermore, they are fitted with a radio interference suppressor in the output
so that even long, unscreened cables do not radiate.
The more powerful power supplies have an active transient filter to make
voltage spike on the side of the mains harmless. Thanks to the active inrush
current limitation which is also effective for warm units common circuit-breakers can be used for protection. The integrated phase monitoring for threephrase inputs prevents the unit and mains from being overloaded if one
phase fails. With these features it is ensured that the CE certification also
covers EMC. Concerning the international approvals EN 60950, UL1950,
CUL CSA-C22.2 the power supplies already comply with the future standard
EN 50178.
177
Evaluation systems,
power supplies
Amplifiers
Selection chart
Housing
Description
Application /
Page
Standard signal evaluation and display

type AL
monitor
programmable threshold relay

for standard signals with integrated
comparator
182
LED display
display of physical quantities

from analogue standard signals
184
LCD display
display of physical quantities

from analogue standard signals
via 3 1 / 2-digit LCD display
184
type AX
type LC
For industrial
applications
178
Technical
information
and customer
service
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
Flow sensors
Level sensors
List of articles
General
information
Amplifiers
179
Evaluation systems,
power supplies
Transformer and
Housing
Selection chart
Nominal voltage
AC
[V]
Output voltage
DC
[V]
Output current
Application /
Page
1 channel
110 / 230
24
0.1
186
2 channels
110 / 230
24
0.3
186
1 channel
with
timer function
110 / 230
24
0.04
186
1~
100...240
24...28
1.3
or
2.1
188
1~
100...240
24...28
4.1
188
1~
115 / 230
selectable
24
2.5
188
1~
115 / 230
selectable
12...15
188
1~
115 / 230
selectable
24
188
[A]
Transformer power supplies / Switching amplifiers

type N 600
type N 600
type T 700
Switched-mode power supplies single phase

type DN
type DN
type DN
type DN
type DN
For industrial
applications
180
Nominal voltage
AC
[V]
Output voltage
DC
[V]
Output current
Application /
Page
1~
115 / 230
selectable
24...28
adjustable
10
188
1~
115 / 230
or
230
24...28
adjustable
20
188
3~
3 x 400...500
24...28
adjustable
188
3~
3 x 400...500
24...28
adjustable
10
188
3~
3 x 400
or
3 x 400...500
24...28
adjustable
20
188
3~
3 x 400...500
24...28
adjustable
30
188
3~
3 x 400...500
24...28
adjustable
40
188
[A]
Switched-mode power supplies single phase
Level sensors
type DN
List of articles
Housing
General
information
Transformer and
Flow sensors
type DN
Switched-mode power supplies three-phase
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
type DN
type DN
For industrial
applications
181
Technical
information
and customer
service
Accessories
type DN
Connection
technology
type DN
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
type DN
Evaluation systems
and power supplies
For industrial
applications
Amplifiers
Two analogue inputs for

0/4...20 mA.
Scaleable display of the actual values.
Analogue output 0/4...20 mA.
Formation of the signal difference, e.g.
for differential pressure monitoring.
RS-232 interface for parameter
setting and communication.
2-channel threshold relay for standard signals
Application
The Monitor AL-3 is a programmable, analogue threshold relay for the evaluation of physical values derived
from analogue standard signals.
The analogue current signals at both inputs can be
scaled, displayed and monitored independently of each
other. The start and end values of the current signal can
be assigned any numerical value, corresponding to the
measuring range of the sensor (e.g. 4...20 mA corresponding to 0...250 bar). The setting of the limit values
is supported by the teach function.
The monitor compares the actual values with the set
limit values and switches the assigned outputs depending on the set parameter values and functions. At the
same time the analogue output provides the input
signal IN 1 unchanged or scaled for further use. The differential or the total value from the two input signals
can also be displayed, evaluated, compared with the set
limit values, and provided as analogue signal.
For industrial
applications
Standard signal
evaluation
and display
182
Transformer
power supplies
Switched-mode
power supplies
186 - 187
188 - 189
Power
supplies
Amplifiers
Page
For industrial
applications
182 - 185
Amplifiers
Inputs
Input
function
Setting
range
Outputs
analog
Outputs
relays
Outputs
transist.
Outputs
faults
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
0/4...20
-9999.0...9999.0
DL2003
[V]
7A1 8 A2
10
11
12
The monitor AL-3 can be parameterised via programming cable or software

via Internet Explorer by means of a PC. To do so, the RS-232 interface is
accessible at the front via a 3.5 mm jack socket. For series applications the
user can copy a parameter setting once set into any number of units. The
values of the input signals can be read via PC with an online connection by
means of a serial interface.
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Front view
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
Flow sensors
Level sensors
110...240 AC/DC / 24 DC
List of articles
Ub
General
information
Monitor AL-3
2-channel analogue threshold relay for standard signals
with integrated comparator
19
14
20
15
21
16
22
17
23
18
24
*B
*C pnp
*D
*D
n. c.
n. c.
n. c.
*C npn
reset pnp
*F pnp
*E
n. c.
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
n. c.
n. c.
n. c.
n. c.
n. c.
mA
*G
V
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
*A power supply
*B supply
transistor output
*C sensor signal
*D sensor supply
Accessories
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
*E relay output
*F transistor output
*G analogue
Technical
information
and customer
service
*A
24 V DC
Connection
technology
Terminal connection
183
Evaluation systems
and power supplies
For industrial
applications
Amplifiers
For the display of process quantities.

Input for analogue standard signals
0/4...20 mA / 0...10 V.
LED display, programmable,
with switching output.
LCD display supplied from a current
loop.
Display and monitoring of e. g.
pressure differences (diff. pressure).
Indication of physical process values.
Application
In process technology local visualisation of current process values, e.g. flow, pressure or temperature may be
important for the operator of an installation. Typical sensors for these applications supply a digital switched signal informing whether limit values have been reached or
are above or below preset values. Other sensors or
transmitters supply a standard analogue signal which
can be used by digital displays and indicated as current
or voltage value.
But when pressure or temperature sensors supply a linear output signal proportional to the measured quantity
this scaleable display can directly indicate the measured
pressure or temperature values. Thus two pressure sensors can also display and monitor pressure differences.
With the suitable flow sensors it is possible to display
flow velocities or quantities (e.g. litres per minute) or the
difference of volume flows.
bar
For industrial
applications
Standard signal
evaluation
and display
184
Transformer
power supplies
Switched-mode
power supplies
186 - 187
188 - 189
Power
supplies
Amplifiers
Page
For industrial
applications
182 - 185
Amplifiers
Input
function
Display
range
Outputs
analog
115 / 230 AC; 24 DC
0/4...20mA, 0...10V
-999999...999999
115 / 230 AC; 24 DC
0/4...20mA, 0...10V
-999999...999999
4...20mA
-1999...1999
[V]
OutOutputs
puts
relays transist.
Outputs
faults
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
DX2011
DX2012
E89150
Digital display
LC display
The parameters of the AX 360 are set by means of a display and 2 buttons
on the front panel. Standard parameters like scaling factor, averaging and
switch points can be set as well as operating modes like input A input B
or input A + input B. The LCD display is set using potentiometers for
course and fine setting of the initial and final values.
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Front view E89150
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
Flow sensors
from the current loop
List of articles
Inputs
Level sensors
Ub
General
information
Digital displays
AX360: DX2011, DX2012; 6-digit LED display with 15 mm character height, switching output
LCD display, 3 1/2-digit, without auxiliary energy, supply from the 4...20 mA current loop
analogue GND
GND
24 V DC
n. c.
n. c.
n. c.
DX 2011
GND
230 V AC
115 V AC
Accessories
input A
input B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
0V
Technical
information
and customer
service
GND
18...30 V DC
Connection
technology
Terminal connection DX2011, DX2012
8
9
10
COM +
Out 1
Out 2
DX 2012
For other terminal connections see www. ifm-electronic.com
185
Evaluation systems
and power supplies
Transformer and
For industrial
applications
One- and two-channel versions.

Regulated 24 V DC output voltage.
Suitable for pnp or npn
switching sensors.
Output short-circuit protected.
Also available with integrated timer
function.
Power supplies for sensors / switching amplifiers.
Schematics
Transformer power supplies provide a low voltage

(normally 24 V DC) to supply PLC, sensors or evaluation
electronics. A transformer according to DIN 0551 ensures a safe electrical separation from mains voltage and
low voltage. The output voltage can be regulated or
smoothed by means of capacitors.
The switching amplifiers have a transformer power
supply with a 24 V DC output voltage. This voltage is
used to supply a sensor. Since sensors normally have
solid-state outputs with typically 24 V DC and approx.
250 mA , they cannot switch high loads. If the outputs
of the sensors are connected to the input of the
switching amplifiers, a relay with a potential-free
change-over contact is switched. This allows switching
of higher loads or AC voltages. One-channel switching
amplifiers are suitable for a sensor with one output, the
two-channel types are suitable for a sensor with two
outputs or two sensors with one output each. Current
consumption must be taken into account.
For industrial
applications
Standard signal
evaluation
and display
186
24 V DC
Transformer
power supplies
Switched-mode
power supplies
186 - 187
188 - 189
Power
supplies
Amplifiers
Page
For industrial
applications
230 V AC
182 - 185
Transformer and
[mA]
Nominal
voltage
[V]
Output
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
24 DC; 5%
230 AC
Relais
DN0001
24 DC; 5%
110 AC
Relais
DN0012
max. 300 mA
24 V DC; 3 %
110...240 AC
Relais
DN0200
max. 40 mA
24 DC; 5%
230 AC / 24 DC
Relais
DT0001
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
Flow sensors
max. 100 mA
max. 100 mA
List of articles
Output
voltage
[V]
Level sensors
Current
General
information
Switching amplifier 1-channel (DN0001, DN0012)

Switching amplifier 1-channel with timer function (DT0001, DT0012)
Switching amplifier 2-channel (DN0200)
I1
14
11
sensor
signal
*A power supply
21
24
22
I2
Diagnostic
systems
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
12
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
relay output
L1
*A AC
N
Connection
technology
L+
Terminal connection DN0001, DN0012, DT0001, DT0012
Terminal connection DN0200
Accessories
Front view DN0200
*A power supply
*D
*B 1
I1
L
L+
11
14
12
*C 2
N
*A AC
L1
*B 2
I2
N
L
22
24
21
*C signal input
*D sensor supply
Technical
information
and customer
service
*C 1
*B relay output
187
Evaluation systems
and power supplies
Transformer and
For industrial
applications
Regulated 24 V DC output voltage.

Wide input voltage range.
High efficiency.
Output short-circuit
and overload protected.
Robust metal housing,
secure fixing.
Switched-mode power supplies.
Schematics
Primary switched-mode power supplies are a compact

and economical solution to supply sensors, actuators
and sensitive electronic components in machines and
installations and are gaining more and more acceptance. As opposed to conventional transformer power supplies with regulated output voltage primary switchedmode power supplies need no heavy 50 Hz transformers
so that there are fewer iron and copper losses just a
small high frequency power transformer is needed.
Between no load and full load switched-mode power
supplies ensure a stable supply voltage and thus operational reliability even in case of supply voltage fluctuations, for mains fluctuations up to 15 % and mains
interference are compensated for and not passed on to
the load. Even mains voltage dips of a few milliseconds
are compensated for so that the output voltage is completely maintained. All types are electronically protected
against overvoltage (OVP) and permanent short circuit.
The electrical design is equivalent to that of safety transformers according to VDE 0551.
For industrial
applications
Standard signal
evaluation
and display
188
24...28 V DC
Transformer
power supplies
Switched-mode
power supplies
186 - 187
188 - 189
Power
supplies
Amplifiers
Page
For industrial
applications
400...500 V AC
3
182 - 185
Transformer and
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
2.5
24 DC (+5% / -1%)
115 / 230 AC
87.5
DN2011
1.3
24...28 DC (2%)
115 / 230 AC
87.5
DN1020
2.1
24...28 DC (2%)
115 / 230 AC
88.5
DN1021
12...15 DC (2%)
115 / 230 AC
87
DN2021
24 DC (+5% / -1%)
115 / 230 AC
90
DN2112
4.1
24...28 DC (2%)
115 / 230 AC
90
DN1022
24 DC (+5% / -1%)
115 / 230 AC
90
DN2012
10
24...28 DC (2%)
115 / 230 AC
90
DN2013
20
24...28 DC (2%)
230 AC
91
DN2014
20
24...28 DC, 2%
115 / 230 AC
90
DN2114
24...28 DC (2%)
3 x 400...500 AC
89
10
DN2032
10
24...28 DC (2%)
3 x 400...500 AC
90
11
DN2033
20
24...28 DC (2%)
3 x 400 AC
92
12
DN2034
20
24...28 DC (2%)
3 x 400...500 AC
92
13
DN2134
30
24...28 DC (2%)
3 x 400...500 AC
93
14
DN2036
40
24...28 DC (2%)
3 x 400...500 AC
92.5
15
DN2035
L1 L1
L1
L2
Diagnostic
systems
Terminal connection
6
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Front view DN2012
primary
L
L2 L2
L3
L3 L3
Connection
technology
secondary
Accessories
32
control range V out
28
Technical
information
and customer
service
output voltage Uout [V]
Terminal connection
24
20
16
12
8
4

from page 254
List of articles
Terminal
connection
Nr.
Level sensors
Efficiency
typ.
[%]
Flow sensors
Nominal
voltage
[V]
Pressure
sensors
[A]
Output
voltage
[V]
Temperature
sensors
Current
General
information
Power supplies single-phase

Power supplies three-phase
TU = 0C
TU = 25C
TU = 45C
TU = 60C
5
10
15
20
25
output current Iout [A]
189
General
information

192 - 193
194 - 196
Connectors
for oils and coolants
Sockets
211

for hygienic and wet areas
Sockets
Cable plugs
Cables
Splitter boxes
212 - 214
213 - 214
213
214
Connectors
for hazardous areas
Sockets
Cable plugs
Cables
215
215
215
191
Temperature
sensors
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
198 - 204
205
206 - 207
208 - 210
Connection
technology
Special application
Sockets
Cable plugs
Cables
Splitter boxes
Accessories
Pressure
sensors

Technical
information
and customer
service
System description
Selection chart
Flow sensors
Level sensors
List of articles
System description
Introduction
The electrical connection of the sensors via connectors has become more
and more important in the last few years. Easy handling and high uptime of
the machines are of prime importance for the customer. This requires extremely reliable products.
With a wide variety of different sensor designs ifm electronic offers a wide
range of high quality connectors. The choice of types covers common M8,
M12, M18 types through to solenoid connectors.
In addition to the sockets the basic range covers connection cables (jumpers)
and splitter boxes. These are used where several sensors are mounted close
together and must then be connected to the panel across longer distances.
The M12 design in particular has become firmly established on the sensor
market for many years and is therefore the preferred choice for extremely
harsh applications.
To be able to meet the different application requirements three product
series have been developed with the following application focus.
M12 series with cable for factory automation:

The ifm standard series for industrial use. Halogen-free PUR cable with high
resistance to alternate bending stress, PUR housing material, gold-plated
contacts and protection rating IP 68 guarantee long life in an oily and greasy
environment. The international UL and CSA approval means these units are
accepted anywhere in the world market.
M12 series with cable for the food industry:

This series is specially designed for hygienic areas in food manufacture. High
quality PVC cable and housing materials, coupling nuts of high-grade stainless steel (316S12) as well as gold-plated contacts are ideal features for use
in wet areas. The high protection ratings IP 67, IP 68 and IP 69K withstand
high-pressure steam cleaning. They are chemically resistant to most common
cleaning agents. The UL / CSA approval is a matter of course for these units.
M12 series with cable for hazardous areas:
When using sockets in explosion-protected areas to 94/9/EC (ATEX) there are
special requirements for wiring. The requirements of the applicable installation regulations must be absolutely adhered to by the user on his own
responsibility. More information is given in the EC type test certificate, operating instructions and the technical data sheet of the corresponding units.
ifm plug and sokket connections:

the right connection for every
application.
192
Technical
information
and customer
service
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
Flow sensors
Level sensors
List of articles
General
information
193
Selection chart
Description
For industrial
applications
For oils and

coolants
For hygienic
and wet areas
For hazardous
areas
from page 189 from page 210 from page 212 from page 214
Sockets Groups
Socket M8, 3-pole, 3-wire
Socket M8, 3-pole, 3-wire, LED, PNP
Socket M12, 2-pole,

for AS-i isolation displacement connector
Socket M12, 2-pole + PE, 3-wire
Socket M12, 5 / 4-pole, 2-wire,

for quadronorm units
Socket M12, 4-pole
Socket M12, 4-pole, 4-wire, LED, PNP
Socket M12, 4-pole, LED, PNP
10
55
65
58
56
59
62
Socket M12, 5-pole

11
12 / 13
14
Socket M12, 8-pole, 8-wire,

for temperature sensors TR 8...
15
16
17
Socket M18, 4-pole
18
Socket M18, 12-pole
19
Socket M23, 12-pole, pin numbering anticlockwise,

for splitter boxes
20
Socket M23, 12-pole, external thread,

pin numbering clockwise, for encoders
21
Socket M23, 12-pole, pin numbering clockwise,

for encoders
22
Cable plug M23, 12-pole, pin numbering anticlockwise,

for encoders
23

for encoders
24

for encoders
25
Socket M23, 12-pole for splitter boxes
26
Socket M23, 19-pole for splitter boxes
27
194
57
66 / 67
For industrial
applications
For oils and

coolants
For hygienic
and wet areas
For hazardous
areas
List of articles
Description
General
information
29
Socket 7/8", 2-pole + PE, 3-wire
30
Socket 7/8", 3-pole, 3-wire
31
Socket DIN A, 2-pole + PE
32
Socket RD24, 6-pole + PE
33
Bayonet socket,
for pressure sensors PP ....
34
Flow sensors
Socket 1/2", 5-pole, 4-wire
Pressure
sensors
28
Temperature
sensors
Socket 1/2", 2-pole + PE, 3-wire
Level sensors
Sockets Groups
35
Cable plugs M12, 4-pole
36
60
Cable plugs M12, 5-pole
37
63
Cable plugs M12, 5-pole, 2-wire

Cable plugs M23, 12-pole, pin numbering clockwise,
for encoders
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Cable plugs M12, 2-pole + PE, 2-wire
Diagnostic
systems
Cable plugs Groups
68
38
Connection
technology
Cables Groups
39
Jumper M8 plug, 3-pole / M8 socket, 4-pole
40
41
42
Jumper M12, 3-pole, 3-wire, LED
43
Jumper M12, 4-pole, 4-wire
44
Jumper M12 / DIN A, 3 / 4-pole, 3-wire, LED
45
69
Jumper M12 / DIN B, 3-pole, 3-wire, LED
46
70
Jumper M12 / DIN C, 3 / 4-pole, 3-wire, LED
47
71
Jumper M12, ind. standard B, 3-pole, 3-wire, LED
48
72
Jumper M12 plug, 4-pole / socket bayonet
49
Y-jumper M12 plug /

2 x valve plug type A ( to DIN 43650)
50
Technical
information
and customer
service
Accessories
61
195
Selection chart
Description
For industrial
applications
For oils and

coolants
For hygienic
and wet areas
For hazardous
areas
Splitter boxes Groups
Splitter box M8, 3-pole
51
Splitter box M8, 4-pole
52
Splitter box M12 for 1 signal
53
Splitter box M12 for 2 signals
54
196
64
Technical
information
and customer
service
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
Flow sensors
Level sensors
List of articles
General
information
197
Type
Cable
For industrial
applications
Core
specification
Material
housing /
nut
Ta
[V]
[C]
Protection
Goldcontacts
LEDs
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
Group 1 Socket M8, 3-pole, 3-wire

2 m black
PUR cable
3 x 0.25 mm2
4.1 mm
PUR /
brass
60 AC
75 DC
-25...85
IP 68
E11486
5 m black
PUR cable
3 x 0.25 mm2
4.1 mm
PUR /
brass
60 AC
75 DC
-25...85
IP 68
E11487
Group 2 Socket M8, 3-pole, 3-wire, LED, PNP

2 m black
PUR cable
3 x 0.25 mm2
4.1 mm
PUR /
brass
10...30
DC
-25...85
IP 68
green /
yellow
E11492
5 m black
PUR cable
3 x 0.25 mm2
4.1 mm
PUR /
brass
10...30
DC
-25...85
IP 68
green /
yellow
E11493

2 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.25 mm2
5 mm
PUR /
brass
60 AC
75 DC
-25...80
IP 68
E11199
5 m black
PUR cable
mm2
4 x 0.25
5 mm
PUR /
brass
60 AC
75 DC
-25...80
IP 68
E11200
10 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.25 mm2
5 mm
PUR /
brass
60 AC
75 DC
-25...80
IP 68
E11201
2 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.25 mm2
5 mm
PUR /
brass
60 AC
75 DC
-25...80
IP 68
E11196
5 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.25 mm2
5 mm
PUR /
brass
60 AC
75 DC
-25...80
IP 68
E11197
10 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.25 mm2
5 mm
PUR /
brass
60 AC
75 DC
-25...80
IP 68
E11198
Group 4 Socket M12, 2-pole for AS-i isolation displacement connector
NBR
-25...70
IP 67
E70271
Group 5 Socket M12, 2-pole + PE, 3-wire

2 m orange
PVC cable
3 x AWG 22
(3 x 0.34 mm2)
TPU /
brass
250 AC
300 DC
-25...90
IP 67
E10865
5 m orange
PVC cable
3 x AWG 22
(3 x 0.34 mm2)
TPU /
brass
250 AC
300 DC
-25...90
IP 67
E10866
2 m orange
PVC cable
3 x AWG 22
(3 x 0.34 mm2)
TPU /
brass
250 AC
300 DC
-25...90
IP 67
E10867
5 m orange
PVC cable
3 x AWG 22 (3 x
0.34 mm2)
TPU /
brass
250 AC
300 DC
-25...90
IP 67
E10868
Group 6 Socket M12, 5/4-pole, 2-wire

2 m orange
PUR / PVC cable
2 x 0.34 mm2
5 mm
TPU /
brass
250 AC
300 DC
-25...90
IP 67
E10188
5 m orange
PUR / PVC cable
mm2
TPU /
brass
250 AC
300 DC
-25...90
IP 67
E10214
For industrial
applications
2 x 0.34
5 mm
Sockets
Cable plugs
Cables
Splitter boxes
For oils
and coolants
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
For hazardous
areas
198 - 204
204 - 205
206 - 207
208 - 210
210 - 211
212 - 214
214 - 215
Complete
ifm product
range
Page
198
Ta
[V]
[C]
Protection
Goldcontacts
LEDs
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
Group 6 Socket M12, 5/4-pole, 2-wire

2 m black
PUR / PVC cable
2 x 0.34 mm2
5 mm
TPU /
brass
250 AC
300 DC
-25...90
IP 67
E10216
5 m orange
PUR / PVC cable
2 x 0.34 mm2
5 mm
TPU /
brass
250 AC
300 DC
-25...90
IP 67
E10215

2 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.34 mm2
4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
250 AC
300 DC
-25...90
IP 68 /
IP 69K
10
EVC004
5 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.34 mm2
4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
250 AC
300 DC
-25...90
IP 68 /
IP 69K
10
EVC005
10 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.34 mm2
4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
250 AC
300 DC
-25...90
IP 68 /
IP 69K
10
EVC006
2 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.34 mm2
4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
250 AC
300 DC
-25...90
IP 68 /
IP 69K
11
EVC001
5 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.34 mm2
4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
250 AC
300 DC
-25...90
IP 68 /
IP 69K
11
EVC002
10 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.34 mm2
4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
250 AC
300 DC
-25...90
IP 68 /
IP 69K
11
EVC003
wirable
PA /
brass
125 AC
150 DC
-25...90
IP 68 /
IP 69 K
12
E11302
wirable
...0.75 mm2
( 4...6 mm)
PA /
brass
250
AC/DC
-25...100
IP 68
13
E11509
wirable
...0.75 mm2
( 4...6 mm)
PA /
brass
250
AC/DC
-25...100
IP 68
14
E11508
List of articles
Level sensors
Material
housing /
nut
Flow sensors
Core
specification
Pressure
sensors
Cable
Temperature
sensors
Type
General
information
4 x 0.34 mm2
4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
10...36
DC
-25...90
IP 68 /
IP 69K
green /
2 x yel.
15
EVC007
5 m black
PUR cable
mm2
4 x 0.34
4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
10...36
DC
-25...90
IP 68 /
IP 69K
green /
2 x yel.
15
EVC008
10 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.34 mm2
4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
10...36
DC
-25...90
IP 68 /
IP 69K
green /
2 x yel.
15
EVC009
PA /
brass
10...30
DC
-25...100
IP 68
green /
yellow
16
E11510
Group 10 Socket M12, 4-pole, LED, PNP

...0.75 mm2
( 4...6 mm)
wirable
For industrial
applications
Sockets
Cable plugs
Cables
Splitter boxes
For oils
and coolants
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
For hazardous
areas
198 - 204
204 - 205
206 - 207
208 - 210
210 - 211
212 - 214
214 - 215
Complete
ifm product
range
Page
199
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Connection
technology
Accessories
2 m black
PUR cable
Technical
information
and customer
service
Diagnostic
systems
Group 8 Socket M12, 4-pole
Type
Cable
For industrial
applications
Core
specification
Material
housing /
nut
Ta
[V]
[C]
Protection
Goldcontacts
LEDs
Drawing
no.
Order
no.

...0.75 mm2
( 4...6 mm)
PA
10...30
DC
-40...85
IP 67
green /
yellow
17
E10136
2 m black
PUR cable
5 x 0.34 mm2
4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
30 AC
36 DC
-25...90
IP 68 /
IP 69K
18
EVC073
5 m black
PUR cable
5 x 0.34 mm2
4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
30 AC
36 DC
-25...90
IP 68 /
IP 69K
18
EVC074
10 m black
PUR cable
5 x 0.34 mm2
4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
30 AC
36 DC
-25...90
IP 68 /
IP 69K
18
EVC075
2 m black
PUR cable
5 x 0.34 mm2
4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
30 AC
36 DC
-25...90
IP 68 /
IP 69K
19
EVC070
5 m black
PUR cable
5 x 0.34 mm2
4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
30 AC
36 DC
-25...90
IP 68 /
IP 69K
19
EVC071
10 m black
PUR cable
5 x 0.34 mm2
4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
30 AC
36 DC
-25...90
IP 68 /
IP 69K
19
EVC072
TPU /
brass
30 AC
36 DC
-25...90
IP 67
20
E10976
TPU /
brass
30 AC
36 DC
-25...90
IP 67
20
E10977
TPU /
brass
30 AC
36 DC
-25...90
IP 67
20
E20738
wirable

5 m black
PUR / PVC cable
6 x 0.34 mm2
6 mm

10 m black
PUR / PVC cable
6 x 0.34 mm2
6 mm
Group 14 Socket M12, 8-pole, 7-wire + screen

2 m orange
PUR cable
7 x 0.25 mm2 +
screen
Group 15 Socket M12, 8-pole, 8-wire, for temperature sensors TR 8...

2 m black
PUR cable
8 x 0.25 mm2
6.2 mm
PUR /
brass
30 AC
36 DC
-25...80
IP 68
21
E11231
5 m black
PUR cable
8 x 0.25 mm2
6.2 mm
PUR /
brass
30 AC
36 DC
-25...80
IP 68
21
E11232
10 m black
PUR cable
8 x 0.25 mm2
6.2 mm
PUR /
brass
30 AC
36 DC
-25...80
IP 68
22
E11311
For industrial
applications
Sockets
Cable plugs
Cables
Splitter boxes
For oils
and coolants
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
For hazardous
areas
198 - 204
204 - 205
206 - 207
208 - 210
210 - 211
212 - 214
214 - 215
Complete
ifm product
range
Page
200
[V]
[C]
Protection
Goldcontacts
LEDs
Drawing
no.
Order
no.

5 m black
PUR cable
8 x 0.34 mm2
+ 2 x 0.75 mm2
PUR /
brass
30 DC
-25...90
IP 68
23
E11226
10 m black
PUR cable
8 x 0.34 mm2
+ 2 x 0.75 mm2
PUR /
brass
30 DC
-25...90
IP 68
23
E11227
Group 17 Socket , 14-pole, 12-wire

2 m black
PUR cable
10 x 0.25 mm2
+ 2 x 0.34 mm2
PUR /
brass
30 DC
-25...90
IP 67
24
E11645
5 m black
PUR cable
10 x 0.25 mm2
+ 2 x 0.34 mm2
PUR /
brass
30 DC
-25...90
IP 67
24
E11697
wirable
...0.75 mm2
( 6...8 mm)
PA
20...250
AC/DC
-40...85
IP 65
25
E10013
wirable
...0.75 mm2
( 6...8 mm)
PA /
ULTRAMID
20...250
AC/DC
-40...85
IP 65
26
E10137
soldering
...0.25 mm2
( 6...8 mm)
brass
4.5...30
DC
-40...85
IP 67
27
E60174
soldering
...0.25 mm2
( 6...8 mm)
brass
4.5...30
DC
-40...85
IP 67
28
E60175
Temperature
sensors
List of articles
Ta
Level sensors
Flow sensors
Material
housing /
nut
Pressure
sensors
Core
specification
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Cable
Group 20 Socket M23, 12-pole, numbering anticlockwise

...1 mm2
( 10...14 mm)
brass
10...30
DC
-25...90
IP 65
29
E10447
soldering
...1 mm2
( 10...14 mm)
brass
10...30
DC
-25...90
IP 65
30
E10448
brass
4.5...30
DC
-40...125
IP 67
31
E60124
-40...125
IP 67
32
E60122
Accessories
soldering
Connection
technology
Type
General
information
...1 mm2
8 mm
soldering
Group 22 Socket M23, 12-pole, numbering clockwise, for encoders

...1 mm2
8 mm
soldering
For industrial
applications
brass
4.5...30
DC
Sockets
Cable plugs
Cables
Splitter boxes
For oils
and coolants
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
For hazardous
areas
198 - 204
204 - 205
206 - 207
208 - 210
210 - 211
212 - 214
214 - 215
Complete
ifm product
range
Page
201
Technical
information
and customer
service
Group 21 Socket M23, 12-pole, numbering clockwise
Type
Cable
For industrial
applications
Core
specification
Material
housing /
nut
Ta
[V]
[C]
Protection
Goldcontacts
LEDs
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
Group 22 Socket M23, 12-pole, numbering clockwise, for encoders

soldering
...1 mm2
( 4.5...6 mm)
brass
4.5...30
DC
-40...125
IP 67
33
E60136
5m
PUR cable
8 x 0.14 mm2
+ 4 x 0.5 mm2
brass
4.5...30
DC
-25...80
IP 67
34
E60144
10 m
PUR cable
8 x 0.14 mm2
+ 4 x 0.5 mm2
brass
4.5...30
DC
-25...80
IP 67
34
E60147
brass
4.5...30
DC
-40...125
IP 67
35
E60141
brass
4.5...30
DC
-40...125
IP 67
36
E60157
...0.5 mm2
8 mm
brass
4.5...30
DC
-40...125
IP 67
37
E60146
5 m black
PUR cable
8 x 0.5 mm2 +
3 x 1.0 mm2
PUR /
brass
250
AC/DC
-25...80
IP 67
38
E11736
10 m black
PUR cable
8 x 0.5 mm2
+ 3 x 1.0 mm2
PUR /
brass
250
AC/DC
-25...80
IP 67
38
E11737
15 m black
PUR cable
8 x 0.5 mm2
+ 3 x 1.0 mm2
PUR /
brass
250
AC/DC
-25...80
IP 67
38
E11738
5 m black
PUR cable
8 x 0.5 mm2
+ 3 x 1.0 mm2
PUR /
brass
250
AC/DC
-25...80
IP 67
39
E11739
10 m black
PUR cable
8 x 0.5 mm2
+ 3 x 1.0 mm2
PUR /
brass
250
AC/DC
-25...80
IP 67
39
E11740
15 m black
PUR cable
8 x 0.5 mm2
+ 3 x 1.0 mm2
PUR /
brass
250
AC/DC
-25...80
IP 67
39
E11741
5 m black
PUR cable
16 x 0.5 mm2
+ 3 x 1.0 mm2
PUR /
brass
160
AC/DC
-25...80
IP 67
40
E11742
10 m black
PUR cable
mm2
PUR /
brass
160
AC/DC
-25...80
IP 67
40
E11743
Group 23 Plug M23, 12-pole, numbering anticlockwise

...1 mm2
8 mm
soldering

...0.5 mm2
8 mm
Soldering/crimping
connection

Soldering/crimping
connection
Group 26 Socket , 12-pole
Group 27 Socket , J-pole
For industrial
applications
16 x 0.5
+ 3 x 1.0 mm2
Sockets
Cable plugs
Cables
Splitter boxes
For oils
and coolants
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
For hazardous
areas
198 - 204
204 - 205
206 - 207
208 - 210
210 - 211
212 - 214
214 - 215
Complete
ifm product
range
Page
202
Material
housing /
nut
Ta
[V]
[C]
Protection
Goldcontacts
LEDs
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
Group 27 Socket , J-pole

15 m black
PUR cable
16 x 0.5 mm2
+ 3 x 1.0 mm2
PUR /
brass
160
AC/DC
-25...80
IP 67
40
E11744
5 m black
PUR cable
16 x 0.5 mm2
+ 3 x 1.0 mm2
PUR /
brass
160
AC/DC
-25...80
IP 67
41
E11745
10 m black
PUR cable
16 x 0.5 mm2
+ 3 x 1.0 mm2
PUR /
brass
160
AC/DC
-25...80
IP 67
41
E11746
15 m black
PUR cable
16 x 0.5 mm2
+ 3 x 1.0 mm2
PUR /
brass
160
AC/DC
-25...80
IP 67
41
E11747
List of articles
Core
specification
Level sensors
Cable
Flow sensors
Type
General
information
3 x AWG22
5.2 mm
TPU /
brass
250 AC
300 DC
-25...90
IP 67
42
E10190
5 m yellow
PVC cable
3 x 0.34 mm2
5.2 mm
TPU /
brass
250 AC
300 DC
-25...90
IP 67
42
E10200
2 m yellow
PVC cable
3 x AWG22
5.2 mm
TPU /
brass
250 AC
300 DC
-25...90
IP 67
43
E10189
5 m yellow
PVC cable
3 x AWG22
5.2 mm
TPU /
brass
250 AC
300 DC
-25...90
IP 67
43
E10191
Temperature
sensors
2 m yellow
PVC cable
Pressure
sensors
Group 28 Socket 1/2", 2-pole + PE, 3-wire
TPU /
brass
300 AC
-25...90
IP 67
44
E11248
10 m black
PUR cable
mm2
4 x 0.34
4.7 mm
TPU /
brass
300 AC
-25...90
IP 67
44
E11249
5 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.34 mm2
4.7 mm
TPU /
brass
300 AC
-25...90
IP 67
45
E11250
10 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.34 mm2
4.7 mm
TPU /
brass
300 AC
-25...90
IP 67
45
E11251
TPU
250 AC
-40...90
IP 68
46
E20428
TPU
10...30
DC
-40...90
IP 68
46
E20430
... 250 AC
-40...125
...300 DC
IP 65
47
E10058
Group 30 Socket 7/8", 2-pole + PE, 3-wire
Accessories
3 x 0.75 mm2
5.2 mm
Group 31 Socket 7/8", 3-pole, 3-wire

2 m orange
PVC cable
3 x 0.75 mm2
5.2 mm
Group 32 Socket DIN A (DIN 43650)

...1.5 mm2
( 6...8 mm)
wirable
For industrial
applications
PA
Sockets
Cable plugs
Cables
Splitter boxes
For oils
and coolants
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
For hazardous
areas
198 - 204
204 - 205
206 - 207
208 - 210
210 - 211
212 - 214
214 - 215
Complete
ifm product
range
Page
203
Technical
information
and customer
service
2 m orange
PVC cable
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
4 x 0.34 mm2
4.7 mm
Connection
technology
5 m black
PUR cable
Diagnostic
systems
Group 29 Socket 1/2", 5-pole, 4-wire
Type
Cable
For industrial
applications
Core
specification
Material
housing /
nut
Ta
[V]
[C]
Protection
Goldcontacts
LEDs
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
Group 33 Socket Rd24, 6-pole + PE

wirable
...2.5 mm2
( 10...12 mm)
PBT
250 AC
300 DC
-40...100
IP 67
48
E70142
wirable
...2.5 mm2
( 6...8 mm)
PBT /
PA
250 AC
300 DC
-40...100
IP 67
49
E11043
9.6...30
DC
-40...85
IP 67 /
IP 69K
50
E11273
Group 34 Socket bayonet, for pressure sensors type PP....

2 m black
PUR cable
For industrial
applications
4 x 0.5 mm2
Hytrel G-4774
Sockets
Cable plugs
Cables
Splitter boxes
For oils
and coolants
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
For hazardous
areas
198 - 204
204 - 205
206 - 207
208 - 210
210 - 211
212 - 214
214 - 215
Complete
ifm product
range
Page
204
Material
housing /
nut
Ta
Protection
Goldcontacts
LEDs
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
[V]
[C]
-25...90
IP 67
51
E10838
Group 35 Plug M12, 2-pole + PE, 3-wire

3 x 0.5 mm2
4.8 mm
0.6 m
PUR cable
PUR / stainless
24 AC/DC
steel (316S12)
Group 36 Plug M12, 4-pole

wirable
...0.75 mm2
( 4...6 mm)
PA /
brass
250
AC/DC
-25...100
IP 68
52
E11504
wirable
...0.75 mm2
( 4...6 mm)
PA /
brass
250
AC/DC
-25...100
IP 68
53
E11505
wirable
...0.75 mm2
( 4...6 mm)
PA /
brass
125
AC/DC
-25...100
IP 68
54
E11506
wirable
...0.75 mm2
( 4...6 mm)
PA /
brass
125
AC/DC
-25...100
IP 68
55
E11507
List of articles
Core
specification
Level sensors
Cable
Flow sensors
Type
General
information
brass
4.5...30
DC
-40...125
IP 67
56
E60123
soldering
...1 mm2
4.5 mm
brass
4.5...30
DC
-40...125
IP 67
56
E60128
Temperature
sensors
Diagnostic
systems
...1 mm2
6 mm
Technical
information
and customer
service
Accessories
Connection
technology
soldering
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Group 38 Plug M23, 12-pole, numbering clockwise
Pressure
sensors
For industrial
applications
Sockets
Cable plugs
Cables
Splitter boxes
For oils
and coolants
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
For hazardous
areas
198 - 204
204 - 205
206 - 207
208 - 210
210 - 211
212 - 214
214 - 215
Complete
ifm product
range
Page
205
Type
Cable
For industrial
applications
Core
specification
Material
housing /
nut
Ta
[V]
[C]
Protection
Goldcontacts
LEDs
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
Group 39 Jumper M8 plug, 4-pole / M8 socket, 3-pole

1 m black
PUR cable
3 x 0.25 mm2
4.1 mm
PUR /
brass
60 AC
75 DC
-25...85
IP 68
57
E11267
2 m black
PUR cable
3 x 0.25 mm2
4.1 mm
PUR /
brass
60 AC
75 DC
-25...85
IP 68
57
E11268

1 m black
PUR cable
3 x 0.25 mm2
4.1 mm
PUR /
brass
60 AC
75 DC
-25...85
IP 68
58
E11202
2 m black
PUR cable
3 x 0.25 mm2
4.1 mm
PUR /
brass
60 AC
75 DC
-25...85
IP 68
58
E11203
1 m black
PUR cable
3 x 0.25 mm2
4.1 mm
PUR /
brass
60 AC
75 DC
-25...85
IP 68
59
E11204
2 m black
PUR cable
mm2
PUR /
brass
60 AC
75 DC
-25...85
IP 68
59
E11205
3 x 0.25
4.1 mm

1 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.25 mm2
4.4 mm
PUR /
brass
60 AC
75 DC
-25...80
IP 68
60
E11206
2 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.25 mm2
4.4 mm
PUR /
brass
60 AC
75 DC
-25...80
IP 68
60
E11207
1 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.25 mm2
4.4 mm
PUR /
brass
60 AC
75 DC
-25...80
IP 68
61
E11208
2 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.25 mm2
4.4 mm
PUR /
brass
60 AC
75 DC
-25...80
IP 68
61
E11209

1 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.25 mm2
4.4 mm
PUR /
brass
60 AC
75 DC
-25...85
IP 68
62
E11210
2 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.25 mm2
4.4 mm
PUR /
brass
60 AC
75 DC
-25...85
IP 68
62
E11211
1 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.25 mm2
4.4 mm
PUR /
brass
60 AC
75 DC
-25...85
IP 68
63
E11212
2 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.25 mm2
4.4 mm
PUR /
brass
60 AC
75 DC
-25...85
IP 68
63
E11213
Group 43 Jumper M12, 3-pole, 3-wire, LED

0.6 m black
PUR cable
3 x 0.34 mm2
4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
10...36
DC
-25...90
IP 68 /
IP 69K
green /
yellow
64
EVC051
1 m black
PUR cable
3 x 0.34 mm2
4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
10...36
DC
-25...90
IP 68 /
IP 69K
green /
yellow
64
EVC052
2 m black
PUR cable
3 x 0.34 mm2
4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
10...36
DC
-25...90
IP 68 /
IP 69K
green /
yellow
64
EVC053
5 m black
PUR cable
3 x 0.34 mm2
4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
10...36
DC
-25...90
IP 68 /
IP 69K
green /
yellow
64
EVC054
4 x 0.34 mm2
4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
250 AC
300 DC
-25...90
IP 68 /
IP 69K
65
EVC011
mm2
TPU /
brass
250 AC
300 DC
-25...90
IP 68 /
IP 69K
65
EVC012
Group 44 Jumper M12, 4-pole, 4-wire

0.6 m black
PUR cable
1 m black
PUR cable
For industrial
applications
4 x 0.34
4.9 mm
Sockets
Cable plugs
Cables
Splitter boxes
For oils
and coolants
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
For hazardous
areas
198 - 204
204 - 205
206 - 207
208 - 210
210 - 211
212 - 214
214 - 215
Complete
ifm product
range
Page
206
Material
housing /
nut
Ta
[V]
[C]
Protection
Goldcontacts
LEDs
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
Group 44 Jumper M12, 4-pole, 4-wire

2 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.34 mm2
4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
250 AC
300 DC
-25...90
IP 68 /
IP 69K
65
EVC013
5 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.34 mm2
4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
250 AC
300 DC
-25...90
IP 68 /
IP 69K
65
EVC014
0.6 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.34 mm2
4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
250 AC
300 DC
-25...90
IP 68 /
IP 69K
66
EVC031
1 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.34 mm2
4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
250 AC
300 DC
-25...90
IP 68 /
IP 69K
66
EVC032
2 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.34 mm2
4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
250 AC
300 DC
-25...90
IP 68 /
IP 69K
66
EVC033
5 m black
PUR cable
mm2
TPU /
brass
250 AC
300 DC
-25...90
IP 68 /
IP 69K
66
EVC034
4 x 0.34
4.9 mm
List of articles
Core
specification
Level sensors
Cable
Flow sensors
Type
General
information
-25...80
IP 67
yellow
67
E11416
0.6 m black
PUR cable
3 x 0.5 mm2
5 mm
PUR /
brass
24 AC/DC
-25...80
IP 67
yellow
67
E11417
Group 46 Jumper M12 / DIN B, 3-pole, 3-wire, LED

0.3 m black
PUR cable
3 x 0.5 mm2
5 mm
PUR /
brass
24 AC/DC
-25...80
IP 67
yellow
68
E11421
0.6 m black
PUR cable
3 x 0.5 mm2
5 mm
PUR /
brass
24 AC/DC
-25...80
IP 67
yellow
68
E11422
Group 47 Jumper M12 / DIN C, 3/4-pole, 3-wire, LED

0.3 m black
PUR cable
3 x 0.5 mm2
5 mm
PUR /
brass
24 AC/DC
-25...80
IP 65
yellow
69
E11426
0.6 m black
PUR cable
3 x 0.5 mm2
5 mm
PUR /
brass
24 AC/DC
-25...80
IP 65
yellow
69
E11427
Group 48 Jumper M12 / Indu.Std. B, 3-pole, 3-wire, LED

0.3 m black
PUR cable
3 x 0.5 mm2
5 mm
PUR /
brass
24 AC/DC
-25...80
IP 67
yellow
70
E11431
0.6 m black
PUR cable
mm2
PUR /
brass
24 AC/DC
-25...80
IP 67
yellow
70
E11432
PA / stainless
steel (320S31)
9.6...30
DC
-40...85
IP 67
71
E11274
-25...90
IP 67
2x
yellow
72
E70203
3 x 0.5
5 mm
Temperature
sensors
24 AC/DC
Diagnostic
systems
PUR /
brass
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
3 x 0.5 mm2
5 mm
Connection
technology
0.3 m black
PUR cable
Pressure
sensors
Group 45 Jumper M12 / DIN A, 3/4-pole, 3-wire, LED
Group 50 Y-jumper M12 plug / 2 x valve plug type A (to DIN 43650)
3 x 0.5 mm2
4.8 mm
1 m black
PUR cable
For industrial
applications
TPU /
brass
10...30
DC
Sockets
Cable plugs
Cables
Splitter boxes
For oils
and coolants
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
For hazardous
areas
198 - 204
204 - 205
206 - 207
208 - 210
210 - 211
212 - 214
214 - 215
Complete
ifm product
range
Page
207
Technical
information
and customer
service
4 x 0.5 mm2
6 mm
2 m black
PUR cable
Accessories
Group 49 Jumper M12 plug, 4-pole / socket bayonet
Type
For industrial
applications
Cable
Core
specification
Material
housing /
nut
Ta
[V]
[C]
Protection
Goldcontacts
LEDs
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
Group 51 Splitter box M8, 3-pole

5 m black
PUR cable
8 x 0.34 mm2
+ 2 x 0.75 mm2
PBT-GF 20
10...30
DC
-25...90
IP 68
green /
8 x yel.
73
E11214
10 m black
PUR cable
8 x 0.34 mm2
+ 2 x 0.75 mm2
PBT-GF 20
10...30
DC
-25...90
IP 68
green /
8 x yel.
73
E11215
M12 connector
PBT-GF 20
10...30
DC
-25...90
IP 68
green /
4 x yel.
74
E11216
5 m black
PUR cable
16 x 0.34 mm2
+ 2 x 0.75 mm2
PBT-GF 20
10...30
DC
-25...90
IP 68
green /
16x yel.
75
E11217
10 m black
PUR cable
mm2
16 x 0.34
+ 2 x 0.75 mm2
PBT-GF 20
10...30
DC
-25...90
IP 68
green /
16x yel.
75
E11218
M16 connector
PBT-GF 20
10...30
DC
-25...90
IP 68
green /
8 x yel.
76
E11219
5 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.25 mm2
5 mm
TPU /
brass
10...55
DC
-25...90
IP 67
77
E10437
5 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.34 mm2
+ 3 x 0.75 mm2
TPU
60 AC
75 DC
-15...80
IP 67
78
E11717
Group 52 Splitter box M8, 4-pole
Group 53 M12 splitter box for 1 signal
mm2
10 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.34
+ 3 x 0.75 mm2
TPU
60 AC
75 DC
-15...80
IP 67
78
E11718
5 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.34 mm2
+ 3 x 0.75 mm2
TPU
10...30
DC
-15...80
IP 67
green /
4 x yel.
78
E10278
10 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.34 mm2
+ 3 x 0.75 mm2
TPU
10...30
DC
-15...80
IP 67
green /
4 x yel.
78
E10279
5 m black
PUR cable
6 x 0.34 mm2
+ 3 x 0.75 mm2
TPU
60 AC
75 DC
-15...80
IP 67
79
E11720
10 m black
PUR cable
6 x 0.34 mm2
+ 3 x 0.75 mm2
TPU
60 AC
75 DC
-15...80
IP 67
79
E11721
5 m black
PUR cable
6 x 0.34 mm2
+ 3 x 0.75 mm2
TPU
10...30
DC
-15...80
IP 67
green /
6 x yel.
80
E10280
mm2
10 m black
PUR cable
6 x 0.34
+ 3 x 0.75 mm2
TPU
10...30
DC
-15...80
IP 67
green /
6 x yel.
80
E10281
5 m black
PUR cable
8 x 0.34 mm2
+ 3 x 0.75 mm2
TPU
60 AC
75 DC
-15...80
IP 67
81
E11723
10 m black
PUR cable
8 x 0.34 mm2
+ 3 x 0.75 mm2
TPU
60 AC
75 DC
-15...80
IP 67
81
E11724
5 m black
PUR cable
8 x 0.34 mm2
+ 3 x 0.75 mm2
TPU
10...30
DC
-15...80
IP 67
green /
8 x yel.
82
E10282
10 m black
PUR cable
8 x 0.34 mm2
+ 3 x 0.75 mm2
TPU
10...30
DC
-15...80
IP 67
green /
8 x yell.
82
E10283
For industrial
applications
Sockets
Cable plugs
Cables
Splitter boxes
For oils
and coolants
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
For hazardous
areas
198 - 204
204 - 205
206 - 207
208 - 210
210 - 211
212 - 214
214 - 215
Complete
ifm product
range
Page
208
Ta
[V]
[C]
Protection
Goldcontacts
LEDs
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
Group 53 M12 splitter box for 1 signal
TPU
60 AC
75 DC
-15...80
IP 67
83
E11719
M23 connector
TPU
10...30
DC
-15...80
IP 67
green /
4 x yel.
84
E11735
M23 connector
TPU
60 AC
75 DC
-15...80
IP 67
85
E11722
M23 connector
TPU
10...30
DC
-15...80
IP 67
green /
6 x yel.
86
E10445
M23 connector
TPU
60 AC
75 DC
-15...80
IP 67
87
E11725
M23 connector
TPU
10...30
DC
-15...80
IP 67
green /
8 x yel.
88
E10446
5 m black
PUR cable
8 x 0.5 mm2
+ 3 x 1.0 mm2
TPU
60 AC
75 DC
-15...80
IP 67
89
E11726
10 m black
PUR cable
8 x 0.5 mm2
+ 3 x 1.0 mm2
TPU
60 AC
75 DC
-15...80
IP 67
89
E11727
5 m black
PUR cable
8 x 0.5 mm2
+ 3 x 1.0 mm2
TPU
10...30
DC
-15...80
IP 67
green /
8 x yel.
90
E11017
10 m black
PUR cable
8 x 0.5 mm2
+ 3 x 1.0 mm2
TPU
10...30
DC
-15...80
IP 67
green /
8 x yel.
90
E11018
5 m black
PUR cable
12 x 0.5 mm2
+ 3 x 1.0 mm2
TPU
60 AC
75 DC
-15...80
IP 67
91
E11729
10 m black
PUR cable
mm2
12 x 0.5
+ 3 x 1.0 mm2
TPU
60 AC
75 DC
-15...80
IP 67
91
E11730
5 m black
PUR cable
12 x 0.5 mm2
+ 3 x 1.0 mm2
TPU
10...30
DC
-15...80
IP 67
green /
12 x yel.
92
E11019
10 m
PUR cable
12 x 0.5 mm2
+ 3 x 1.0 mm2
TPU
10...30
DC
-15...80
IP 67
green /
12 x yel.
92
E11020
5 m black
PUR cable
16 x 0.5 mm2
+ 3 x 1.0 mm2
TPU
60 AC
75 DC
-15...80
IP 67
93
E11732
10 m black
PUR cable
16 x 0.5 mm2
+ 3 x 1.0 mm2
TPU
60 AC
75 DC
-15...80
IP 67
93
E11733
5 m black
PUR cable
16 x 0.5 mm2
+ 3 x 1.0 mm2
TPU
10...30
DC
-15...80
IP 67
green /
16 x yel.
94
E11021
For industrial
applications
Sockets
Cable plugs
Cables
Splitter boxes
For oils
and coolants
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
For hazardous
areas
198 - 204
204 - 205
206 - 207
208 - 210
210 - 211
212 - 214
214 - 215
Complete
ifm product
range
Page
209
Connection
technology
Group 54 M12 splitter box for 2 signals
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
M23 connector
List of articles
Level sensors
Material
housing /
nut
Flow sensors
Core
specification
Accessories
Cable
Technical
information
and customer
service
Type
General
information
Type
Cable
For industrial
applications
Core
specification
Material
housing /
nut
Ta
[V]
[C]
Protection
Goldcontacts
LEDs
Drawing
no.
Order
no.
Group 54 M12 splitter box for 2 signals

10 m
PUR cable
16 x 0.5 mm2 + 3
x 1.0 mm2
TPU
10...30
DC
-15...80
IP 67
green /
16 x yel.
94
E11022
M23 connector
TPU
60 AC
75 DC
-15...80
IP 67
95
E11728
M23 connector
TPU
10...30
DC
-15...80
IP 67
green /
8 x yel.
96
E10945
M23 connector
TPU
60 AC
75 DC
-15...80
IP 67
97
E11731
M23 connector
TPU
10...30
DC
-15...80
IP 67
green /
12 x yel.
98
E10946
M23 connector
TPU
60 AC
75 DC
-15...80
IP 67
99
E11734
M23 connector
TPU
10...30
DC
-15...80
IP 67
green /
16 x yel.
100
E10659
For industrial
applications
Sockets
Cable plugs
Cables
Splitter boxes
For oils
and coolants
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
For hazardous
areas
198 - 204
204 - 205
206 - 207
208 - 210
210 - 211
212 - 214
214 - 215
Complete
ifm product
range
Page
210
Ta
[V]
[C]
Protection
Goldcontacts
LEDs
Drawing
no.
Order
no.

4 x 0.34 mm2
4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
250 AC
300 DC
-25...90
IP 68 /
IP 69K
10
EVC004
5 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.34 mm2
4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
250 AC
300 DC
-25...90
IP 68 /
IP 69K
10
EVC005
10 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.34 mm2
4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
250 AC
300 DC
-25...90
IP 68 /
IP 69K
10
EVC006
2 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.34 mm2
4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
250 AC
300 DC
-25...90
IP 68 /
IP 69K
11
EVC001
5 m black
PUR cable
mm2
4 x 0.34
4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
250 AC
300 DC
-25...90
IP 68 /
IP 69K
11
EVC002
10 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.34 mm2
4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
250 AC
300 DC
-25...90
IP 68 /
IP 69K
11
EVC003
Pressure
sensors
2 m black
PUR cable
List of articles
Level sensors
Material
housing /
nut
Flow sensors
Core
specification

4 x 0.34 mm2
4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
10...36
DC
-25...90
IP 68 /
IP 69K
green /
2 x yel.
15
EVC007
5 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.34 mm2
4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
10...36
DC
-25...90
IP 68 /
IP 69K
green /
2 x yel.
15
EVC008
10 m black
PUR cable
4 x 0.34 mm2
4.9 mm
TPU /
brass
10...36
DC
-25...90
IP 68 /
IP 69K
green /
2 x yel.
15
EVC009
Technical
information
and customer
service
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
2 m black
PUR cable
Temperature
sensors
Cable
Diagnostic
systems
Type
General
information
For industrial
applications
Sockets
Cable plugs
Cables
Splitter boxes
For oils
and coolants
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
For hazardous
areas
198 - 204
204 - 205
206 - 207
208 - 210
210 - 211
212 - 214
214 - 215
Complete
ifm product
range
Page
211
Type
Cable
For hygienic areas

and viscous media
Core
specification
Material
housing /
nut
Ta
[V]
[C]
Protection
Goldcontacts
LEDs
Drawing
no.
Order
no.

5 m orange
PVC cable
4 x 0.25 mm2
5 mm
PVC / stainless
steel (316S12)
60 AC
75 DC
-25...90
IP 68
101
E11220
10 m orange
PVC cable
4 x 0.25 mm2
5 mm
PVC / stainless
steel (316S12)
60 AC
75 DC
-25...90
IP 68
101
E11221
25 m orange
PVC cable
4 x 0.25 mm2
5 mm
PVC / stainless
steel (316S12)
60 AC
75 DC
-25...90
IP 68
101
E11222
5 m orange
PVC cable
4 x 0.25 mm2
5 mm
PVC / stainless
steel (316S12)
60 AC
75 DC
-25...90
IP 68
102
E11223
10 m orange
PVC cable
mm2
4 x 0.25
5 mm
PVC / stainless
steel (316S12)
60 AC
75 DC
-25...90
IP 68
102
E11224
25 m orange
PVC cable
4 x 0.25 mm2
5 mm
PVC / stainless
steel (316S12)
60 AC
75 DC
-25...90
IP 68
102
E11225
5 m orange
PVC cable
4 x 0.34 mm2
4.9 mm
PVC / stainless
steel (316S12)
250 AC
300 DC
-25...100
IP 68 /
IP 69K
103
EVT004
10 m orange
PVC cable
4 x 0.34 mm2
4.9 mm
PVC / stainless
steel (316S12)
250 AC
300 DC
-25...100
IP 68 /
IP 69K
103
EVT005
25 m orange
PVC cable
4 x 0.34 mm2
4.9 mm
PVC / stainless
steel (316S12)
250 AC
300 DC
-25...100
IP 68 /
IP 69K
103
EVT006
5 m orange
PVC cable
4 x 0.34 mm2
4.9 mm
PVC / stainless
steel (316S12)
250 AC
300 DC
-25...100
IP 68 /
IP 69K
104
EVT001
10 m orange
PVC cable
4 x 0.34 mm2
4.9 mm
PVC / stainless
steel (316S12)
250 AC
300 DC
-25...100
IP 68 /
IP 69K
104
EVT002
25 m orange
PVC cable
4 x 0.34 mm2
4.9 mm
PVC / stainless
steel (316S12)
250 AC
300 DC
-25...100
IP 68 /
IP 69K
104
EVT003
wirable
...0.75 mm2
( 4...8 mm)
PBT / stainless
steel
240
AC/DC
-25...90
IP 67 /
IP 69K
105
E11862
wirable
...0.75 mm2
( 4...8 mm)
PBT / stainless
steel
240
AC/DC
-25...90
IP 67 /
IP 69K
106
E11861
5 m orange
PVC cable
4 x 0.34 mm2
4.9 mm
PVC / stainless
steel (316S12)
10...36
DC
-25...100
IP 68 /
IP 69K
green /
2 x yel.
107
EVT007
10 m orange
PVC cable
4 x 0.34 mm2
4.9 mm
PVC / stainless
steel (316S12)
10...36
DC
-25...100
IP 68 /
IP 69K
green /
2 x yel.
107
EVT008
25 m orange
PVC cable
4 x 0.34 mm2
4.9 mm
PVC / stainless
steel (316S12)
10...36
DC
-25...100
IP 68 /
IP 69K
green /
2 x yel.
107
EVT009
For industrial
applications
Sockets
Cable plugs
Cables
Splitter boxes
For oils
and coolants
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
For hazardous
areas
198 - 204
204 - 205
206 - 207
208 - 210
210 - 211
212 - 214
214 - 215
Complete
ifm product
range
Page
212
LEDs
Drawing
no.
Order
no.

...0.75 mm2
( 4...8 mm)
PBT / stainless
steel
10...30
DC
-25...90
IP 67 /
IP 69K
green /
yellow
105
E11863
5 m orange
PVC cable
5 x 0.25 mm2
4.9 mm
PVC / stainless
steel (316S12)
30 AC
36 DC
-25...100
IP 68 /
IP 69K
108
EVT013
10 m orange
PVC cable
5 x 0.25 mm2
4.9 mm
PVC / stainless
steel (316S12)
30 AC
36 DC
-25...100
IP 68 /
IP 69K
108
EVT014
25 m orange
PVC cable
5 x 0.25 mm2
4.9 mm
PVC / stainless
steel (316S12)
30 AC
36 DC
-25...100
IP 68 /
IP 69K
108
EVT015
5 m orange
PVC cable
5 x 0.25 mm2
4.9 mm
PVC / stainless
steel (316S12)
30 AC
36 DC
-25...100
IP 68 /
IP 69K
109
EVT010
10 m orange
PVC cable
5 x 0.25 mm2
4.9 mm
PVC / stainless
steel (316S12)
30 AC
36 DC
-25...100
IP 68 /
IP 69K
109
EVT011
25 m orange
PVC cable
5 x 0.25 mm2
4.9 mm
PVC / stainless
steel (316S12)
30 AC
36 DC
-25...100
IP 68 /
IP 69K
109
EVT012
wirable
...0.75 mm2
( 4...8 mm)
PBT / stainless
steel
240
AC/DC
-25...90
IP 67 /
IP 69K
110
E11858
wirable
...0.75 mm2
( 4...8 mm)
PBT / stainless
steel
240
AC/DC
-25...90
IP 67 /
IP 69K
111
E11857
1 m orange
PVC cable
4 x 0.34 mm2
4.9 mm
PVC / stainless
steel (316S12)
250 AC
300 DC
-25...100
IP 68 /
IP 69K
112
EVT042
2 m orange
PVC cable
4 x 0.34 mm2
4.9 mm
PVC / stainless
steel (316S12)
250 AC
300 DC
-25...100
IP 68 /
IP 69K
112
EVT043
5 m orange
PVC cable
4 x 0.34 mm2
4.9 mm
PVC / stainless
steel (316S12)
250 AC
300 DC
-25...100
IP 68 /
IP 69K
112
EVT044
10 m orange
PVC cable
mm2
PVC / stainless
steel (316S12)
250 AC
300 DC
-25...100
IP 68 /
IP 69K
112
EVT045
250 AC
300 DC
-25...100
IP 67 /
IP 69K
113
E70189
-25...90
IP 67 /
IP 69K
114
E11865
Temperature
sensors
wirable
4 x 0.34
4.9 mm
List of articles
[C]
Goldcontacts
Level sensors
[V]
Protection
Flow sensors
Ta
Pressure
sensors
Diagnostic
systems
Material
housing /
nut
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Core
specification
Connection
technology
Cable
Accessories
Type
General
information
10 m orange
PVC cable
4 x 0.34 mm2
5.3 mm
PVC / stainless
steel (316S12)
...0.75 mm2
( 4...8 mm)
PBT /
60 AC/DC
stainless steel

wirable
For industrial
applications
Sockets
Cable plugs
Cables
Splitter boxes
For oils
and coolants
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
For hazardous
areas
198 - 204
204 - 205
206 - 207
208 - 210
210 - 211
212 - 214
214 - 215
Complete
ifm product
range
Page
213
Technical
information
and customer
service
Group 61 jumper M12 plug, 4-pole / M12 socket, 4-pole, 4-wire
Type
Cable
For hygienic areas

and viscous media
Core
specification
Material
housing /
nut
Ta
[V]
[C]
Protection
Goldcontacts
LEDs
Drawing
no.
Order
no.

...0.75 mm2
( 4...8 mm)
PBT /
60 AC/DC
stainless steel
-25...90
IP 67 /
IP 69K
115
E11864
wirable
...0.75 mm2
( 4...8 mm)
PBT /
60 AC/DC
stainless steel
-25...90
IP 67 /
IP 69K
116
E11860
wirable
...0.75 mm2
( 4...8 mm)
PBT /
60 AC/DC
stainless steel
-25...90
IP 67 /
IP 69K
117
E11859
0.6 m orange
PVC cable
5 x 0.25 mm2
5.3 mm
PVC / st. steel

(316S12)
30 AC
36 DC
-25...100
IP 68 /
IP 69K
118
E11641
1 m orange
PVC cable
5 x 0.25 mm2
5.3 mm
PVC / st. steel

(316S12)
30 AC
36 DC
-25...100
IP 68 /
IP 69K
118
E11642
2 m orange
PVC cable
5 x 0.25 mm2
5.3 mm
PVC / st. steel

(316S12)
30 AC
36 DC
-25...100
IP 68 /
IP 69K
118
E11643
5 m orange
PVC cable
5 x 0.25 mm2
5.3 mm
PVC / st. steel

(316S12)
30 AC
36 DC
-25...100
IP 68 /
IP 69K
118
E11644
high-grade
3 x 0.75 mm2
+ 16 x 0.34 mm2 stainless steel
10...36
DC
-5...70
IP 69K
green /
16 x yel.
119
E11775
wirable
Group 64 Splitter box M12

10 m black
PUR / PVC cable
For industrial
applications
Sockets
Cable plugs
Cables
Splitter boxes
For oils
and coolants
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
For hazardous
areas
198 - 204
204 - 205
206 - 207
208 - 210
210 - 211
212 - 214
214 - 215
Complete
ifm product
range
Page
214
Core
specification
Material
housing /
nut
Ta
[V]
[C]
Protection
Goldcontacts
LEDs
Drawing
no.
Order
no.

2 m blue
PUR / PVC cable
4 x 0.34 mm2
5 mm
TPU /
brass
...15 DC
-25...90
IP 67
120
E10355
5 m blue
PUR / PVC cable
4 x 0.34 mm2
5 mm
TPU /
brass
...15 DC
-25...90
IP 67
120
E10356
2 m blue
PUR / PVC cable
4 x 0.34 mm2
5 mm
TPU /
brass
...15 DC
-25...90
IP 67
121
E10357
5 m blue
PUR / PVC cable
4 x 0.34 mm2
5 mm
TPU /
brass
...15 DC
-25...90
IP 67
121
E10358
List of articles
Cable
Level sensors
Type
General
information
2 m blue
PUR / PVC cable
5 x 0.34 mm2
5 mm
TPU /
brass
...15 DC
-25...90
IP 67
E11693
5 m blue
PUR / PVC cable
mm2
TPU /
brass
...15 DC
-25...90
IP 67
E11694
2 m blue
PUR / PVC cable
5 x 0.34 mm2
6 mm
TPU /
brass
10...30
DC
-25...90
IP 67
E40075
5 m blue
PUR / PVC cable
5 x 0.34 mm2
6 mm
TPU /
brass
10...30
DC
-25...90
IP 67
E40076
TPU / stainless
steel (316S12)
...15 DC
-25...90
IP 67
122
E10853
5 x 0.34
5 mm
Flow sensors
Group 69 Jumper M12 plug / valve plug type A (to DIN 43650)
0.3 m blue
PVC cable
2 x 0.5 mm2
5 mm
TPU / stainless
steel (316S12)
...15 DC
-25...90
IP 67
123
E10821
0.6 m blue
PVC cable
2 x 0.5 mm2
5 mm
TPU / stainless
steel (316S12)
...15 DC
-25...90
IP 67
123
E10822
...15 DC
-25...90
IP 67
124
E10823
Temperature
sensors
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
2 x 0.5 mm2
5.5 mm
0.6 m blue
PVC cable
Diagnostic
systems
Group 68 Plug M12, 5-pole, 2-wire
Pressure
sensors
Group 71 Jumper M12 plug / valve plug type C (to DIN 43650)
0.3 m blue
PVC cable
2 x 0.5 mm2
5 mm
TPU / stainless
steel (316S12)
...15 DC
-25...90
IP 67
125
E10846
0.6 m blue
PUR / PVC cable
2 x 0.5 mm2
5 mm
TPU / stainless
steel (316S12)
...15 DC
-25...90
IP 67
125
E10847
Group 72 Jumper M12 plug / valve plug type B (industrial standard)

0.3 m blue
PVC cable
2 x 0.5 mm2
5 mm
TPU / stainless
steel (316S12)
...15 DC
-25...90
IP 67
126
E10825
0.6 m blue
PVC cable
2 x 0.5 mm2
5 mm
TPU / stainless
steel (316S12)
...15 DC
-25...90
IP 67
126
E10826
For industrial
applications
Sockets
Cable plugs
Cables
Splitter boxes
For oils
and coolants
For hygienic
areas and
viscous media
For hazardous
areas
198 - 204
204 - 205
206 - 207
208 - 210
210 - 211
212 - 214
214 - 215
Complete
ifm product
range
Page
215
Accessories
TPU / stainless
steel (316S12)
Technical
information
and customer
service
2 x 0.5 mm2
5 mm
0.3 m blue
PVC cable
Connection
technology
Group 70 Jumper M12 plug / valve plug type B (to DIN 43650)
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Level sensors
Flow sensors
Pressure
Temperature sensors
Diagnostic systems
Evaluation systems, power supplies
Technical
information
and customer
service
218 - 219
219 - 221
222 - 224
224 - 228
228
228
217
Flow sensors
Level sensors

Pressure
sensors
List of articles
General
information
Accessories

Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
Level sensors
Type
Description
Level sensors
E43000

E43003

E43016
Mounting adapter G 1 D16 for capacitive

E43004

E43001
Mounting adapter, G 3/4 D22
E43008

E43005
Mounting adapter, G 1 D22
E43009

E43006
Mounting adapter 3/4" NPT D16 for

E43012

E43007
Mounting adapter 1" NPT D16 for

E43013
Flange plate 73-90 / G 3/4 for level

sensors LR
E43201
Mounting adapter, 3/4" NPT D22
E43014
Flange plate 73-90 / 3/4" NPT for level

sensors LR
E43206
Mounting adapter, 1" NPT D22
E43015
Flange plate 65-80 / G 3/4 for level

sensors LR
E43202

capacitive level sensors LI
E43019

E43002
Climatic tube, 264 mm
E43100
218
Order
no.
Description
Order
no.
Flow sensors
E43101
Progressive ring T-piece DIN 2353, QL 2818-28
E40080
E43102
E40081
E43103
E40082
Probe for level sensors LR
E43203
E40083
E43204
Progressive ring T-piece DIN 2353, QL 1818-18/G 1/2
E40102
E43205
Adapter block D10 / G 1/4 for flow

sensors type SID, SF5
E40161
Protective cover for LK / LL / LR / LT

sensors
E43910

E40162

E40163
Adapter block D27 / G 1 for flow sensors

type SID, SF5
E40164
Adapter, M18 x 1.5 - G 1/2
E40114
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
List of articles
Level sensors
Type
Level sensors
Order
no.
Flow sensors
Description
Pressure
sensors
Type
General
information

E40048
E40078
E40079
219
Technical
information
and customer
service
Mounting clamp 23 mm for air flow

monitor SLG
Accessories
Flow sensors

Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
Flow sensors
Type
Description
Flow sensors
Adapter, M18 x 1.5 - G 1/4
E40115
Adapter G 1 - R1/2 for flow monitor type

SU8
E40152
Adapter, M18 x 1.5 - M12 x 1
E40128
Adapter G 1 - R3/4 for flow monitor type

SU8
E40153
Adapter M18 x 1.5 - L18 for mounting in

T-pieces
E40104
Aseptoflex adapter, DIN 11864-1A DN50
E33103
Adapter, M18 x 1.5 - M12 x 1
E40101
E30052
Adapter, M18 x 1.5 - M12 x 1
E40100
Aseptoflex adapter, Quick Connect DN40
E33100
Adapter, M18 x 1.5 - G 1/4
E40099

DN32
E33011
Adapter, M18 x 1.5 - G 1/4
E40098
Aseptoflex adapter, SMS 2" GWD
E33072
Adapter, M18 x 1.5 - G 1/2
E40096
Aseptoflex adapter, IDF 2"
E33082
Adapter, M18 x 1.5 - G 1/2
E40097
Aseptoflex adapter, RJT 2"
E33092
Adapter G 3/4 I - R1/2 for flow monitor

type SU7
E40151
Aseptoflex adapter, APV
E33025
220
Order
no.
Order
no.
Flow sensors
E33032
E33021
Aseptoflex adapter, SMS 2.5" / DN 65
E33033
E33022
Aseptoflex adapter with clamping flange,

Brewery D48
E33043

DRD D65
E33042
Aseptoflex adapter, SMS 1.5" GWD
E33071
Aseptoflex adapter, Suedmo DN25
E33051

DN40
E33012
Aseptoflex adapter Suedmo DN25 with

O-ring
E33061
Aseptoflex adapter, DIN11851 - 2" /

DN50
E33013
E40138

DN65
E33014
E40124

DN80
E33015
Flow adapter (for low flow rates), M12 x

1 - G 1/8
E40129
E33001
Flow adapter (for low flow rates), M12 x

1 - G 1/8
E40130
E33031
Flow adapter (for low flow rates), G * - G

1/8
E40057
221
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Aseptoflex adapter, SMS 2" / DN 50
List of articles
Description
Level sensors
Flow sensors
Type
Flow sensors
Order
no.
Pressure
sensors
Description
Technical
information
and customer
service
Type
General
information


Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
Pressure sensors
Type
Description
Pressure sensors
E10017
Adapter, 1/4" NPT - G 1/4
E30058
E10193
Adapter, 1/4" NPT - G 1/2
E30059
E30078
Adapter G 1/4 - DN16 G1/4 small flange

DIN 28403 DN16
E30065
E30079
Adapter, G 1 - Varivent D68
E33622
E30004
Adapter, G 3/4 - Varivent D68
E33922
E30003
Adapter, G 3/4 - DIN11851/1.5" / DN 40
E33912
E30000
Adapter, G 3/4 - DIN11851/1" / DN 25
E33910
E30007
Adapter, G 3/4 - Clamp 2"
E33902
Adapter, G 1/4 - M20 x 1.5
E30010
Adapter, G 3/4 - Clamp 1.5"
E33901
E30050
Adapter, G 1 - DIN11851/1.5" / DN 40
E33612
222
Order
no.
Description
Order
no.
Pressure sensors
E33601
E33001
E33025
E33031
E33032
E33021
E33033
E33022

Brewery D48
E33043

DRD D65
E33042
E33071
E33051

DN40
E33012

O-ring
E33061

DN50
E33013
Welding adapter, G 3/4 - 50 mm
E30009

DN65
E33014
E30013

DN80
E33015
E30072
223
Technical
information
and customer
service
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
List of articles
Pressure sensors
Type
Level sensors
Order
no.
Flow sensors
Description
Pressure
sensors
Type
General
information


Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
Pressure sensors
Type
Description
Order
no.
Temperature sensors
Adapter plug for welding adapter with

Aseptoflex thread
For order No. E30052
E30064
E30079
Adapter plug, G 1
E30070
Thread cover
for types TA
E30090
Adapter plug, G 3/4
E30071
Thread cover
for types TR
E30091
Protective cover
For order No. PP2000, PB5020, PB5021,
PB5022, PB5023, PB5024, PB5026,
PB5027
E30006
Mounting set for direct connection of

temperature sensors TT to control
monitors TR
E30017
Teach button for EPS sensors
E30051
Mounting set, G 1/2
E30089
Protective cover, O-ring: EPDM
E30104
Clamp fitting 6/8/10 mm - G 1/2 for

temperature sensors TS / TT
E30018
Protective cover, O-ring: Viton
E30101
Clamp fitting 6/8/10 mm - 1/2" NPT

for temperature sensors TS / TT
E30025

sensors 10 mm
E34110
Clamp adapter, 10 mm - G 1/2
E34410
Mounting adapter, M18 x 1.5 - 23 mm
E40148
Temperature sensors
E10017
E10193
E30078
224
Description
Order
no.
Temperature sensors
E30107

sensors, 10 mm - 1/2" NPT
E30024
Adapter, M18 x 1.5 - G 1/2
E30073

E30046
E40124

E30047
Welding adapter G 1/2 - 35 mm ball
E30055

sensors, 6 mm - 1/4" NPT
E30049
E30056

E30061
Welding adapter 24.7 mm ball for

temperature sensors 6 mm
E30108
Hygienic thermowell 10 mm for

E34005
Welding adapter 24.8 mm collar for

E30109
Thermowell for temperature sensors

for types TA
E30393
E30052
Thermowell for temperature sensors

10 mm for temperature sensors 10
mm
E34010
Welding thermowell, 10 mm
E35220

10 mm - G 1/2
E35010

E30016

10 mm - G 1/2
E35020
225
Technical
information
and customer
service
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
List of articles
Temperature sensors
Type
Level sensors
Order
no.
Flow sensors
Description
Pressure
sensors
Type
General
information


Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
Temperature sensors
Type
Description
Temperature sensors

10 mm - G 1/2
E35030
Adapter, M18 x 1.5 - G 1/2
E40114

10 mm - G 1/2
E35050
Adapter, M18 x 1.5 - M12 x 1
E40128

10 mm - 1/2" NPT
E35110
Adapter M18 x 1.5 - L18 for mounting in

T-pieces
E40104

10 mm - 1/2" NPT
E35120
Adapter, M18 x 1.5 - M12 x 1
E40101
Thermowell for temperature sensors, 8

mm - G 1/2
E36010
Adapter, M18 x 1.5 - M12 x 1
E40100

mm - G 1/2
E36020
Adapter, M18 x 1.5 - G 1/4
E40099

mm - G 1/2
E36030
Adapter, M18 x 1.5 - G 1/4
E40098

mm - G 1/2
E37010
Adapter, M18 x 1.5 - G 1/2
E40096

mm - G 1/2
E37020
Adapter, M18 x 1.5 - G 1/2
E40097

mm - G 1/2
E37030
Adapter, M18 x 1.5 - 1/2" NPT
E40107
226
Order
no.
Description
Order
no.
Temperature sensors
E30073
E33032
Adapter, G 1/2 - Clamp 1" / 1.5"
E33401
E33033
Adapter, G 1/2 - Clamp 2"
E33402

Brewery D48
E33043
Adapter, G 1/2 - SMS DN25
E33430
E33071
Aseptoflex adapter, DIN 11864-1A DN50
E33103

DN40
E33012

DN32
E33011

DN50
E33013
Aseptoflex adapter, SMS 2" GWD
E33072

DN65
E33014
Aseptoflex adapter, IDF 2"
E33082

DN80
E33015
Aseptoflex adapter, RJT 2"
E33092
E33001
E33025
E33031
227
Technical
information
and customer
service
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Adapter, M18 x 1.5 - G 1/2
List of articles
Temperature sensors
Type
Level sensors
Order
no.
Flow sensors
Description
Pressure
sensors
Type
General
information


Accessories
Type
Description
Order
no.
Temperature sensors
Type
Description
Order
no.
Diagnostic systems
E33021
Pulse generator
E30082
E33022
E11664

DRD D65
E33042
8.4 / 15 mm for efector octavis
E30115
Evaluation systems and power supplies


O-ring
E33051
Angle bracket
for types M18
E10736
Angle bracket
for types M30
E10737
E33061
Diagnostic systems
VES001
Mounting clamp
for types M18
E10076
Parameter setting software for VSExxx
VES003
Mounting clamp
for types M30
E10077
Parameter setting cable for efector

octavis ifm electronic straight / straight
E11572
Target wheel
E89010

straight / straight
E30098
Target for pulse pickups
E89013
Power supply
E30080
228
Technical
information
and customer
service
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
Flow sensors
Level sensors
List of articles
General
information

229
General
information
Wiring diagrams
232 - 234
236 - 238
239 - 242
243 - 248
249 - 251
252
253 - 257
258 - 271
Technical glossary
Connection
technology
272 - 281
ifm information and ordering service

282 - 285
286 - 287
288
289
290 - 291
Technical
information
and customer
service
Other ifm products

Internet service
Customer service
Ordering service
Addresses
Accessories
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Level sensors
Flow sensors
Pressure
Temperature sensors
Diagnostic systems
Pressure
sensors
Scale drawings
Temperature
sensors
Flow sensors
Level sensors
List of articles
231
Wiring diagrams
15
22
1 BN
1 BN
L+
2 WH
4 BK
4: Out 1
3 BU
2: Out - OP
4 BK
L+
OU2
5 GY
n.c.
3 BU
9
BN
L+
L1
L+
InP2
4 BK
4 BK
WH
L+
L1
BK
2
4:
2:
BU
BK
RD
L
L+
L+
BK
L+
25
WH
1: screen (not connected to

the housing)
18
BN
WH
L+
11
24
4
WH
2: Out 2
4: Out 1
17
BN
N
L
10
In+
3 BU
BU
Uref
L+
2 WH
1 BN
BK
In
23
2 WH
2: Out 2
3 BU
4: Out - OP
Out 1
16
1 BN
Out 2
L
4
5
10 V
7
9
OU1
VS2000 Exi
2 WH
L+
2
3
2:
4:
BU
1 BN
L+
3
2 WH
4 BK
3 BU
12
19
2 WH
3 BU
L+
L+
1 BN
4 BK
5 GY
13
20
WH
1
L+
4
2
S2 S1
3
L
BU
BN
BK
2
3
L1
BN
GY
n.c.
4
5
21
BK
N
1
1
BU
AS-i+
3
VS2000 Exi
WH
Out
GY
14
1
L+
AS-i
8
9
232
Wiring diagrams
1
1
2
2: Out 2
4: Out 1
L+
Out 2
L+
L+
General
information
30
2: Out 2
4: Out 1
List of articles
26
Out 1
Out 3
1
Out -OP / Out 4
L+
n.c.
4
2: Out 2
4: Out 1
L+
Level sensors
2: Out 2
4: Out 1
Flow sensors
27
31
3
4
5
6
7
L+
2
1
Out 2
L+
Out 1
Out 3
L+
L
Pressure
sensors
P
L
Out 4
Temperature
sensors
1: Normal operation
2: Programming operation
(P = communication via EPS / FDT interface)
n.c.
4
5
6
7
L+
Out 2
L+
4
1
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
2
3
L+
L
Out 1
Out 3
33
Out-OP
Connection
technology
Diagnostic
systems
32
28
n.c.
AC
L
N
1
2
L+
L+
5
6
18
19
10
17
11
12
20
21
WH
BU
BN
BK
GY
Technical
information
and customer
service
29
Accessories
22
4
23
5
24
1: Flow monitoring
2: Wire break monitoring
3: Temperature monitoring
4: Power-on delay time
5: Selection liquid / gas
233
Wiring diagrams
34
39
DC
L+
L
17
18
19
20
21
10
2 WH
3 (n.c.)
4 BK
WH
BU
BN
BK
GY
TR 7430
3 BU
40
22
11
1 BN
L+
1(n.c.)
23
12
24
1 (n.c.)
Out 2
Out 1
3 (n.c.)
Out 3
6
TR 8430
1: Flow monitoring
2: Wire break monitoring
3: Temperature monitoring
4: Power-on delay time
5: Selection liquid / gas
L+
Out 4
n.c.
41
35
B
1
4: Out 1
2: Out 2
L+
L+
2
4: Out 1
2: Out 2
2
3
1 BN
2 WH
L+
B
L
1
3
4
4 BK
TR 2432
3 BU
36
3
4
L+
2
4
2: Out 2
4: Out 1
L+
2
4
2: Out 2
4: Out 1
1: Two-wire sensor
2: Three-wire sensor
3: Four-wire sensor
B: link
42
37
PP 2000
BK
BU
BN
WH
BK
BU
L+
OU2
WH
Teach
L+
OU2
OU1
BN
OU1
PP 7xxx
Teach
4 BK
3 BU
2 WH
1 BN
21
22
23
24
1
2
3
4
Supply L+ (24 V DC 20%)

Supply L- (GND)
OUT 1: switch/analog
OUT 2: switch
4 BK
3 BU
2 WH
1 BN
17
18
19
20
5
6
7
8
IN 1: (4...20 mA / pulse)
IN 1 (GND)
IN 2: (4...20 mA / pulse)
IN 2 (GND)
4 BK
3 BU
2 WH
1 BN
13
14
15
16
9
10
11
12
BN
WH
BU
BK
1
2
3
4
PNP
NPN
38
L+
L+
2
2
234
Technical
information
and customer
service
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
Flow sensors
Level sensors
List of articles
General
information
Wiring diagrams
235
Scale drawings
Level sensors
Continuous
1
type LK ....
type LR ....
2
2
50
50
64
63
M12 x1
57
67
87
51
M12 x1
30,5
30
I1
32
I1
"NPT
I2
8
34
I2
16
1: 7-segment LED display, 2: Programming buttons, 3: Housing

connection with cable lug for cable 1.5 - 2.5 mm , Page 23
2
type LK ....
1: 4-digit alphanumeric display, 2: LEDs (display unit / switching

status), 3: Programming buttons, Page 25
5
type LR ....
50
64
50
30
M12 x1
57
76
57
M12 x1
30,5
63
I1
87
I1
I2
32
G3 4
16
type LR ....

6
50
type LR ....
63
2
30
63
87
M12 x1
30
M12 x1
87
57
76
50
57
67
I2
1: 4-digit alphanumeric display, 2: LEDs, 3: Programming buttons,

4: Housing connection (flat-pin connector 6.3 mm following
DIN 46244), Page 23
32
I1
32
6
I1
G3 4
8
34
"NPT
I2
I2

236
Scale drawings
type LL, LT ....

2
10
type PI ....
50
64
48
34
List of articles
30,5
47
85
I1
119
1
4
Level sensors
M12 x1
M12 x1
57
General
information
Continuous
Flow sensors
14,5
I2
36
16
5
36

status), 3: Programming button, 4: Aseptoflex sealing edge,
5: Aseptoflex thread, Page 33
type PE, PN, PY ....
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
1: 4-digit alphanumeric display, 2: LEDs, 3: Programming buttons,

4: Housing connection (flat-pin connector 6.3 mm following
DIN 46244), 5: Position of the temperature measuring element,
Page 27, 29
2
34
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
14
1,3
57,3
91,5
Diagnostic
systems
M12 x1
48
21,5
27
30
G 1/4
Connection
technology

status), 3: Programming button, Page 31
type PN ....
3
2
34
21,5
27
14
1,3
57,3
91,5
Technical
information
and customer
service
M12 x1
Accessories
47
30
G 1/4

237
Scale drawings
Level sensors
Point level
1
type LI ....
3 LED
1
54
16
M12 x1
21,3
1: Programming button, Page 35
238
Scale drawings
type SI ....
type SL ....
140
133
1
50
2 LED
pot.
M12 x1
27
63
List of articles
113
23
113
60
65
14
Level sensors
32
2 LED
Page 59
7,7
type SF ....
1: LED display, 2: setting pushbutton, Page 53, 57
82
72
44
14
2
50
8,2
Pressure
sensors
type SI ....
M12 x1
63
22 1
20UNF 2A
27
19
Temperature
sensors
Flow sensors
45
22
General
information
1 2"
1: internal thread M18 x 1.5, Page 61

type SF ....
Diagnostic
systems
86
72
44
8,2
14
8,2
type SI ....
22 1
19
1: internal thread M18 x 1.5, 2: setting pushbuttons, Page 53

7
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
45
22
50
type SF ....
63
Connection
technology
60
65
14
113
52
1: tightening torque max. 8 Nm, Page 63

8
type SF ....
8,2
73,5
15
45
G1 2
M12 x1
8,2
12
1: LED display, 2: setting pushbutton, Page 55
27 1
1: tightening torque max. 30 Nm, Page 63
239
Technical
information
and customer
service
17 1
113
14
60
65
G1 4
M12 x1
8,2
M12 x1
12
45
22
27
Accessories
27
13
Scale drawings
Flow sensors

9
type SF ....
57
13
13
type ....
2
1
27
50
63
M12 x1
27
G1 4
8,2
12
17
137
1: tightening torque max. 8 Nm, Page 63, 69

type SF ....
89
10
80
36
45
38
15
12
G1 2
15
8,2
7,7
10,8
27
1: LED display, 2: setting pushbutton, 3: Aseptoflex thread, Page 67
1: tightening torque max. 30 Nm, Page 63, 69

11
type SN, SR ....
14
type ....
2
1
25
50
103,5
63
LEDs
1 2 3 4
27
5 6 7 8
100
35,5
M12 x1
9 10 11 12
17 18 19 20
106
154
LEDs
36
21 22 23 24
12
15
1: Potentiometer (switch point flow), 2: Potentiometer (switch point

temperature), Page 65
55
7,7
10,8
type ....
1
50
63
type SF ....
M12 x1
27
15
57
13
27
119
M12x1
8,2
12
71
17
20
36
7,7
Page 69
16
type SF ....
57
13
27
G1 4
8,2
12
17
Page 69
240
Scale drawings
17
type SF ....
23
type SF ....
80
75
45
15
12
45
G1 2
G1 2
M12 x1
7,7
8,2
12
List of articles
15
General
information
Page 69
type SF ....
type SN, SR ....

120
45
27
1
78
M12x1
7,7
12
35,5
57
13
24
17
19
type SF ....
57
13
13
14
15
19
20
21
16
17
Pressure
sensors
Page 69
Flow sensors
18
18
Temperature
sensors
Page 69
Level sensors
27
27
1: mounting on DIN rail, Page 71

27
Diagnostic
systems
G1 4
7,7
12
17
20
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Page 69
type SF ....
80
15
45
Connection
technology
G1 2
7,7
12
27
21
Accessories
Page 69
type SF ....
55
Technical
information
and customer
service
27
13
M12x1
M12 x1
7,7
12
17
Page 69
22
type SF ....
55
13
27
G1 4
M12 x1
7,7
12
17
Page 69
241
Scale drawings
Flow sensors
Flow meters
1
type SD ....
1
type SD ....
111
100
45
111
100
54
M12 x1
M12 x1
45
G 1/4
31
275
G 1/4
21,3
74,5
R2
51
133
475
60
20
182,3
1: 4-digit alphanumeric display, 2: Programming buttons, Page 73

2
type SD ....
1: 4-digit alphanumeric display, 2: Programming buttons,

3: hole for M5 fixing screw, Page 75
type SU ....
111
100
110
96
76,8
M12 x1
45
80,5
G3 4
210
G3 4
100
R
16,1
21,3
M12 x1
300
1: 4-digit alphanumeric display, 2: Programming buttons, Page 73, 75

3
type SD ....
2
installation length with pipe adapter E40151 / E40154: 185 mm,

Page 77
111
100
88,5
M12 x1
45
type SU ....
130
96
80,5
R1
27,3
33,7
375
M12 x1
G1
100
G1
475
type SD ....
2
111
100
45
M12 x1
120
R1 1 2
39
42

Page 77
275
475
242
Scale drawings
4
3
2
48
M12 x1
34
57,3
91,5
type PE, PN, PY ....
G 1/4
30

status), 3: Programming button, Page 95, 127
5
type PK ....
27
M12 x1
Flow sensors

status), 3: Programming button, Page 91, 93, 97
2
14
21,5
27
G 1/4
Pressure
sensors
30
34
61,6
71,6
57,3
12
7,5
M12 x1
91,5
14
1,3
21,5
27
30
Temperature
sensors
48
27
2
M5
G 1/4
1: tightening torque 25 Nm, 2: sealing FPM / DIN 3869-14, Page 99
G 1/4

status), 3: Programming button, Page 91, 93, 95, 97, 109
type PK ....
27
M12 x1
type PN ....
Connection
technology
Diagnostic
systems
21,5
27
1,3
1,3
16,5
59,6
94,1
47
M12 x1
34
List of articles
type PN ....
Level sensors
type PE, PN ....
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
General
information
34
60,6
70,6
1: tightening torque 25 Nm, Page 99

7
type PP ....
21,5
27
30
30
M12x1
G 1/4
12
7,5
84

M5
30
G 1/4
Page 101
243
Technical
information
and customer
service
16,5
1,3
M5
27
R1 4
59,6
94,1
Accessories
M12 x1
13
7,5
47,8
Scale drawings
Pressure sensors

8
type PA ....
12
type PP ....
30
M12 x1
90,6
LED
1,3
G1 4
21,5
30
27
15,7
30
16,5
1,3
77,5
30
M12 x1
G1 4
21,5
27
Page 103
9
type PA ....
Page 103
13
type PP ....
30
M12 x1
88
G1 4
21,5
1,3
LED
27
30
Page 103
13,5
30
14
1,3
75
30
M12 x1
G1 4
21,5
27
10
type PA ....
Page 103
14
75
30
M12 x1
30
14
"NPT
27
Page 103
11
type PA ....
14
79,5
30
M12 x1
M5
30
1
G 1/4
1: sealing FPM / DIN 3869-14, Page 103
244
Scale drawings
16
type PY ....
3
34
48
48
34
List of articles
type PS ....
M12x1
36
59
Level sensors
1,3
40
40
31,1
29
29
31,1
40
77,5
21,5
1,3
1,3
15,3
G1 4
30
40
Flow sensors
4,5
5,5
47
58
12
22,1
76
5,5
5,5
M6
10,5
59,6
10,5
M6
111
94
5,5
M12 x1
Pressure
sensors
6,6
5
5,5
39
31

48
34
1: pressure sensor, 2: setting dial for adjusting the pneumatic bridge,

3: supply pressure, 4: measuring branch, 5: mounting hole, 6: thread
M5, Page 105
M12x1
96
type PY ....
1,3
40
31,1
29
40
1,3
13,5
29
31,1
40
50
5,5

29
31,1
40
6,6
21,5
1,3
G1 4
30
40
40
59,6
M6
10,5
M6
94
17,5
6,6
12
24,3
5,5
G1 4
21,5
40
31,1
29
M12x1
10,5
1,3
30
40
G1 4
19,5
26,3
48
34
12
G1 4
5,5
Connection
technology
15
Diagnostic
systems
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Accessories
Technical
information
and customer
service
type PY ....
61,6
17
Temperature
sensors
14
General
information
5,5

245
Scale drawings
Pressure sensors

18
type PP ....
21
type PI ....
3
1
34
48
34
47
M12 x1
M12 x1
48
66
119
100
30
30
20,6
22
85
24 5
36
G3 4
1: 7-segment LED display, 2: Programming button, 3: connection

for voltage supply and output signals, 4: connection for EPS sensor,
5: Mounting nut, Page 113
19
type PI ....

status), 3: Programming button, Page 115, 119
22
48
34
M12 x1
2
48
34
type PL ....
15
85
119
73
87
M12 x1
47
14,5
36
36
1: Aseptoflex thread, 2: Aseptoflex sealing edge, Page 123
36
23
status), 3: Programming button, 4: Aseptoflex sealing edge,
5: Aseptoflex thread, Page 115, 117, 119, 121
20
type PL ....
48,5
34
M12 x1
type PI ....
3
2
48
34
25,4
G1
41
20
85
119
27
M12 x1
85,3
99,5
47
27
41
25,4
G1

status), 3: Programming button, Page 115, 117, 121
246
Scale drawings
27
type PF ....
34
M12 x1
2
48
34
List of articles
type PL ....
M12 x1
15
27
51
85,5
81
95,2
46,5
Level sensors
24
41
20
36
1: 7-segment LED display, 2: Programming button, 3: Aseptoflex

sealing edge, 4: Aseptoflex thread, Page 125
25
Flow sensors
25,4
G1
General
information
type PM ....
type PF ....
1
Pressure
sensors
28
2
34
46,5
M12 x1
41
15
25,4
G1
20
36
1
1: 7-segment LED display, 2: Programming button, Page 125
1: Aseptoflex sealing edge, 2: Aseptoflex thread, Page 123
type PF ....
2
1
48,5
34
46,5
27
25,4
G1
25,4
G1
Technical
information
and customer
service
27,5
117,3
131,5
63,1
97,4
M12 x1
48
34
M12 x1
Connection
technology
type PM ....
Accessories
26
29
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
27,5
Diagnostic
systems
58
107
121,5
92
M12 x1
Temperature
sensors
48
34
M12 x1
41
20
1: 7-segment LED display, 2: Programming button, Page 125, 127

41
20
247
Scale drawings
Pressure sensors

30
type PF ....
1
2
48
34
20,5
56,5
91,1
M12 x1
46,5
G3 4
36

31
type PN ....
2
1
34
21,5
27
13,5
1,3
57,3
91,5
M12 x1
48
30
G1 4
248
Scale drawings
type TT ....
21,5
L
6,2
26
18,5
M12x1
48
34
List of articles
M12 x1
40
1
type TT ....
L
18,5
M12x1
8
10
45
21,5
Flow sensors
94,5
13,5
128,5
1: plug area, Page 141
22 3
8,2
Level sensors
type TN ....
7,95
General
information
40
1: 7-segment LED display, 2: Programming button, 3: internal thread

M18 x 1.5, Page 137
2
type TR ....
1: plug area, Page 141, 147

7
type TM ....
Pressure
sensors
Temperature
sensors
M12x1
2
34
60
22
60
44
94
Diagnostic
systems
M12 x1
19
90
14
12
48
16,5
8,2
G1 2
30
type TS ....
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies

M12 x1
50
type TR ....
Connection
technology
58
2
34
48
Page 143
type TS ....
M12 x1
9
58
8
Technical
information
and customer
service
60
M12 x1
94
50
16,5
G1 2
Page 143
30
10
type TS ....
46
M12 x1
type TT ....
45
7
10
1: 4-digit alphanumeric display, 2: Programming button, Page 139
21,5
12
5,95
13,8
Page 143, 149
18,5
M12x1
L
6,2
Accessories
40
1
1: plug area, Page 141
249
Scale drawings
Temperature sensors

11
type TS ....
18
type TA ....
58
190,5
50
M12 x1
14,7
52,8
123
Page 143
12
G1 2
Page 145, 151

7
10
50,5
42,5
M12 x1
27
LED
type TS ....
58
18,3
30
M12x1
47,5
8,2
10
87,5
19
type TA ....
12
14,9
30
M12x1
Page 143, 149

13
type TS ....
53
LED
127,9
13,5
M12 x1
27
5,4
8
G1 4
60
58
4
M5
25,7
Page 143
8,2
14
type TS ....
Page 145
32
20
12
M12 x1
42
type TA ....
6
30
M12x1
13,7
Page 143
15
type TS ....
13,5
5
M6
M12 x1
117,7
44
25,7
58
27
G1 4
60
2,5
6,5
13
Page 143
16
8,2
type TS ....
Page 145
5
35
21
type TA ....
171
14
34
123
17
type TA ....
30
M12x1
Page 143
180,5
13,7
43,8
123
Page 145, 151

18,3
30
M12x1
47,5
8,2
10
87,5
LED
27
G1 2
Page 145, 151
250
Scale drawings
type TM ....
type TA ....
30
36
M12x1
4,5
10
176
162
List of articles
45
27
72

23
27
type TM ....
45
Level sensors
30
41
M12 x1
4,5
10
36
G1 2
Page 153
50
36
M12x1
4,5
10
28
type TA ....
236
222
Flow sensors
22
General
information
132
type TM ....
27
45
100
Page 153
Diagnostic
systems
4,5
10
36
M12x1
30
G1 2
Temperature
sensors
24
41
M12 x1
Pressure
sensors
96
4,5
10
30
25
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies

type TA ....
161
147,2
41
M12 x1
4,5
10
Connection
technology
54,3
40
Accessories
1
36
26
Technical
information
and customer
service
1: sealing chamfer, 2: Aseptoflex thread, Page 153

type TA ....
221
207,2
41
M12 x1
4,5
10
114,3
100
36
1: sealing chamfer, 2: Aseptoflex thread, Page 153
251
Scale drawings
Diagnostic systems

1
type VB, VE ....
type VS ....
58,2
46,4
25,4
20
35,5
5,3
6
100
14
M12 x1
36
103,4
M5
LEDs
37,6
10
M8x1
5,3
1: Ethernet interface, Page 167
LED
type VS ....
58,2
46,4
17
14
M12 x1
36
1: Conical angle = 90, Page 169

20
5,3
23
17
type VE ....
51
1
18,5
M8x1,25
1: Programming buttons, Page 163
M12 x1
M5
37,6
10
M8x1
5,3
Page 163
3
type VE ....
14
M12 x1
36
58,2
46,4
20
5,3
M5
37,6
10
M8x1
5,3
Page 165, 171
252
Scale drawings
General
information
Amplifiers
type ....
120
5
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Level sensors
35,5
78
List of articles
45
1
Flow sensors

type ....
Diagnostic
systems
129
Temperature
sensors
48
Pressure
sensors
96
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Page 185
type E8 ....
4
Connection
technology
33
50
39
75
Technical
information
and customer
service
Accessories
control panel cutout: 68 x 33 mm (according to DIN), Page 185
253
Evaluation systems
and power supplies
Scale drawings

Typ ....
Typ ....
110
55
22,5
120
L+
I1
12
14
11
21
24
22
I2
78
75
35,5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
35,5
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

3
Typ DN ....
89
124
131
49
LED
107
Page 167
4
Typ DN ....
45
35,5
75
83
96
LED
pot.
Page 167
5
Typ ....
89
LED
124
131
49
107
Page 167
254
Scale drawings
Typ DN ....
Typ ....
89
220
107
227
Level sensors
LED
Flow sensors
124
131
124
131
List of articles
64
General
information
LED
89
Page 167
Typ ....
73
Pressure
sensors
Temperature
sensors
35,5
75
83
107
1
LED
4
Diagnostic
systems
107
1: jumper single / parallel operation, Page 167
Page 167
Typ DN ....
10
Typ DN ....
89
120
103
Connection
technology
Accessories
LED
124
131
124
131
73
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
pot.
Page 167
Technical
information
and customer
service
107
4
LED
122
Page 167
255
Evaluation systems
and power supplies
Scale drawings

11
Typ DN ....
13
Typ ....
150
90
1
2
124
131
131
124
110
121
157
1: LED red, 2: reset push button, 3: jumper overload performance,

4: jumper single / parallel operation, 5: with pot., 6: LED green,
Page 167
12
LED
108
Typ ....
124
131
220
127
Page 167
14
227
Typ ....
240
LED
124
131
89
247
LED
89
107
Page 167
107
Page 167
256
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
107
Page 167
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
LED
Accessories
89
Flow sensors
Level sensors
List of articles
124
131
15
Technical
information
and customer
service
Typ ....
275
General
information
Scale drawings
282
257
Connectors and
splitter boxes
Scale drawings

1
Typ E1 ....
Typ E1, E4 ....
15
31
39
10
27
M8 x1
M12 x1
10,5
Page 198
Page 198, 215
Typ E1 ....
Typ E1 ....
17
10
15
43
26
LED
M8 x1
10,5
4
1
1
M12 x1
Page 198
Page 198, 215
Typ E1 ....
Typ E1, E4 ....
15
27
18
28
4
3
39
10
M8 x1
M12 x1
10,5
Page 198
Page 198, 215
Typ E1 ....
15
31
4
3
43
2
1
M8 x1
Typ AC, E7 ....
10
Typ EV ....
M12x1
36,5
26,5
14
Page 198, 211
258
Page 198, 215
15,5
Page 198
1
5
M12 x1
Page 198
5
Typ E1 ....
10,5
10
Scale drawings
Typ E1 ....
20
15,5
35
14
38
2 LED
45
M12x1
M12 x1
Level sensors
19
Page 198
12
Typ E1 ....
46
18
43
M12 x1
Typ E1 ....
14
13
M12 x1
Page 198
Pressure
sensors
15
17
Flow sensors
Page 198, 211
Page 198
13
Typ E1 ....
18
Typ EV ....
35
15,5
38
1
4
M12 x1
26,5
M12x1
36,5
20
14
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
19
Page 198, 211
14
Typ E1 ....
20
19
Typ EV ....
52,5
15,5
Connection
technology
Page 198
List of articles
16
Temperature
sensors
Typ EV ....
Diagnostic
systems
11
General
information
14
M12x1
19
Page 198
45
Page 198, 211
15
Typ EV ....
15,5
20
Typ E1, E2, E8 ....
26,5
M12x1
Page 198, 211
36,5
15
3 LED
14
81
7
6
M12 x1
43
2
3
4
Page 198
259
Technical
information
and customer
service
M12 x1
Accessories
Connectors and
splitter boxes
Scale drawings

21
Typ E1 ....
15
26
Typ E1 ....
28
56
25
38
81
7
6
M12 x1
2
3
4
M18 x1
10,5
Page 198
Page 198
22
Typ E1 ....
15
27
Typ E6 ....
43
60
6-8
2
3
4
D
E
F
18
81
7
6
C L B
A
K
J
GM H
M12 x1
Page 198
Page 198
23
Typ E1 ....
20
28
Typ E6 ....
45
L
M
N
U
T
O
P
S
R
M16 x 1
D
E
F
53
47
20
37
A
C L B
A
K
J
GM H
6-8
Page 198
Page 198
24
Typ E1 ....
29
Typ E1 ....
26
20
51
45
A
L
U
T
J
49
O
P
10
2
58
M
N
C
S
R
12
7
6
20
11
M 23 x1
M16x1
20
Page 198
Page 198
25
Typ E1 ....
25
30
Typ E1 ....
43
21
26
49
10
2
36
1
2
3
M 23 x1
Page 198
20
21
Page 198
260
12
7
6
3
4
M18 x1
11
Scale drawings
9 8
28
11
52
2
13
3
8 15
7
Page 198, 205
32
Typ E6 ....
37
Typ E6 ....
12
12
8 9
28
52
2
10
17
6
Page 198, 205
33
Typ E6 ....
38
Typ E1 ....
26
45
25
12
8 9
7
6
85
10
10
9 8
Diagnostic
systems
Page 198, 205
2
14 3
15
4
21
16
5
20
19
9 18
8
5 11 4
13
11
10
28
52
12
7
6
5 11 4
4 11 5
Page 198
39
Typ E1 ....
26
52
28
12
8 9
10
10
9 8
12
7
6
4 11 5
M 23 x1
Page 198
3
5 11 4
51
70
Connection
technology
Typ E6 ....
Accessories
34
Page 198
35
Typ E6 ....
40
Typ E1 ....
26
53
26
10
9 8
18
1
12
11
10
13 2
3
14
4
85
19
12
4 11 5
M 23 x1
9
8
5
15
17
16
Page 198
261
Technical
information
and customer
service
Page 198
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
M 23 x1
20
Page 198
14 4
5
17
6
Level sensors
4 11 5
Page 198
12
10
16
9
12
List of articles
Flow sensors
10
Typ E6 ....
Pressure
sensors
53
36
Temperature
sensors
Typ E6 ....
28
31
General
information
Connectors and
splitter boxes
Scale drawings

41
Typ E1 ....
26
46
Typ E2 ....
51
26
18
19
12
70
10
9
8
5
15
M 23 x1
60
11
13 2
3
14
4
6
17
16
G7 8
Page 198
Page 198
42
Typ E1 ....
47
Typ E1 ....
29
18
27
15
3
42
39
28
G1 2
10,5
22
M3
Page 198
Page 198
43
Typ E1 ....
15
48
Typ E7 ....
71
29
42
1
2
3
10,5
2
1
G1 2
6
5
4
Rd 24
Page 198
Page 198
Typ E1 ....
15
49
Typ E1 ....
27
59
29
38,5
39
5
4
"-20UNF
12
26
44
1
2
3
6
5
4
Rd 24
20
10,5
Page 198
Page 198
Typ E1 ....
15
10,5
42
50
1
3
2
68
"-20UNF
12
Page 198
Typ E1 ....
30
45
Page 198
262
4
2
Scale drawings
51
Typ E1 ....
56
Typ E6 ....
General
information
15
52
12
10
2
14
M12 x1
8 9
28
39
3
5 11 4
List of articles
30
Page 205, 215
Level sensors
10,5
Page 198, 205

Typ E1 ....
Typ E1 ....
58
M12 x1
2
1
4
3
M8x1
M8x1
20
57
Flow sensors
52
37
31
Page 205
Page 206
53
Typ E1 ....
Typ E1 ....
4
3
4
3
2
1
31
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
19
Page 205
Page 206
Typ E1 ....
Typ E1 ....
58
M12 x1
3
37
19
Page 205
4
3
2
1
M8x1
26
Accessories
17
M8x1
20
59
Connection
technology
54
Page 206
55
Typ E1 ....
Typ E1 ....
2
1
4
3
M8x1
40
38
M12 x1
60
M8x1
20
Page 205
37
37
4
3
2
1
31
19
Page 206
263
Technical
information
and customer
service
M12 x1
M8x1
M8x1
Diagnostic
systems
40
38
20
58
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
19
Connectors and
splitter boxes
Scale drawings
4
3
3
L
37
2
1
M8x1
26
Typ EV ....
26,5
17
2
1
66
30,5
Typ E1 ....
M8x1
61
Page 206
15,5
36,5
M12x1 15,5
36,5
M12x1
67
Typ E1 ....
29,5
M12x1
Typ E1 ....
47
1
4
4
3
M8x1
M12 x1
48
29,5
17,5
2
1
31
LED
4
28,5
Page 206
62
14
14
M3
Page 206
63
Typ E1 ....
Page 206
4
3
47
31,5
17,5
M8 x1
28
48
24
Typ E1 ....
M12x1
18
M12 x1
68
LED
5
4
28,5
Page 206
M3
64
Typ EV ....
1
4
14
15,5
M12x1
18
Typ E1 ....
M12x1
49,5
26,5
1
3
69
LED
14
15,5
M12x1
Page 206
47
12
20
36,5
LED
4
21,5
Page 206
65
M 2,5
Typ EV ....
Page 206
49,5
70
Typ E1 ....
45
24
M12x1
M12x1
14
14
15,5
1
15,5
M12x1
47
17,5
31,5
1
LED
5
3
4
28,5
Page 206
M3
Page 206
264
Scale drawings
75
Typ E1 ....
52
54
4,5
1
3
M8x1
4
3
129
145
129
44
26
4,5
M12 x1
21
18
8,5
List of articles
Typ E1 ....
2
1
Page 206
Level sensors
71
General
information
Typ E7 ....
Flow sensors
72
4,5
LED
20,2
M12 x1
11,5
76
Typ E1 ....
27
21
18
8,5
26
4,5
26,5
17
LED
S
R
Page 206
M
N
C
O
P
4
3
M8x1
79
88
L
U
T
M3
2
1
LED
Typ E1 ....
4,5
73
Pressure
sensors
26,5
15
Temperature
sensors
46,7
Diagnostic
systems
4,5
79
28,4
Page 208
Page 208
4,5
4,5
26
77
Typ E1 ....
M8x1
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
M16 x 0,75
21
18
8,5
12
129
39
M12 x1
4,5
LED
Page 208
78
Page 208
74
Typ E1 ....
Typ E1 ....
27
21
18
8,5
73
82
4,5
4,5
4,5
1 8
7
6
LED
79
M8x1
79
18
9
54
26
88
2
3
4
Accessories
10,5
4,5
M12 x1
M12 x1
33
LED
Page 208
Page 208
265
Technical
information
and customer
service
129
145
12
Connection
technology
42
15
Connectors and
splitter boxes
Scale drawings

79
Typ E1 ....
83
Typ E1 ....
11
28
25
18
18
118
100
10
3
5 11 4
54
2
1
60
36
4
3
8 9
33
12
7
33
39
4,5
73
4,5
M23x1
M12x1
M12x1
107
Page 208
Page 208
80
Typ E1 ....
54
Typ E1 ....
18
73
12
8 9
11
10
3
4,5
60
36
33
39
5 11 4
LED
1
5
28
25
18
118
100
84
M12 x1
33
LED
4,5
M23x1
M12x1
107
Page 208
81
Typ E1 ....
Page 208
Typ E1 ....
18
28
18
85
127
73
60
39
2
1
3
5 11 4
33
4,5
10
2
125
107
1
54
7
8 9
12
4,5
M12x1
M23x1
M12x1
Page 208
82
Typ E1 ....
Page 208
86
Typ E1 ....
18
54
28
18
60
73
5
12
8 9
LED
10
2
3
5 11 4
LED
4,5
107
125
127
4,5
M12 x1
M12 x1
33
39
M23x1
Page 208
Page 208
266
Scale drawings
87
Typ E1 ....
90
Typ E1 ....
General
information
152
107
4,5
M12x1
107
Page 208
Typ E1 ....
91
Typ E1 ....
11
18
Pressure
sensors
125
28
18
60
3
5
107
3
5 11 4
4,5
M12x1
LED
107
4,5
M12 x1
Diagnostic
systems
39
60
10
1
5
36
152
8 9
Page 208
39
M23x1
92
Typ E1 ....
Page 208
125
Typ E1 ....
11
18
89
M12x1
4,5
107
Page 208
4,5
93
Typ E1 ....
Page 208
36
39
60
11
18
152
107
M12x1
36
39
60
LED
Accessories
39
60
3
36
1
5
11
18
118
Temperature
sensors
88
12
3
LED
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
2
1
60
M23x1
M12x1
Page 208
Connection
technology
4
3
36
6
5
39
3
5 11 4
1
5
4,5
M12x1
107
Page 208
267
Technical
information
and customer
service
Level sensors
1
5
Flow sensors
4,5
39
60
10
8 9
12
List of articles
11
18
18
28
118
Connectors and
splitter boxes
Scale drawings

94
Typ E1 ....
98
Typ E1 ....
11
18
18
28
152
125
107
18
2
1
4,5
LED
39
5
15
60
1
5
39
60
4,5
2 13
3
14
4
9
16 8
10
19
17
4
36
12
11
M23x1
107
M12x1
LED
Page 208
M12x1
Page 208
95
Typ E1 ....
99
Typ E1 ....
11
28
25
18
18
28
118
152
18
5
15
39
1
5
16 8
M23x1
4,5
M23x1
M12x1
4,5
2 13
3
14
4
33
39
107
19
5
15
60
36
16 8
10
17
12
2 13
3
14
4
11
10
17
19
60
12
18
11
107
M12x1
Page 208
Page 208
96
Typ E1 ....
100
Typ E1 ....
11
28
25
18
18
28
118
152
18
LED
107
19
4,5
2 13
3
14
4
5
15
Page 208
Typ E1 ....
101
Typ E1 ....
18
28
97
10
18
11
19
4,5
2 13
3
14
4
M8 x1
2
1
39
4
3
5
15
60
9
16 8
4
3
28
125
107
18
10
Page 212
M23x1
M12x1
Page 208
268
LED M12x1
Page 208
17
M23x1
4,5
M23x1
M12x1
107
12
39
1
5
16 8
5
15
60
36
12
10
17
33
39
16 8
2 13
3
14
4
11
10
17
19
60
12
18
11
2
1
Scale drawings
Typ E1 ....
107
Typ EV ....
2
1
36,5
10
4
3
M12x1
LED
Page 212
103
Typ EV ....
108
Typ EV ....
14
M12x1
14
Page 212
104
Typ EV ....
109
Typ EV ....
14
14
2
3
45
Page 212
Typ E1 ....
110
Typ E1 ....
19
M12 x1
15
15
Page 212
Page 212
106
Typ E1 ....
111
Typ E1 ....
52,5
58
M12 x1
21
21
15
M12 x1
19
15
19
Page 212
269
Technical
information
and customer
service
19
M12 x1
Accessories
38
38
21
40
21
35
Connection
technology
105
Page 212
4
45
M12 x1
Page 212
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
M12 x1
1
5
15,5
15,5
Diagnostic
systems
Page 212
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
15,5
36,5
M12x1
15,5
26,5
36,5
26,5
Flow sensors
Page 212
14
Level sensors
M8 x1
15,5
26,5
31
List of articles
102
General
information
Connectors and
splitter boxes
Scale drawings

112
Typ EV ....
14
49
58
M12 x1
45
M12 x1
M12 x1
M12 x1
Typ E1 ....
19
Page 212
113
15
14
Typ E1 ....
42
46
118
M12 x1
Page 212
2
5
21
Typ E1 ....
M12 x1
14
15,5
1
15,5
M12 x1
117
51
14
14
Page 212
46
14
Page 212
114
Typ E1 ....
119
Typ ....
21
35
19
34
38
72
M12 x1
15
Page 212
Typ E1 ....
LED
137,3
115
52,5
21
M12 x1
15
19
M12 x1
Page 212
Page 212
116
Typ E1 ....
120
Typ E1, E4 ....
40
21
15
M12 x1
M12 x1
15
10,5
Page 212
Page 198, 215
270
39
38
5
19
27
Scale drawings
125
Typ E1 ....
15
M12 x1
43
15
10,5
39
20,5
15
30
M12 x1
M 2,5
14
Page 198, 215

122
Typ E1 ....
Level sensors
10,5
25,3
15
Page 215
126
Typ E1 ....
30
39
5
14
39
15
28,5
30
10,5
Pressure
sensors
5
26,5
M12 x1
22,4
15
15
M12x1
List of articles
Typ E1 ....
Flow sensors
121
General
information
123
Typ E1 ....
Temperature
sensors
M3
Page 205, 215

Page 215
Diagnostic
systems
28,4
M12 x1
15
39
15
26,5
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
30
26,5
10,5
14
M3
124
Connection
technology
Page 215
Typ E1 ....
22,4
Accessories
M12 x1
15
39
15
28,5
14
Technical
information
and customer
service
30
26,5
10,5
M3
Page 215
271
Technical glossary
Fluid sensors
Active zone / sensing face
The active zone is the area over the sensing face in which a proximity switch
reacts to the approach of damping material, i.e. where it changes its switching status.
adjustable
The output function is activated if the measured value is between the set
switch-on and switch-off point.
ATEX
ATEX (ATmosphre EXplosible) is an abbreviation for uniform EU directives

for explosion protection in the industry (hazardous areas). Units for hazardous areas have to be approved according to these guidelines if they are
launched after 30 June 2003.
Bursting pressure
The pressure at which the pressure-bearing parts burst or measured medium

leaks out.
Cable length
To avoid voltage drops the maximum cable length indicated in the data sheet
has to be adhered to.
Cable sheath materials
Depending on environment and application the materials show different

resistances. Therefore certain properties or the suitability for a certain application cannot be guaranteed. Concerning the specific resistances we refer
you to the explanations under PUR cable, PVC cable and PPU cable.
The general notes given there do not exempt from any tests.
CIP / SIP
Common abbreviations in the food industry:

CIP = Cleaning in place.
SIP = Sterilisation in place.
They identify cleaning and sterilisation processes within closed installations
with cleaning / disinfecting solutions circulating in the circuit. Temperatures
up to 140 C may occur for a short time.
Correction factors
The correction factors (K) indicate the reduction of the real sensing range if a
different material other than mild steel (Fe360) is used. The change of the
real sensing range depends on the type, internal structure, size and geometry of the material to be sensed.
Typical correction factors for inductive units:
steel = 1, stainless steel approx. 0.7, brass approx. 0.4, aluminium approx.
0.3, copper approx. 0.2
Typical correction factors for capacitive units:
water = 1, glass approx. 0.4, ceramics approx. 0.2, PVC approx. 0.2
Some inductive proximity switches use a constant correction factor (K=1) for
all metals.
Current consumption
Current for the internal consumption of the unit. The value specified in the
data sheet applies to the switched unit without load.
272
The highest deviation of the characteristics from a straight line in the case of
setting the limit values of the pressure sensors is defined by the characteristics deviation. For characteristics deviation for setting of limit values see DIN
16086.
Dynamic response
The dynamic response is the time between the change in temperature in the
medium and the moment when the sensor has reached the new medium
temperature. So t05 or t09 correspond to 50 % or 90 % of the final value (to
DIN EN 60751, IEC 751).
Electrical design
DC PNP: DC unit with positive output signal (sourcing).

DC NPN: DC unit with negative output signal (sinking).
AC/DC dual voltage: connection either to DC or AC voltage.
Flow adapter
In conjunction with flow sensors flow adapters can be used for detecting
small flow rates lower than specified for the individual sensors. The medium
and ambient temperatures should be approximately the same.
Flush mounting
The active face of a proximity switch can be mounted flush with the damping material.
greatest
The measuring range where temperature, heat capacity or viscosity etc. of

the medium have the least influence on the switch point.
List of articles
Deviation of the characteristics
Level sensors
The maximum current which may flow for a short time when power is applied without influencing the functioning of the sensor.
Flow sensors
Current rating / peak
Pressure
sensors
The current at which units can be continuously operated. The units are protected against short circuits, overload and reverse polarity. In the case of a
short circuit the output transistor is blocked immediately. When the short
circuit has been rectified, the unit is ready again for operation.
Technical
information
and customer
service
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Current rating / continuous
General
information
Technical glossary
273
Housing materials
Technical glossary
Fluid sensors
Metal housing:
aluminium, galvanised steel, Optalloy-plated brass, Teflon-plated brass,
stainless steel (rustfree 303S22, acid-resistant 320S31):
stainless steel material no. 303S22 (X10 Cr NiS 18 9)
stainless steel material no. 316S12 (X2 Cr Ni Mo 1713 2)
316S12 (X2 Cr Ni Mo 18 14 3)
320S31 (X6 Cr Ni Mo Ti 17 12 2)
Plastic housing:
PBT (polybutyleneterephthalate)
The housing is largely resistant to aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons, oils,
greases, hydraulic fluids, fuels; no stress cracking when exposed to air.
The housing is not resistant to hot water, hot steam, acetone , halocarbons,
concentrated acids and alkalis.
Modified PPO:
The housing is largely resistant to diluted mineral acids, weak alkalis, some
alcohols, oils and greases depending on additives; resistant to hydrolysis in
hot and cold water.
The housing is not resistant to aromatic hydrocarbons and hydrocarbons
containing chlorine, petrol, oils and greases depending on additives.
Chemically resistant fluoroplastics:
PTFE (polytetrafluoroethylene), LCP. PEEK, PEI, PA, mod. PC
Depending on environment and application plastics show different resistances. Therefore certain properties or the suitability for a certain application
cannot be guaranteed.
For frequent or permanent exposure to chemicals all housing materials
require testing prior to use.
Housing materials in contact

with the medium
The materials of the sensors are adapted to the requirements of industrial

hydraulic and pneumatic applications or to the requirements of hygienic
applications. The resistance of the materials must be checked for other applications.
Hysteresis
The difference between the switch-on and the switch-off point.
274
The measuring range is the range of the measured quantity for which the
measurement deviations of a measuring instrument are to be within the
defined error limits. The limits of the measuring range are the initial and final
value.
Medium temperature
The medium temperature specifies up to what temperatures the sensors can

be used.
Noise immunity
To avoid malfunction as a result of too high voltage peaks which might occur
in critical applications, we recommend laying the cables of sensors separately from other cables (e.g. motors, solenoid valves). In especially difficult cases
it might be necessary to lay screened cables. If in doubt please contact our
engineers.
Nominal pressure
The pressure up to which the wetted parts can be operated.
Operating temperature
Temperature range which guarantees a safe functioning of the device. The

operating temperature of the unit must be within the range indicated in the
data sheet and must not be above or below this range.
Operating voltage
The voltage range for which the device is rated. The stated nominal voltage
and the tolerance result in the operating voltage range in which the device
functions safely. Exceeding or falling below the maximum or minimum
values is only allowed within the limits specified in the data sheets.
Output function
Normally open: object within the active zone output closed / high signal.
Normally closed: object within the active zone output open / low signal.
Programmable: choice between normally closed or normally open.
Complementary: normally open and normally closed outputs available simultaneously.
275
List of articles
Level sensors
Flow sensors
Pressure
sensors
Measuring range
Temperature
sensors
It indicates the deviation of the displayed value from the final value in %.
Diagnostic
systems
Measuring error
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Temperature sensors:
The difference between the setpoint and reset point is called hysteresis of
the switching output. The hysteresis of the temperature sensor can be set
between 0.5 C up to 190 C (TR) or between 0.5 C up to 165 C (TN).
Connection
technology
Pressure sensors:
The difference between the switch-on point and switch-off point is called
hysteresis of the switching output. The hysteresis of the pressure sensor
(without PB 7...) can be set between 2 % and 97 % of the value of the measuring range.
Accessories
Flow monitor:
Flow difference between the switch-on and switch-off points of the flow
monitor in % of the switch point.
Technical
information
and customer
service
Hysteresis of the switching

output
General
information
Technical glossary
Technical glossary
Fluid sensors
Overload protected
The response threshold for the short circuit protection is above the value
specified for the continuous current rating. Units protected against overload
are protected against destruction in this range as well.
PELV
PELV (Protective Extra Low Voltage) describes an electrical system in which

the voltage cannot exceed the value of 60 V DC. It also includes a protective
measure against direct and indirect contact with dangerous voltage, the
so-called safe isolation from the supply system. Circuits and/or bodies in a
PELV system can be connected to ground - in contrast to the SELV system.
Power-on delay time
The power-on delay time is the time which elapses between the application
of the operating voltage and the readiness of the device to generate the
correct switching signal.
Pressure range
The mechanical design of the sensor housings enables use of the flow monitors in different pressure ranges.
Programmable output function
The switching output can be programmed as normally open or normally

closed (for photoelectric proximity switches light-on or dark-on) by means of
the choice of the wire connection or via programming buttons.
Protection classes
Protection class 1 (I): units with protective wire connection

Protection class 2 (II): units with protective insulation (double insulation)
Protection class 3 (III): units for connection to protective extra-low voltage
Voltage supply to EN 50178, PELV, SELV
All units marked protection class III or all units without protective wire connection or protective insulation mark must be connected to protective extralow voltage (max. 60 V DC). For inductive proximity switches this can be
SELV or PELV.
276
PTB / INERIS
National bodies testing electrical equipment and approving it for hazardous

areas.
PTB = Physikalisch-Technische Bundesanstalt Braunschweig und Berlin.
INERIS = Institut National de L'Environnement Industriel et de Risques
(France).
PUR cable
Oil-resistant cable. Not resistant to hydrolysis, therefore not suited for permanent contact with water. In order to avoid breakage the cables should not
be moved if the temperature falls below -5 C.
PUR/PVC cable (PPU cable)
PVC cable with additional PUR sheathing. Oil-resistant cable. Not resistant to
hydrolysis, therefore not suited for permanent contact with water. In order
to avoid breakage the cables should not be bent if the temperature falls
below -5 C (-> plastics).
PVC cable
Tried-and-tested standard cable. In order to avoid breakage the cables

should not be moved if the temperature falls below -5 C. PVC cables are
not designed for continuous operation in oily environments. They are neither
resistant to ozone nor to ultra-violet light.
277
List of articles
Level sensors
Flow sensors
Pressure
sensors
Temperature
sensors
Diagnostic
systems
Protection is achieved not only through basic insulation but by means of a

double or enhanced insulation that meets the requirements of the protective
insulation.
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Protective insulation
Connection
technology
IP 65
Complete protection against contact with dangerous parts; protection
against ingress of dust; protection against water jets.
IP66
against ingress of dust. Protection against strong water jets.
IP 67
against ingress of dust; protection when immersed temporarily in water.
1 m depth of water for 30 minutes.
IP 68 (ifm-specific definition)
against ingress of dust; protection when permanently immersed in water.
According to ifm factory standard:
1 m depth of water for 7 days.
IP 69K
Complete protection against contact with dangerous parts, protection
against ingress of dust, protection against ingress of water during highpressure steam cleaning
Accessories
The protection rating (to IEC 529 / DIN 40 050) defines the degree of
protection from ingress of dust and moisture.
Technical
information
and customer
service
Protection rating
General
information
Technical glossary
Technical glossary
Fluid sensors
Range of destruction
The range of destruction is the pressure range in which changes to the measuring characteristics of the pressure sensor are permanent and mechanical
destruction of the pressure sensor is possible. It starts at the end of the overload range.
Repeatability
The repeatability of two measurements under standard conditions. The difference of the measured values must not exceed 10 %.
Response time
Flow monitor:
The response time is the time period the adjusted flow monitor needs to
detect and indicate flow or no flow. For control monitors with wire monitoring, a wire break or a short circuit is detected and signalled within this time.
Pressure sensors:
The response time is the time between the pressure change and the change
in the output stage at the switching output.
Conditions: Sudden rise or fall of the pressure from 0 % to 100 % of the
final value of the measuring range (VMR). Value of the switch point: 70 % of
VMR, value of the reset point: 30 % of VMR.
Temperature sensors:
The dynamic response is the time between the change in temperature in the
medium and the moment when the sensor has reached the new medium
temperature. t05 or t09 correspond to 50 % or 90 % of the final value
(to DIN EN 60751, IEC 751).
SELV
SELV (Safe Extra Low Voltage) describes an electrical system in which the voltage does not exceed the value of 60 V DC. It includes a protective measure
against direct and indirect contact with dangerous voltage, the so-called
safe isolation from the supply system. In contrast to a PELV system a SELV
system must not be grounded.
Sensitivity
The measuring range where temperature, heat capacity or viscosity etc. of

the medium have the least influence on the switch point.
Setting range
Within the setting range the flow monitors can be adjusted to any switch
point. It is recommended to select the switch point if possible within the area
of the greatest sensitivity.
278
Technical glossary
General
information
The shock and vibration resistance of all sensors is tested.
Flow sensors
Temperature
sensors
Shock resistance
According to EN 60068-2-27 under the following conditions:
6 shocks in each direction along axes perpendicular to each other (6 individual tests).
Pressure
sensors
Example proximity switches:

Amplitude: 1mm for inductive and capacitive proximity switches. 0.5 mm for
photoelectric sensors.
Vibration duration: 5 min.
Duration of the time of exposure at resonant frequency or at 55 Hz: 30 min
in each axis (at total of 90 min.).
Level sensors
List of articles
Vibration
According to EN 60068-2-6 under the following conditions:
along 3 mutually perpendicular axes,
Frequency range: 10 Hz to 55 Hz
Switch point accuracy
The possible deviation of the set value from the real value of the switch
point.
System pressure
The pressure of the measured medium to which the pressure sensor is subjected.
Connection
technology
Most ifm sensors are protected against excessive current by means of a pulsed short-circuit protection.
Technical
information
and customer
service
Short-circuit protection
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Example proximity switches:

Pulse shape: half-sine.
Peak acceleration: 30 g.
Pulse duration: 11 ms.
Accessories
Shock and vibration resistance
279
Temperature classifications
Technical glossary
Fluid sensors
Temperature classifications to DIN VDE 0165, classification of the equipment

by the permissible surface temperature:
Temperature classification T1:
Maximum permissible surface temperature of the equipment: 450 C,
ignition temperatures of the combustible materials: > 450 C
ignition temperatures of the combustible materials: > 300 C < 450 C
Temperature gradient
The temperature gradient indicates the permissible temperature fluctuation

of the medium per time unit without causing any change of the output signal when the switch point is properly set within the range of the greatest
sensitivity. The temperature gradients stated in the data sheets were determined in water at a nominal flow of 60cm/s and a switch point set at 50 %
of the nominal flow. Other conditions could result in other temperature gradients.
TPR cable
Cable for operating temperatures from -40 C to 150 C. Good resistance to

oils, fuels, acids and alkalies.
Vibration resistance
The pressure and temperature sensors are tested according to DIN/IEC

67-2-6 in the frequency range of 10 to 2000 Hz. They are resistant to vibration up to 20 g.
Voltage drop
As the switching output consists of a semiconductor (transistor, thyristor or

triac), in the switched state a (small) drop in the voltage in series to the load
occurs. In two-wire technology the voltage drop also serves to provide energy to the electronics of the sensor. The voltage drop is measured across the
sensor in its switched state at max. current load. EN 50008 - 025, 036, 038.
280
Wire monitoring
Control monitors with the option wire monitoring monitor the cable between sensor and control monitor with regard to wire break or short circuit.
A failure is indicated by a red LED and an additional output relay.
List of articles
The output function is activated if the measured value is between the set
switch-on and switch-off point.
Technical
information
and customer
service
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
Flow sensors
Level sensors
Window
General
information
Technical glossary
281
ifm information
and ordering service
Other ifm products
Position sensors
and object
recognition
Inductive sensors
Electromagnetic field immune and temperature shock resistant sensors High-grade
stainless steel housings Protection up to IP 69 K Versions with increased sensing
range Analogue output Use e.g. in hazardous areas, in the food industry and in
mobile machines Sensors with correction factor 0 or 1
Capacitive sensors
High operational reliability by increased noise immunity Adjustable sensing ranges
Variable connection options by cable, connector or terminals Versions for industrial
applications and use in hazardous areas
Magnetic sensors, cylinder sensors

Cylinder sensors: For robust industrial applications For position detection of pistons
in pneumatic cylinders Versions with ATEX approval Accessories for all common
cylinder types Magnetic sensors: For position detection Polarity independent
Ingress resistant to high-pressure cleaning
Safety technology
Sensors in compliance with the machinery directive All four control categories
available Direct connection to PLCs and logic modules Sensors operating without
coded target Enable zone monitored for target position and dwell time
Valve sensors
Absolutely safely with no wear at all Protection rating IP 67 Resistant to mechanical
stress such as shock or vibration Special versions for AS-interface and hazardous
areas Quick and easy mounting
Photoelectric sensors
Infrared and red light sensors: Through-beam, retro-reflective and retro-reflective
sensors with polarisation filter Diffuse reflection sensors Fibre optics Laser sensors
Colour and contrast detection Glass and film detection Laser distance sensors with
PMD technology: 10 m range Background suppression
Object recognition
Object recognition for assembly and manufacturing tasks and quality control
Orientation-independent recognition of contour and orientation Ultra-flat backlights for 4 times higher luminous power
Encoders
Incremental encoders: Solid shaft encoders Hollow shaft encoders with integrated
stator coupling Absolute encoders: Singleturn and multiturn SSI interface Profibus
DP gateway

Pulse processing and display: Monitors with various pulse evaluation functions Speed
monitors Programmable counters Digital displays Hazardous dust areas Transformer and switched-mode power supplies: Versions from 1 to 40 A
High-quality connectors From M8, M12, M18 standard versions to the valve plug For
different applications: Industrial applications, oils and coolants, electromagnetic fields,
robotics, hygienic and wet areas as well as explosive atmospheres
282
List of articles
General
information
ifm information
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
Flow sensors
Level sensors
Fluid sensors
and diagnostic
systems
Level sensors
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Capacitive level sensors: For liquids and dry bulk material Increased noise immunity
Level sensors: Local level indication Point level sensors: Versions with approvals to the
German overspill standard WHG section 19
Flow sensors
Connection
technology
Flow sensors with integrated control monitor or external amplifier Flow sensors for
hazardous areas Flow rate sensor for industrial applications Airflow sensor
Thermal compressed air meter for leakage monitoring Consumed quantity meter for
special gases
Pressure sensors
Accessories
High overload resistance Universal process fitting via adapter Alphanumeric LED
display Maintenance-free and with longterm stability Setting of the switch points
possible without system pressure Special versions for process technology and
integration into hydraulic / pneumatic networks
Technical
information
and customer
service
Temperature sensors
Control monitors with integrated sensor or for the connection of probe / cable sensors
Pt100 / Pt1000 versions Universal process connection via adapter Alphanumeric LED
display Analogue and / or switching outputs
Diagnostic systems
Rolling element bearing diagnosis: Rolling element bearing damage can be detected
as it arises Increased uptime of plants and machines Real-time maintenance: Sensors
with serial or Ethernet interface Visualisation software Diagnostic electronics for
vibration sensors

Switching amplifiers: Threshold relay for standard signals with RS-232 interface
Digital displays with LED or LCD display Transformer / switched-mode power
supplies: Transformer power supply with 1 or 2 channels Integrated sensor supply
Switched-mode power supplies with a stable supply voltage
High-quality connectors From M8, M12, M18 standard versions to the valve plug
Versions for different applications: Industrial applications, oils and coolants, electromagnetic fields, hygienic and wet areas as well as explosive atmospheres
283
ifm information
Other ifm products
Bus system AS-interface

AS-i controller with integrated PLC Masters Gateways to all common bus systems
AS-i repeaters I/O modules AS-i Safety at Work Intelligent sensors with integrated
AS-i slave AS-i actuators Extensive range of accessories Software
Power supplies
AS-i switched-mode power supplies PELV requirements to EN 50178 and EN 60204
Voltage selector for 230 V or 115 V networks One-phase or three-phase versions
Regulated DC output voltage between 29.5 V und 31.6 V Rail mounting
Bus systems
Identification
systems
DataMatrix code-reading systems

Sensors for reading Data Matrix codes High reading speed and data protection
Small robust design Direct PLC connection Quick and easy set-up Ideal for rough
surfaces
RF-identification systems
Industrially compatible identification system for AS-interface Read / write head or
read head requiring little space due to the narrow design Coding of workpiece carriers in routing conveyors Quick and easy set-up
Power supplies
AS-i switched-mode power supplies PELV requirements to EN 50178 and EN 60204
Voltage selector for 230 V or 115 V networks One-phase or three-phase versions
Regulated DC output voltage between 29.5 V und 31.6 V Rail mounting
284
ifm information
General
information
Control systems for mobile vehicles

Controllers and masters with CANopen gateway Remote maintenance and diagnosis
Displays and operating elements Decentralised I/O modules to control proportional
hydraulic valves Sensors Data memory and logger
List of articles
Flow sensors
Level sensors
Technical
information
and customer
service
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
Control
systems
285
ifm information
Internet service
Information around the clock and
around the globe in 18 languages on the internet.
Information
- product innovations
- company news
- exhibition info
- locations
- jobs
Documentation
- data sheets
- operating instructions
- manuals
- approvals
- CAD data
Communication*
- request for documents
- recall service
- live advice
- newsletter
Selection
- interactive product selection aids
- configuration tools
- data sheet direct
Animation
- virtual product animations
- flash movies (video sequences)
Application
- applications
- product recommendations
- calculation aids
Transaction*
- e-shop processing
- e-procurement catalogues
- B2B services
* Some offered information is available country-specific.
286
ifm information
Individual order history
Customer-related price
indication
Convenient quick input form
Accessories
Secured authentication
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Pressure
sensors
Flow sensors
Level sensors
List of articles
General
information
Convenient order processing

via the e-shop** on the internet.
Technical
information
and customer
service
Simple order processing

Real time availability check
Personal product favourites
Management of shipping
addresses
Online parcel tracking
Confirmations by e-mail
** Available in Germany, France, United Kingdom, Switzerland and in the USA.

More countries in preparation.
287
ifm information
Customer service
Ordering service
The company in close contact with you

ifm is present on all important markets in more than 70 countries worldwide. Wherever you export, we are always close to you. In Germany alone
over 100 employees in 7 branches advise our customers. ifm production sites
are located in Germany and the USA. We support you with work-shops and
seminars in our worldwide training centres and in your plant.
At home in your industry
We provide you with standard solutions and concepts tailored to the requirements of your industry. This is backed by the knowledge of our engineers
who are always up to date. Our worldwide application know-how is constantly updated via our company own Intranet.
Our special project service helps you with tenders and project plannings.
Investments in product availability
For our customers we invested a lot in development and production capacities. Due to state-of-the-art production technology we can manufacture big
quantities quickly and in a consistently high quality. The central logistic
centre guarantees high availability of our products.
288
ifm information
General
information
Request for quotation
List of articles
Request for sample
Order no.
Quantity required
Order no.
Technical
information
and customer
service
Accessories
Connection
technology
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Diagnostic
systems
Temperature
sensors
Quantity required
Pressure
sensors
Flow sensors
Level sensors
Request for technical data
Company
Department
Name
First name
Street
Post code / town
Tel.
E-mail
Date
Signature
289
Argentina
and Uruguay
Aparatos Elctricos
Automaticos S.A.C.I.F.
Asuncin 2130
1419 - Buenos Aires
Argentina
Phone +54 / 11 / 45 74 1555
Fax +54 / 11 / 45 74 2400
robertomoriones@aea.com.ar
www.aea.com.ar
Australia
ifm efector pty ltd.
P.O. Box 4084
Suite 3, 745 Springvale Road
Mulgrave VIC 3170
Phone 1300 365 088
Fax 1300 365 070
sales.au@ifm-electronic.com
www.ifmefector.com.au
Austria
ifm electronic gmbh
Wienerbergstrae 41
Gebude E
1120 Vienna
Phone +43 / 1 / 617 45 00
Fax +43 / 1 / 617 45 00 10
info.at@ifm-electronic.com
www.ifm-electronic.at
Bangladesh
Sensotec Automation
Red Crescent Chamber
87, Motijheel Commercial
Area
Dhaka 1000
Bangladesh
Phone +880 171 546 890
sensotec@agni.com
Belarus
DEPOSIT INVEST
Joint-Stock Company
Block 2,
27 Zheleznodorovhnaya street
220089 Minsk
Republic of Belarus
Phone +375-17-270 75 06
Fax +375-17-270 75 07
george_ozerov@infonet.by
Belgium
and Luxembourg
ifm electronic n.v./s.a.
Zuiderlaan 91
1731 Zellik
Belgi
Tel. +32 2 481 0220
Fax +32 2 463 1795
info.be@ifm-electronic.com
www.ifm-electronic.be
Brazil
ifm electronic Ltda.
Rua Eleonora Cintra, 140
Jardim Analia Franco
03337-000 So Paulo/SP
Phone +55-11-6672-1730
Fax +55-11-6673-3501
info.br@ifm-electronic.com
www.ifm-electronic.com.br
ifm information
Addresses
Bulgaria
Dominican Republic
Hungary
Japan
ANIPAL
Vranja Str. 30
1233 Sofia
Phone +359-2-33 32 37
Fax +359-2-931 15 11
anipal@mail.orbitel.bg
WECH
AUTOCONTROLES S. A.
Ave. Romulo Betancourt 2158
Edificio Wech
Urb. Renacimiento
Santo Domingo
Dominican Republic
Phone: + 1 809-531-0550
Fax: + 1 809-531-9175
wech@verizon.net.do
www.wechautocontroles.
com.do
ifm electronic kft.

Kzp u. 16.
II.em. 208. iroda
H-9024 Gyr
Phone +36-96 / 518-397
Fax +36-96 / 518-398
www.ifm-electronic.hu
efector co. ltd.

Chiba Higashi
Techno Green Park
2-9-20 Okayamadai
Togane-shi, Chiba 283-0826
Phone +81 / 475 50 3003
Fax +81 / 475 50 3013
ifm-j@efector.co.jp
www.efector.co.jp
Canada
ifm efector Canada Inc.
700 Dorval Drive/Corporate
Centre
Oakville; L6K3V3 Ontario
Phone +1-800-441-8246
Fax +1-800-329-0436
info@ifmefector.ca
www.ifmefector.ca
Chile
Electronica Industrial
Schdler y Cia. Ltda.
Av. Antonio Varas 1871
Providencia
6641545 Santiago
Phone +56 / 2 / 274 74 30
Fax +56 / 2 / 204 93 38
info@schadler.com
www.schadler.com
China
ifm electronic (Shanghai)
Co., Ltd
Building 4 56 Meisheng Road
Waigaoqiao Free Trade Zone
Shanghai
Peoples Republic of China
Phone +86-21-51 17 27 18
Fax +86-21-51 17 27 19
info.cn@ifm-electronic.com
www.ifm-electronic.com.cn
ifm electronic (HK) Ltd
Units 1103-1104, 11/F.
Tower 2, Metroplaza
No. 223 Hing Fong Road
KWAI CHUNG
N.T., HONG KONG
Phone +852 9457-0360
Fax +852 3697-0222
www.ifm-electronic.hk
EverharmonyEnterprise, Inc.
26, Lane 63
Tung Hwa South Road, Sec. 2
P.O. Box 96-47
Taipei
Phone +886 / 2 / 270 700 69
Fax +886 / 2 / 270 247 23
info@everharmony.com.tw
Egypt
Egyptian Establishment for
Electromechanical Supplies
Mr. Ahmed Gouda
27 Al-Salam Street
Al Arezona, Al Haram Road
Giza 12111, Cairo
Phone +20 / 2 / 586 49 49
Fax +20 / 2 / 586 49 49
Mobile +20 10 10 61 791
ahgouda@hotmail.com
Estonia
Pesmel Estonia LTD
Segu 4
76505 Saue
Estonia
Phone: +372 674 73 30
Fax: +372 674 73 31
pesmel@pesmel.ee
www.pesmel.ee
Finland
ifm electronic oy
Vaakatie 5
00440 Helsinki
Phone +358 / 9 / 751 777 00
Fax +358 / 9 / 751 777 10
info.fi@ifm-electronic.com
www.ifm-electronic.fi
France
ifm electronic
Sige :
Savoie Technolac BP226
73374 Le Bourget du Lac
Agence commerciale :
Immeuble Uranus
1-3 rue Jean Richepin
93192 NOISY LE GRAND
CEDEX
Tl: 0820 22 30 01
Fax: 0820 22 22 04
info.fr@ifm-electronic.com
www.ifm-electronic.fr
Czech Republic
ifm electronic spol.s.r.o.
U Krzku 571
252 43 Prague
Phone +420 / 2 / 67 990 211
Fax +420 / 2 / 67 750 180
info.cz@ifm-electronic.com
www.ifm-electronic.cz
Germany
ifm electronic gmbh
Teichstrae 4
45127 Essen
Phone +49 201 2 42 20
Fax +49 201 2 42 22 00
info@ifm-electronic.com
www.ifm-electronic.de
Denmark
ifm electronic a/s
Ringager 4A, 1.sal tv.
2605 Brndby
Phone +45 70 20 11 08
Fax +45 70 20 11 09
info.dk@ifm-electronic.com
www.ifm-electronic.dk
Greece
ifm electronic
monoprosopi E.P.E.
27, Andrea Papandreou Street
15125 Amaroussi
Greece
Tel.: +30 210 61 800 90
Fax.: +30 210 61 994 00
info.gr@ifm-electronic.com
www.ifm-electronic.gr
India
ifm electronic
India Branch Office
Plot No. P-39/1
MIDC Gokul Shirgaon
Kolhapur 416234
Maharashtra State, India
Phone +91 / 231 / 267 27 70
Fax +91 / 231 / 267 23 88
info@ifm-electronic.in
www.ifm-electronic.in
Jordan
Al Mashreqan
Trading Supplies
P.O.Box.851054
11185 Swaifieh
Amman - Jordan.
Phone +962 6 581 8841
Fax +962 6 581 8892
info@mashreqan.com
Indonesia
Korea
PT Indoserako Sejahtera
Jl. P. Jayakarta 121 No. 59
10730 Jakarta Pusat
Phone +62 / 21 6 24 8923
Fax +62 / 21 6 24 8922
iso297@dnet.net.id
ifm electronic Inc.

2F Hyundai Liberty House 201
Hannam-Dong 258
Yongsan-Gu, Seoul
Phone +82 2-790-5610
Fax +82 2-790-5613
kr@ifm-electronic.com
www.ifm-electronic.kr
KC Enterprises Co., Ltd.
Suite 404 Royal Plaza 864-1
Jnaghang, Ilsan
410-837 Goyang, Gyunggi-Do
Phone +82 31 903 3731
Fax +82 31 908 3731
port@kcent.co.kr
www.kcent.co.kr
Iran
MEHR KANAZ Co.
No. 31, Koosha St.
Shariati Ave.
P.O. Box 19395 - 4481
Teheran
Phone +98 / 21/ 2222 6994
Fax +98 / 21/ 2222 7851
info@mehr-kanaz.com
www.mehr-kanaz.com
Latvia
Ireland
ifm electronic (Ireland) Ltd.
No. 7, The Courtyard
Kilcarbery Business Park
New Nangor Road
Clondalkin
Dublin 22
Phone +353 / 1 / 413 60 66
Fax +353 / 1 / 457 38 28
sales_ie@ifm-electronic.com
www.ifm-electronic.ie
Israel
Astragal Ltd.
3, Hashikma Str.
Azur 58001
P.O. Box 99
Azur 58190
Phone +972 / 3 / 5 59 16 60
Fax +972 / 3 / 5 59 23 40
astragal@astragal.co.il
www.astragal.co.il
Italy
ifm electronic
Centro Direzionale Colleoni
Palazzo Andromeda 2
Via Paracelso No. 18
20041 Agrate-Brianza (Milan)
Phone +39 / 68 99 982
Fax +39 / 68 99 995
info.it@ifm-electronic.com
www.ifm-electronic.it
EC Systems
Katlakalna Str. 4A
1073 Riga
Latvia
Phone: +371 724 1231
Fax: +371 724 8478
alnis@ecsystems.lv
www.ecsystems.lv
Lebanon
Middle East Development
Co. SAL (MEDEVCO)
Medevco Building
Jeita Main Road
Jeita - Kesrouan
Lebanon
Mail address :
P.O.Box 67
Jounieh
Lebanon
Tel + 961-9-233550
Fax + 961-9-233554
info@medevco-lebanon.com
Lithuania
Elinta UAB
Pramones pr.. 16E
51187 Kaunas
Lithuania
Phone: +370 37 351 987
Fax: +370 37 452 780
info@elinta.lt
www.elinta.lt
290
ifm efector S. de R.L.

de C.V.
Anillo Perifrico, 1816-1
Col. Hacienda San Jernimo
Monterrey, N.L.
Mexico 64630
Phone +52-81-8040-3535
Fax +52-81-8040-2343
www.ifmefector.mx
Singapore
dekatec s.a.c.
Los Calderos 188
Urb. Vulcano, Ate
Lima / Peru
Phone +511 / 348 0293
Phone +511 / 348 0458
Phone +511 / 348 2269
Fax +511 / 349 0110
info@dekatec.com.pe
www.dekatec.com.pe
ifm electronic Pte. Ltd.

25, Intern. Business Park
#03-104 German Center
609 916 Singapore
Phone +65 / 6 / 5 62 86 61
Fax +65 / 6 / 5 62 86 60
sales_sg@ifm-electronic.com
www.ifm-electronic.com.sg
Netherlands
ifm electronic b.v.
Deventerweg 1 E
3843 GA Harderwijk
Phone +31 / 341 438 438
Fax +31 / 341 438 430
info.nl@ifm-electronic.com
www.ifm-electronic.nl
New Zealand
ifm efector pty ltd.
Unit B, 20 Cain Road
Penrose, Auckland
Phone +64 / 95 79 69 91
Fax +64 / 95 79 92 82
sales.nz@ifm-electronic.com
Nigeria
Automated Process Ltd
3rd Floor, 32 Lagos Abeokuta
Expressway
Near Cement Bus Stop
Dopemu, Agege
Lagos State, Nigeria
Phone + 234 / 01 / 4729 967
Fax + 234 /01 / 4925 865
sales@automated-process.com
www.automated-process.com
Norway
Siv.Ing. J.F.Knudtzen AS
Billingstadsletta 97
1396 Billingstad
Postboks 160
1378 Nesbru
Phone +47 / 66 98 33 50
Fax +47 / 66 98 09 55
firmapost@jfk.no
www.jfk.no
Philippines
Gram Industrial, Inc.
Unit 410 Common Goal
Tower
Finance cor. Industry St.,
Madrigal Business Park,
Ayala Alabang, Muntinlupa
City
1770 Philipines
Telefax: (+632) 850-8496
Phone: (+632) 850-2218
efector@gram.com.ph
Poland
ifm electronic Sp.z o.o.
ul. Kosciuszki 175
PL 40-524 Katowice
Phone +48 / 32 / 60 87 454
Fax +48 / 32 / 60 87 455
info.pl@ifm-electronic.com
www.ifm-electronic.pl
Portugal
ifm electronic
Sucursal em Portugal
Avenida da Republica 2503
4430-208 Vila Nova de Gaia
Phone +351 / 22 / 37 17 108
Fax +351 / 22 / 37 17 110
info.pt@ifm-electronic.com
www.ifm-electronic.pt
Romania
ifm electronic s.r.l.
Str. Cristian Nr. 5
550073 Sibiu
Phone: 0040 269 224550
Fax: 0040 269 224766
info.ro@ifm-electronic.com
ifm electronic ag
Altgraben 27
4624 Hrkingen
Phone +41 / 62 / 388 80 30
Fax +41/ 62 / 388 80 39
info.ch@ifm-electronic.com
www.ifm-electronic.ch
Syria
I.E.C. Industrial Engineering
Center
P.O. Box 15
Sehnaya, Damascus
Syria
Tel. + 963 11 532 13 19
Fax. + 963 11 442 12 27
info@iec-automation.com
Slovakia
ifm electronic spol. s.r.o.
Rybnicna 40
835 54 Bratislava
Phone +421 / 2 / 44 87 23 29
Fax +421 / 2 / 44 64 60 42
info.sk@ifm-electronic.com
www.ifm-electronic.sk
Thailand
Sang Chai Meter Co., Ltd.
694/23-26 Phaholyothin Road
Samsen Nai, Phayathai
Bangkok 10400
Phone +66 / 2 / 616 8031
Fax +66 / 2 / 616 8050
scmth@ksc9.th.com
South Africa
Shorrock Automation
(Pty) Ltd.
Postnet Suite
Private Bag X8
Elardus Park 219
0047 Pretoria
For Visitors and mail-order
address:
Shorrok House
44 Sovereign Drive
Route 21, Corporate Park
Irene Ext. 30
Centurion, Pretoria
Phone +27 / 12 / 345 44 49
Fax +27 / 12 / 345 51 45
sales@shorrock.co.za
www.shorrock.co.za
Spain
ifm electronic
Sucursal en Espaa
Edificio Prima Muntadas A
Parc Mas Blau
C/Bergued 1
08820 El Prat de Llobregat
Phone +34 / 93 / 479 30 80
Fax +34 / 93 / 479 30 86
info.es@ifm-electronic.com
www.ifm-electronic.es
Turkey
ifm electronic Ltd. Sti.
Perpa Ticaret
Merkezi Elektrokent
A Blok Kat:11 NO: 1557/1559
34384 Okmeydani/ Istanbul
Telefon +90 / 212 / 210 5080
Faks +90 / 212 / 221 7159
info.tr@ifm-electronic.com
Ukraina
ifm electronic
Mariny Raskovoj 11
02660 Kiev
Ukraine
Phone +380 44 501 8543
Fax +380 44 501 8543
info.ua@ifm-electronic.com
www.ifm-electronic.ua
ifm electronic Ltd.

efector House
Kingsway Business Park
Oldfield Road
Hampton
Middlesex TW12 2HD
Phone +44 / 20 / 8213 0000
Fax +44 / 20 / 8213 0001
enquiry_gb@ifmelectronic.com
www.ifm-electronic.co.uk
List of articles
Level sensors
Peru
Mexico
Switzerland
United Kingdom
Flow sensors
Noor Al-Shomoe for

Electric & Maintenance
King Khalid Street, Cross 5
P.O. Box 2571
Al-Khobar 31952
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Phone +9 663 864 49 58
Fax +9 663 894 63 41
h.o.info@nooralshomoe.com
USA
efector inc.
805 Springdale Drive
Exton, PA 19341
Phone +1 / 610 524 2000
Fax +1 / 610 524 2010
info@ifmefector.com
www.ifmefector.com
Venezuela
Petrobornas, C.A.
Zona Industrial Los Pinos
Avda. Principal UD 304
C. C. Los Pinos - Local "E"
(8015) - Puerto Ordaz - Edo.
Bolivar
Venezuela
Phone +58 / 286 / 717 31 52
Fax +58 / 286 / 717 31 34
tyagem@cantv.net
Vietnam
Thien Viet Electrical Service
and Trading Co., Ltd.
784 Dien Bien Phu Str.
Ward 11, Dist. 10
Ho-ChiMinh-City, Viet Nam
Phone +84 / 8 / 830 9916
Fax +84 / 8 / 830 9915
thivicoltd@hcm.vnn.vn
Pressure
sensors
AB Automation
Shop No.2. Rubab Chamber
M.A. Jinnah Road
Off Sarai Road
Karachi
Phone +92 / 21 / 2412 278
Fax +92 / 21 / 2422 277
abauto@cyber.net.pk
Temperature
sensors
Saudi Arabia
Pakistan
United Arab Emirates

Abu Dhabi
Al Injazat Technical Trading
Services
P.O. Box 42895
Abu Dhabi
United Arab Emirates
Phone +971 2 622 6030
Fax +971 2 622 3050
kamran@injazat.ae
Diagnostic
systems
ifm electronic ab
Hallavgen 10
512 60 verlida
Office Gothenburg:
Drakegatan 6
41250 Gothenburg
Phone +46 / 325 / 66 15 00
Phone +46 / 325 / 66 15 50
Fax +46 / 325 / 66 15 90
info.se@ifm-electronic.com
www.ifm-electronic.se
Evaluation
systems,
power supplies
Sweden
ifm electronic
Ibragimova, 31, k.50
office 607
105318 Moscow
Tel.: +7 (095) 101-44-14
Fax: +8 (501) 415-38-04
info.ru@ifm-electronic.com
www.ifm-electronic.ru
Connection
technology
Russia
Technical Engineering
Company LLC.
P.O.Box. 59
Madinat Al Sultan Qaboos
Postal Code 115
Sultanate of Oman
Tel. + 968 24503593
Fax.+ 968 24503573
tecoman@omantel.net.om
Accessories
Oman
ifm electronic Pte. Ltd

Malaysian Branch Office
No. 21, Jalan Kemunting
Taman Kebun The
80250 Johor Bahru
Johor, West Malaysia
Phone +60 / 7 / 332 5022
Fax +60 / 7 / 332 1577
sales_my@ifm-electronic.com
ifm electronic
Asia Regional Office
No. 21, Jalan Kemunting,
Taman Kebun The
80250 Johor Bahru
Johor, West Malaysia
Phone +60 / 7 / 332 5022
Fax +60 / 7 / 332 1577
sales_my@ifm-electronic.com
Technical
information
and customer
service
Malaysia
General
information
ifm information
United Arab
Emirates Dubai
Noor Al-Shomoe Electrical
Equipments Est.
P.O.Box. 64052
Unit no. 36
Reef Real Estate
Jebel Ali Industrial Area no. 3
Dubai
United Arab Emirates.
Phone. + 971 4 880 3838
Fax.+ 971 4 880 3883
Mobile: + 971 505084834
alshomoe@emirates.net.ae
www.nooralshomoe.com
291
visit our website:

Overview ifm main catalogues:

Position sensors
and object recognition
Fluid sensors
Inductive sensors
Capacitive sensors
Magnetic sensors,
cylinder sensors
Safety technology
Valve sensors
Photoelectric sensors
Object recognition
Encoders
Evaluation systems,
power supplies
Level sensors
Flow sensors
Pressure sensors
Temperature sensors
Diagnostic systems
Evaluation systems,
power supplies
Bus systems
Bus system AS-interface
Power supplies
Identification systems
DataMatrix code-reading
systems
RF-identification systems
Power supplies
Control systems
Control systems
for mobile vehicles
ifm electronic
ifm article no. 7511239 Printed in Germany on non-chlorine paper.

We reserve the right to make technical alterations without prior notice. 01.2008

Sensor 08

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Sensor 08

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Sensor 08

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What types of sensors does this catalog cover?

What types of sensors does this catalog cover?

What are some of the main product categories covered in the catalog?

What are some of the main product categories covered in the catalog?

www.ifm-electronic.

Fluid sensors and

The easy way to find what you are looking for

Product group name

SI5007: Flow monitoring and temperature monitoring

Increased repeatability across the

Output function NC/NO programmable

M12 connector Output function 2 x

Connector groups 7, 8, 10 Wiring diagram no. 6

All SI5xxx versions in the same design.

Adapter, M18 x 1.5 - G 1/2

Welding adapter, M18 x 1.5 - 24 mm

Flow adapter (for low flow rates),

Socket, M12, Group 7

Socket, M12, Group 7

Socket, M12, Group 7

Common technical data

Further connectors and splitter boxes are available

Further accessories are available starting on page 217

Socket, M12, Group 7

Adapter M18 x 1.5 - L18

Pressure rating: 30 bar

You can find scale drawings from page 239

Connectors and splitter boxes

Arrow = You are here

17 Common technical data

Notes and explanations

Flow sensors and transmitters,

Systems for vibration diagnosis

Complete ifm product range

Accessories fluid sensors

Notes and explanations

Notes and explanations

Industrial applications require robust and uncomplicated electronic units but

In all areas of process technology, especially in the food and pharmaceutical

Sensors and evaluation amplifiers to 94/9/EC (ATEX):

For oils and

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Food and Drug Administration. US-American supervisory authority for food

UL / CSA or cULus / c RLus

CCC (China Compulsory Certification) is a compulsory Chinese certification

Notes and explanations

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Fluid sensors and diagnostic systems

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

Visit our website: www.ifm-electronic.com

CUL, EHEDG, FDA

CUL, EHEDG, FDA

CUL, EHEDG, FDA

CUL, EHEDG, FDA

CUL, EHEDG, FDA

CUL, EHEDG, FDA

CUL, EHEDG, FDA

CUL, EHEDG, FDA